February 3, 2007

  • Hanging out with Wallpaper's artist of the year Ed Ruscha

    Photo essay - artist Ed Ruscha
    PHOTO ESSAY - ARTIST ED RUSCHA

    Hanging out with Wallpaper's artist of the year

    Ed Ruscha is just about America's best known living artist and certainly the most influential. Over the last 40 years, Ruscha's work has explored and played with pop culture and commercial imagery, type and typography. It is easy to call him a kind of West Coast Warhol – laconic and cool to Warhol's weird and unnerving – but where Warhol was a portraitist, of people, personality, power (and the definitive artist in the age of mechanical reproduction), Ruscha is a landscapist: words in landscape and words as landscape.

    Wallpaper* contributing photographer Laura Wilson was Richard Avedon's assistant for five years, and worked alongside Avedon when he put together the 'In The American West' series. She has since emerged as one of the country's leading photographers in her own right. Wilson was given rare access to Ruscha's large Venice studio, and the cast of characters who surround him: his brother, son, six dogs and Harley the mechanic. Ruscha was always polite and charming but always busy, busier than ever.

    Here is Laura Wilson's exclusive private viewing of Ruscha's LA studio in three parts, plus selected works from three volumes of the artist's series Catalogue Raisonné of the Paintings:

    At work

    Ed Ruscha: At work

    At play

    Ed Ruscha: At play

    In the studio

    Ed Ruscha: In the studio

    Select works

    Ed Ruscha: Select works

    Catalogue Raisonné of the Paintings: Volumes 1, 2 and 3, by Ed Ruscha (Steidl)
    www.steidlville.com

     

     

    Interview

    January 25, 2007

    Conscious Consumer
    Los Angeles/New York

    Video still from www.GoVeg.com


    Jay McCarroll s/s '07


    Charmoné shoes


    Stella McCartney s/s '07


    Stella McCartney s/s '07


    Cirque de Soleil


    Polartec Wind Pro jacket from Arc'teryx


    Caring Consumer recommended sweater from Delias


    Rescued lamb


    Author and personal-growth and spiritual counselor Kathy Freston is an illuminating proponent of living life to the fullest. While the subject of conscious consumption is not evident under her umbrella of disciplines, her personal lifestyle choices as a conscious consumer have set the bar for responsible purchasing. She has kept us informed about the insensitivities of raw-material gathering, manufacturing, and promotion, and as someone who does her part to live and shop with a conscience, we asked her to weigh in on the movement, the specific practices of her lifestyle, and what we can all do to consume more sensitively.

    JCR:  What triggered the decision to become a conscious consumer?

    KF:  I have always had an affinity for animals. Once I started watching the videos at www.GoVeg.com and www.FurIsDead.com about how animals suffered before they ended up on my dinner plate or on the trim of my winter coat, I decided I didn't want to support that anymore. I went vegetarian, cleared my closet of all clothes that were made from animal skins, and started to buy only soaps and cosmetics that were not tested on animals.

    As I became more aware of the issues, it became clear to me that I wanted my money to support only ethical businesses — that if I wasn't willing to kill an animal myself, I shouldn't pay someone to do that for me. Anyone can empower themselves by making every dollar they spend a vote for cruelty-free business practices. I can't tell you how great it feels to know you are making a difference every time you buy yourself a delicious (more so now than ever, by the way) vegetarian dinner or a pair of non-leather shoes!

    JCR:  You're a vegan — what does that mean?

    KF:  Vegans don't eat any animal products, including meat, eggs, dairy products, and gelatin. The web site www.GoVeg.com gives a detailed explanation about what is wrong with animal products from an ethical, environmental, and health perspective.

    JCR:  How vigilant are you?

    KF:  I'm very conscientious, and do my best to make the most compassionate choices possible. Fortunately, it's easy to find great-tasting mock meats, dairy and egg alternatives, and other plant-based options. I always consider how my purchases and actions will impact animals. Although some vegans prefer not to eat food that was cooked on the same grill as meat, I'm not overly concerned about that because it does not cause more animals to suffer. I will support companies that are not normally vegan- or vegetarian-friendly when they offer vegan or vegetarian products. I applaud Burger King for offering a BK veggie burger.

    As for clothing, like every other vegan I know, I will not wear fur, leather, or down, or use cosmetics that were tested on animals or contain animal ingredients (like lanolin or beeswax). Instead, I choose synthetic materials or buy recycled cashmere. And I LOVE Stella McCartney, because I know she makes sure that the wool she uses is harvested consciously and without cruelty. Vegan products are getting more stylish than ever and it's actually become fun for me to find the good stuff. It also keeps my shopping streamlined!

    Because I don't believe animals should be abused and exploited, I also do not attend zoos, aquariums, or circuses that feature captive/performing animals. The Cirque du Soleil is far more creative and interesting than the shows of yesteryear anyway.

    JCR:  Anti-fur is no longer the only touchpoint in conscious fashion. Synthetic leather substitutes and organic raw materials are other examples. What are some of the trends you're observing in this sector?

    KF:  The most innovative and conscientious designers today are refusing to work with any animal skins — not just fur — and they're proving that it's easy to create a killer look without actually killing animals. Stella McCartney is a great example: She's quickly becoming the queen of the catwalk, and she doesn't use a stitch of fur, leather, or merino (Australian) wool in her designs. Her shoes, bags, and accessories are beyond fabulous. The footwear company Charmoné makes eco- and animal-friendly shoes with luxe touches, such as Swarovski crystals and high-end Italian microfibers — but absolutely no leather. Jay McCarroll, the young designer who won the first season of Bravo's Project Runway, told Salon.com that his ideal line would utilize "organic fibers and no fur and no leather and no slave labor…very cool. And I'll work with organic cosmetic companies and no companies that do animal testing." That's definitely the trend, and it's something that even people who aren't all the way there on other animal rights issues are embracing.

    JCR:  How do you suggest that one ease into conscious living without committing hardcore?

    KF:  Just start being aware of the choices that you're making and how they affect animals. I always say "think it through." Trust me, my heart used to palpitate when I tried on fur, too. We've been trained to think of it as luxurious. But just think before you buy. Seeing the videos of what these animals go through is heartbreaking. Animals are not always able to change their behavior, but adult human beings have the intelligence and ability to choose between behaviors that hurt others and behaviors that do not hurt others. When given the choice, start choosing compassion. In today's world of virtually unlimited choices, there are plenty of kind, gentle ways for us to feed, clothe, entertain, and educate ourselves that do not involve hurting or killing animals. Whether it's shunning fur, eating less meat, or making it a point to purchase animal-friendly products, every action, regardless of how little it may seem, makes a difference.

    JCR:  What about the economic factor? How does one shop consciously if he or she cannot afford a lifestyle of $1500, organically grown wool sweaters, a private chef, and easy means to shop at high-end grocers?

    KF:  It doesn't cost a lot to be compassionate. In fact, it's usually cheaper — fashionable, non-leather shoes are less expensive than their leather counterparts, and faux-fur trim is inexpensive and better for the Earth (not to mention for the animals!). I actually don't buy faux fur though, because it just promotes the look.

    Ultimately, I would like to not buy or wear wool, whether it's organically grown or not. Shearing is a traumatic process — sheep are often handled roughly and cut in multiple places because shearers are paid by volume, not by the hour. Australian wool, which makes up a large percentage of the market, is particularly cruel. Merino lambs, who are bred to be extra wrinkly, have chunks of skin cut from their backsides to prevent a condition called flystrike, although other alternatives exist, and Australian sheep are exported live to the Middle East, where they're killed in frightening and painful ways. Videos and more information can be found at www.SavetheSheep.com. I think we are all taking one step at a time, and so my next step would be to get wool out of my shopping. First I gave up fur, then leather, and next will be wool.

    There are superior alternatives to wool clothing and blankets, including cotton, cotton flannel, polyester fleece, synthetic shearling, and other cruelty-free fibers. Tencel — breathable, durable, and biodegradable — is one of the newest cruelty-free wool substitutes. Polartec Wind Pro — made primarily from recycled plastic soda bottles — is a high-density fleece with four times the wind resistance of wool that also wicks away moisture. There are many fabric and clothing alternatives in the PETA Free Shopping Guide to Compassionate Clothing, which can be ordered at www.CaringConsumer.com. I know PETA is controversial but they come from a good place. If you actually saw what happens to the animals, you would be on board, I'm sure.

    You don't need a private chef to enjoy vegan meals. You can find recipes for delicious meals with inexpensive ingredients at www.VegCooking.com. And there are a lot of cookbooks out there, too. Vegan foods are not limited to specialty stores anymore — most (if not all) common grocery stores have easy-to-find vegan substitutes, including soy milk, mock meat, and vegan cheese.

    JCR:  Which brands do you seek out to suit your kind of fashion consciousness?

    KF:  My favorite designer is Stella McCartney; she is brilliant and I totally trust that anything I buy will be "kosher." Also, Delia in LA is very cool and also doesn't use fur or leather.

    JCR:  You spread the message to friends; is it not enough simply to do your part? Must you evangelize?

    KF:  Like any social justice movement, educating others plays a key role in implementing positive changes. The very nature of reform movements is to tell others what to do — don't use humans as slaves, don't sexually harass women, etc. Most people don't know which of their habits cause animal suffering — or how easy it is to change them. The more people become aware of cruelty to animals and its prevalence in everyday life, the more serious they will become about putting an end to it, and you can help explain to them the many forms of animal abuse that they may unwittingly be supporting and what they can do to stop them.

    This Interview was conducted by Jason Campbell

     

     

    Feature

    February 1, 2007

    Art Beats
    Heartthrob brings new blood to minimal techno


    Heartthrob, aka Jesse Siminski, has been a key artist on Richie Hawtin's Minus label since first appearing on Minimize to Maximize. In 2006, he relocated from New York to Paris to focus on music full time. From the city of love, Heartthrob caught up with Earplug's Kendra Borowski to talk about his move across the Atlantic, and the good times (and great tracks) that ensued.

    Earplug:  On New Year's Eve, you and others from the Minus stable played in Rome. What was the event like? How exactly did your live set with Marc Houle work?

    Heartthrob:  Our Roman New Year's Eve party at Fiere di Roma was incredible! Minus was given its own stage. DJs included Richie Hawtin, Magda, and Troy Pierce. JPLS, Gaiser, Marc Houle, and myself made up the live acts. Our room was completely packed with perhaps 10,000 people. Marc Houle and I have played together a few times as MarcThrob, our mutant hybrid. We do a freestyle tag-team situation where we bounce and layer the elements of our tunes together. It is loose and fun, for sure — not always perfect, but always different and surprising.

    EP:  What are you working on lately in terms of your solo productions?

    H:  Recently, I have been wrapped up with a remix for Matt Star on Weave Music. And I'm beginning to work on tracks, possibly for another Minus EP. I am always working on new drum, melody, bass, and sound loops to play live. They are often tested this way and become new tunes.

    EP:  How did your remix of Troy Pierce's "Horse Nation" (out in January on Minus) come about?

    H:  I was compelled to rework Troy's "Horse Nation" because I loved the track so much and thought it would be a great surprise for his birthday. He had given me a folder with random production bits to do a remix on Underline. In the folder, I also found the parts to "Horse Nation." I used my favorite elements and my own perverse additions. I am most proud of the children's "Oh yeah yeah" vocal mixed with Gibby Miller's. I really enjoy collaborating, and I'm excited about the surprises ahead.

    EP:  How do you feel about full-length albums when dance music is so focused on singles? Will we see a Heartthrob full length?

    H:  I think some of the brightest moments in dance music have come in the form of full-length albums. Obviously, Plastikman's Consumed and Louderbach's Enemy Love are great examples of conceptually coherent works with tracks that function beautifully alone and as a group. I would love to attempt this approach, so we will see.

    EP:  Describe your relationship with Richie Hawtin and the Minus label.

    H:  As well as being a terrific friend, Rich has been a major supporter and enabler — of both my musical career and my alcoholism! His ideas about and his approach to music always amaze me. To be included in the Minus roster has been a terrific compliment and motivator. I deeply enjoy my relationships with the other artists and individuals associated with the label and booking agency and thank them for forgiving me when I cross the line, grope them, try to make out with them, force them to wear wigs, and expose myself to them. It's a fantasy I hope doesn't end soon.

    EP:  Whose music do you enjoy and listen to on your own time?

    H:  Chaka Khan and Prince take me back and always put me in the mood! When I am at home in Paris, I listen to Rufus Wainwright, the Beatles, and Jonathan Schwartz' NPR podcast for a completely different feeling. I guess it makes me feel like an adult. But when I want to lose it, I enjoy hearing my friend Daren from the T Bar in London play bitchy, classic '80s tunes.

    EP:  What was your highlight of 2006?

    H:  Being able to move to Paris and focus solely on music production and performance has made the year amazing. Being invited to do remix work for Depeche Mode is also way up there!

     

    Art Review | Jasper Johns

     
    February 2, 2007
    Art Review | Jasper Johns

    Bull's-Eyes and Body Parts: It's Theater, From Jasper Johns

    WASHINGTON — Art and crass are all but inseparable. So it's no surprise to find an exhibition that brings together a record number of Jasper Johns's famous target paintings being bankrolled by Target. You pass the corporate bull's-eye logo, small but vivid, on a wall on your way into "Jasper Johns: An Allegory of Painting, 1955-1965" here at the National Gallery of Art.

    Mr. Johns's targets, endlessly reproduced in the half century since he painted the earliest of them, have themselves become a form of advertising, a logo for American postwar art. Through sheer omnipresence they've become nearly invisible. What could change that now?

    The answer: Seeing them live. The 15 "Target" paintings installed in the show's first gallery look every bit as radical and mysterious as they surely did in New York in the 1950s, when, simply by existing, they closed the door on one kind of art, Abstract Expressionism, and opened a door on many, many others.

    The National Gallery show, organized by the museum's curator of modern and contemporary art, Jeffrey Weiss, has mysteries of its own. It isn't a survey of the decade 1955-65, but a selection of 90 Johns works from that time organized by visual theme: targets, "devices," words and the human body. Other motifs at least as important to that phase of his career, like flags, numbers and maps, are nowhere in evidence. Nor can the connective "allegory" proposed by the exhibition title be readily discerned. No matter.

    Walk in the door, and you're hooked. Try to move through the show in a hurry, and you can't. The work is too strong, too unusual. It keeps stopping you, here, then here, then here. Mr. Johns, you suddenly remember, doesn't just create visual objects, he creates situations, events. Each painting is a mini-theater, with farce and tragedy silently acted out and the audience invited to participate.

    Initially Mr. Johns wanted the participation to be physical. "Target With Plaster Casts" (1955) is a painting surmounted by a row of wooden niches holding casts of body parts: a hand, a foot, a penis, a breast. And each niche has a little flip-up door, designed to be opened and closed by viewers, to give them a different, more intimate art experience than usual. Of course, if you reach for them now, in a museum, you risk arrest. So the real message, which Mr. Johns must have anticipated, is: Touch, but don't touch.

    His art is built on such ambiguities. Most of his very early paintings, done in a thick encaustic medium that makes them look molded instead of brushed, feel like sculptures. Many of those done a bit later in oils have three-dimensional objects attached to their surfaces so that, like furniture, they carve out sculptural space.

    Dada, cerebral and vacant, was a big influence on Mr. Johns. His group of paintings made up of the stenciled names of colors — red, yellow, blue — was inspired in part by Marcel Duchamp's use of language as art. Duchampian too are the so-called "devices" paintings, which have rotatable wooden discs, with squeegeelike arms for smoothing arcs of paint, affixed to their surfaces.

    One assumes that Mr. Johns was declaring his complete dissociation from gestural abstraction, with its fetishized brushstroke, its existentialist soul, its emotional acting out. But then you arrive at a word-painting like "False Start" (1959), which explodes with hysterical brushwork. Or "Device Circle" (1959), on which the attached wheel looks gloomily derelict, like a one-handed clock. Or "Painting Bitten by a Man" (1961), which has a mouthful of wax encaustic gnawed out of its center, leaving a mark like a frozen scream or guffaw.

    What's the story? Is he mocking expressive painting or declaring it compatible with Dada's cerebral conceits? Is he exposing a reserve of hidden passion beneath Duchamp's dandyish, bone-dry wit?

    In 1962 Mr. Johns made a group of prints by pressing his face and hands, covered with baby oil, onto large sheets of paper. The resulting images suggest a person swimming up from beneath an opaque surface that he is unable to push through. Over the next two years he finished two paintings and a drawing that referred to Hart Crane, the American poet who jumped off a ship in midsea and drowned.

    The larger of the paintings, "Diver," is very large and holds a compendium of motifs from earlier work: stenciled words, turbulent brushwork and a rainbow-colored target. At the center, two long wooden arms, ending in palms-open hands, reach upward.

    If the painting theatrically approximates the psychic splintering that drove Crane to suicide, the related charcoal drawing, also called "Diver," suggests the aftermath of his leap. Here the arms have hands at both ends. They point both downward and upward, with the descending hands meeting to form the shape of a skull in a subaqueous twilight.

    It is in these theme-gathering works that a narrative, or "allegory," comes together, though how to interpret it is hard to say. Countless glosses have been applied to Mr. Johns's art, which is always assumed to be thick with coded meanings. Critics and scholars have scrutinized the art he has looked at, the writers he has read, the thinkers he has thought about.

    Others have parsed his life. The artist Robert Morris, in a powerful catalog essay, links the themes of targets, flags and maps to Mr. Johns's stint in the Army from 1951 to 1953. The art historians Kenneth E. Silver and Jonathan Katz have noted the dark, personal turn in his art after he and his lover, Robert Rauschenberg, split up in 1961. Their relationship seems to have shaped the careers of both men. It lives on in an art-world game that pits them against each other in a who's-greater competition, though they are very different kinds of artists.

    And what kind of artist is Mr. Johns? Various labels have been advanced: post-Dada, proto-Pop. I would call him a metaphysical artist, in the way that the 17th-century English poet John Donne is a metaphysical poet. Like Donne's poetry, Mr. Johns's art is equally about body and mind, sensuality and reflection. It is unmystical, unromantic, unnostalgic but obsessed with transcendence and the reality of loss.

    Despite the difference in medium, the languages of Donne and Mr. Johns share many features: deliberate awkwardness, ungraceful beauty, a virtuosity so extreme that it turns weird. Their work can be startlingly, even embarrassingly candid, but is more often self-protectively opaque. Metaphor, rather than statement or confession, is their method. Some people find Donne manipulatively difficult and withholding. They might feel the same about Mr. Johns.

    Finally, both metaphysicians appeared when a culture was on the cusp of change. And they were prepared to engage with that change, boldly, anxiously, in long careers that were electrifying early but are of profound interest all the way through. Mr. Johns's career is of course still very much in progress, and I look forward to each future phase. I know of no major postwar American male artist whose work more completely approaches the condition of poetry, that reads as richly as it looks. To me it always feels new.

    "Jasper Johns: An Allegory of Painting, 1955-1965" continues through April 29 at the National Gallery of Art, East Building, Constitution Avenue between Third and Ninth Streets, Washington; (202) 737-4215, nga.gov.


     

    Jasper Johns

    "Target on an Orange Field" (1957) from "Jasper Johns: An Allegory of Painting" at the National Gallery of Art

    The Museum of Contemporary Art, Los Angeles, Bequest of Marcia Simon Weisman Art © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY

    "Target with Plaster Casts" (1955)

    © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY

    Copyright 2007 The New York Times Company

    "Target Sketch" (1959)

    © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY


    A sketch for "Good Time Charley" (1961).

    The Metropolitan Museum of Art

    "From False Start" (1960)

    © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY

    .

    "Souvenir" (1964)

    © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York

    "Do It Yourself (Target)" (1960)

    © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York, NY

    "Watchman" (1964)

    © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York

    "Untitled" (1964-1965)

    © Jasper Johns/Licensed by VAGA, New York

     

     

     

     

     
     
     

    "Handprint" (1964)

     



     


     

     





     



     
     

     

    4:06 PM - 0 Comments - 0 Kudos - Add Comment - Edit - Remove

    Music Review | Miranda Lambert

    Rahav Segev for The New York Times

    Miranda Lambert during her show on Tuesday at the Mercury Lounge

    Readers' Opinions

    Forum: Popular Music

    February 1, 2007
    Music Review | Miranda Lambert

    A Nashville Near-Star, Downsizing for a Night

    Has Miranda Lambert's career developed in reverse? First came national television exposure: she finished third on the first season of "Nashville Star," the country music version of "American Idol." Then came the arena tours, as the opening act for Keith Urban, George Strait and, as of last week, Toby Keith. And then, on Tuesday night, came a low-key show at Mercury Lounge, the cozy downtown rock club. At this rate, she'll be busking in the subway by 2008.

    She probably would busk if she had to, which is one reason she probably won't have to. She grew up in Lindale, Tex., and she is only 23, but she was already a singing-contest veteran by the time she made her not-quite-triumphant run on "Nashville Star" in 2003, at 19. And while reality-TV contestants often seem to release albums mere hours after the show is done, Ms. Lambert didn't release her debut album, "Kerosene" (Epic/Sony BMG), until two years later.

    The album was great: from feisty Southern rock to old-fashioned country balladry, she made every song sound like a pop song. (And no, that's not faint praise.) None of the album's four singles reached the country Top 10. But she kept touring and making videos and showing up on television until people paid attention. The album has sold nearly a million copies.

    She played some of the old songs on Tuesday night, including the album's hard-charging title track, which she cheerfully called her "big Top-13 single." But much of her short set was given over to songs from her second album, which is scheduled to be released in May.

    If you saw the Country Music Association Awards last fall, then you have already heard the title track; her romp through it, "Crazy Ex-Girlfriend," was one of that show's highlights, even though the single never caught on at country radio stations. She performed it on Tuesday night, along with others from the album, which were mostly about either getting over someone or getting even (for instance, "Desperation" and "Gunpowder and Lead"; you can probably guess which is which).

    As the "Nashville Star" judges surely would have pointed out, she had some problems with pitch; as a singer, she has more power than control. (Her voice echoes the characters she sings about, or vice versa.) That was a problem during slow songs like "More Like Her," which she sang alone. She sounded much better with the band behind her, belting out "Famous in a Small Town," which she said was her next single. It's not exactly a tribute: "Everybody dies famous in a small town," she sang, as if she couldn't imagine anything worse.

    By the show's end, she was already thinking about the next one. "Hopefully, next time we see y'all in New York City, we're headlining some big arena somewhere," she said. Luckily, impatient New York listeners don't have to wait until next time. Tomorrow night she is scheduled to play the Continental Airlines Arena in East Rutherford, N.J., opening for Toby Keith. The place might not be full when she hits the stage, but don't be surprised if she doesn't seem to care.

     

     

     

    N.F.L.

    January 28, 2007
    Keeping Score

    Between A.F.C. and N.F.C., Parity Is Only a Six-Letter Word

    The Chicago Bears won one more game than the Indianapolis Colts in the 2006 regular season. The Bears outscored their opponents by 172 points, and the Colts outscored theirs by 67. The Bears won the National Football Conference championship in a blowout, while the Colts needed a late comeback to beat New England in the American Football Conference title game.

    Yet most football fans believe the Colts will win the Super Bowl, thanks to the A.F.C.'s well-deserved reputation as the N.F.L.'s superior conference.

    This season, A.F.C. teams went 40-24 during interconference play. The Bears (13-3) were no exception; until the final week of the season, their only losses had come against A.F.C. opponents. The four N.F.C. division champions went a combined 6-10 against the A.F.C., and Dallas was the only N.F.C. team with a winning interconference record.

    This imbalance of power is not limited to 2006. Except for 2000, when the series was tied at 30-30, the A.F.C. has had a winning record against the N.F.C. every season since 1996. A.F.C. teams have also won seven of the past nine Super Bowls, beginning with Denver's upset of Green Bay in Super Bowl XXXII.

    Most observers believe the dominance of one conference over the other is cyclical. After Green Bay won the first two Super Bowls, the American Football League/A.F.C. won 11 of the next 13. During the '80s, the balance of power shifted, and the N.F.C. won 13 straight Super Bowls, from 1985 through 1997.

    Look past the Super Bowl, however, and the shift of power from one conference to the other is not quite so cyclical. When the N.F.C. was winning those 13 straight titles, its dominance was generally limited to a few successful franchises, not the conference as a whole. The N.F.C. had the better interconference record in only 6 of those 13 seasons.

    Buffalo's streak of four Super Bowl losses from 1991 through 1994 is often brought up as evidence of the N.F.C.'s superiority at that time. The Bills won most of their A.F.C. playoff games by large margins, only to lose to the N.F.C.'s best season after season.

    But 1991 and 1992 were the only two seasons since 1972 when the N.F.C. won at least 55 percent of the interconference games. By comparison, the A.F.C. has won more than 60 percent of interconference games twice in the past three seasons.

    The highest point of A.F.C. dominance came between 1974 and 1980. The A.F.C. won at least 57 percent of the interconference games those seasons, peaking in 1979 when the A.F.C. was 36-16 against football's senior circuit.

    An 8-8 team stumbling into the N.F.C. playoffs, like this season's Giants, is nothing new. Nine teams have made the playoffs despite only eight wins in a 16-game season, and seven were N.F.C. squads.

    It is one thing to show that the A.F.C. has been the better conference, of course, and another to explain why. Common theories about the A.F.C.'s current superiority may not apply to its overall dominance since 1972.

    Many experts believe today's A.F.C. simply has better talent, especially at one position. "I think you can tie the success or failure to who has the best quarterbacks," said Gil Brandt, the longtime Dallas personnel director who now works as an analyst for the NFL Network.

    "That doesn't always hold true, but this year, Tom Brady is not going to the Pro Bowl, while for the N.F.C., Tony Romo is going to the Pro Bowl," Brandt said. "Not taking anything away from Tony Romo, but which one would you rather have as your quarterback?"

    The quarterback theory is commonly tied to the N.F.C.'s 13-year Super Bowl streak, when Troy Aikman, Joe Montana and Steve Young were all championship quarterbacks. It would also explain why the Super Bowl streak was not matched by similar N.F.C. dominance in interconference play. If one conference has most of the star quarterbacks, it does not necessarily mean that it has the best quarterbacks from top to bottom.

    But the quarterback theory does not quite stand up. Many of those A.F.C. championship teams were also led by great quarterbacks: Dan Marino, John Elway and Jim Kelly. Hall of Fame quarterbacks started for 8 of the 13 champions during that N.F.C. streak — but also for 8 of the 13 A.F.C. teams that lost to them.

    Another explanation for the A.F.C.'s recent dominance may be coaching continuity. Five A.F.C. coaches in 2006 had been with their teams for more than five seasons, including three who were with the same team for 12 seasons or more: Mike Shanahan of Denver, Jeff Fisher of Tennessee and Bill Cowher of Pittsburgh (who resigned after the end of this season). Contrast that with the N.F.C., where only two coaches were with the same team for more than five seasons: Andy Reid of Philadelphia and Mike Holmgren of Seattle, eight seasons each.

    On average, the 16 A.F.C. coaches last season were with their teams two years longer than their N.F.C. counterparts.

    The N.F.C. did not have a similar advantage during its Super Bowl streak, however. From 1984 to 1996, the average A.F.C. coach had roughly one season more experience than those in the N.F.C. When the A.F.C. was dominant in the '70s, the N.F.C. coaches actually had a slight lead in average experience.

    No matter which N.F.C. team won last week, the A.F.C. was bound to be the favorite in Super Bowl XLI. And even if the Bears win next Sunday, the N.F.C. will probably be the inferior conference next season — as it will be in the season after that, and as it has been for most of the past 35 years.

    E-mail: keepingscore@nytimes.com


     

    Barton Silverman/The New York Times

    Prince, left, who will perform at halftime of the Super Bowl on Sunday, gave a 15-minute preview of his set during a news conference Thursday

    February 2, 2007

    The Game, the Artist, the Halftime Show: It's Prince

    MIAMI, Feb. 1 — Prince, the reclusive pop icon, stepped to the microphone at the Miami Convention Center on Thursday afternoon, apologized in advance for the aural overload he was about to cause, and said, "Contrary to rumor, I'd like to take a few questions right now."

    Well, it was a news conference. But at the first shout of a question, Prince turned his back to the audience of a few hundred reporters and burst into a hard-driving guitar riff that resonated like the first rumblings of thunder in an electrical storm.

    Prince and his band squeezed more juice out of their 15-minute preview of their Super Bowl XLI halftime show than could be strained from a grove of Florida orange trees.

    He wore a suit, a shirt unbuttoned to his navel and boots, all of which were as orange as the "C" on the Chicago Bears' helmets. In his dress and in his performance, Prince was as vibrant as Billy Joel, the musician who preceded him on the stage, was dreary. Clad in khaki and black, Joel, who will sing the national anthem, answered questions as if he were channeling New England Patriots Coach Bill Belichick.

    "I'm just here to do a press conference," Joel said. "I'm not here to entertain anybody."

    That job fell to Prince, who was more than up to the task. He sang "Johnny B. Goode," "Anotherloverholenyohead" and "Get on the Boat." If his three-song set was any indication, the Bears and the Indianapolis Colts will be hard pressed to outperform him Sunday at Dolphin Stadium.

    The 48-year-old Prince has an avid following among the Bears. Asked about him on Thursday, cornerback Charles Tillman smiled and cooed the refrain from "Kiss," which Prince recorded in 1986 when Tillman was 5 years old.

    "He's very unique and I respect him because he doesn't care what anybody else says," Tillman said. "He has his own style, his own uniqueness about himself."

    On Wednesday, as the Bears were returning from practice, the radio on the team bus was tuned to a station that was running a Prince marathon. Led by Tillman, cornerback Nathan Vasher and safety Chris Harris, the Bears on the bus sang along to such classics as "1999" and "Purple Rain."

    "It was very, very funny," Harris said. "A bunch of high-pitched voices on a football bus. If anybody else had been on there, they would have thought we were crazy."

    Harris said his sisters seem more excited about getting to see Prince perform at the Super Bowl than he is. "I wish I could see the performance," he said. "It will be good."

    The players, of course, will not be able to watch Prince's show Sunday. They will be in their locker rooms, plotting their second-half strategies.

    "We're not here to see the halftime show, and I understand and I know why," Tillman said. "But, you know, who wouldn't like to see Prince?"


     

     

    Charlie Neibergall/Associated Press

    Bears Coach Lovie Smith, named for a great aunt named Lavana, spent his childhood summers hauling watermelons and bales of hay.

    January 28, 2007
    Super Bowl XLI
     
    From the Flats to the Pinnacle, Smith Savoring the Ride

    BIG SANDY, Tex., Jan. 23 — Lovie Smith was a million miles from here when he realized just how far he had come.

    Smith had coached the Bears to a berth in the Super Bowl a couple of hours earlier Sunday, at Soldier Field in Chicago. Confetti had flown, cameras had flashed and tears had fallen.

    But it was not until Smith was insulated from the significance of the moment, surrounded by his wife, MaryAnne, and their three sons, that the events of his life had caught up and gang-tackled him. Driving toward home in the well-groomed Chicago suburbs, Smith reflected on how broad the distance was from there to here, his hometown in the hilly woods of East Texas.

    To him, the distance was not filled with hurdles. Only life.

    "You start reminiscing a lot about where you've come from," Smith said Monday night, sitting in a leather chair in his office at Halas Hall, the Bears' headquarters in Lake Forest, Ill.

    The next day, Lovie Smith Drive in Big Sandy (population 1,288) was silent. The three-bedroom house where Smith was reared burned down years ago, after the family had moved on.

    There is little left but pieces of a chain-link fence and concrete, a water heater split open like a clam and some charred wood. The thick tree that stood sentinel in the front yard now blends with the overgrown brush. The driveway is a narrow rut covered in bushes.

    What used to be called Church Street is a short, skinny lane lined by a swampy thicket. There are churches at both ends, but a street sign on only one. There is no evidence that anyone lives on Lovie Smith Drive anymore.

    It is in the heart of the Flats, a hollow on the poor side of the railroad tracks where the black children went to a tiny school until the late 1960s, when Smith was in the fourth grade. The white children went to a big school at the top of a hill, under the town's water tower.

    Smith, named for a great aunt named Lavana, spent his childhood summers hauling watermelons and bales of hay. He was the third of Thurman and Mae Smith's five children. His father, an alcoholic, supervised the laundry operation at a hospital. His mother worked as a hospital cook, then in a chair factory and at the Levi Strauss plant. She has diabetes and lost her sight years ago.

    "If I don't make it," Lovie Smith said in his office, "it's going to be on me. It's not going to be about color or where I came from, how much money we had growing up. It's about what I wanted to do. There are no limits to what I can do.

    "My mother constantly preaching, my family constantly preaching: 'You can do it, Lovie. You're special. Whatever you want to accomplish, you can.' When you hear that over and over, there's no hurdle that's going to make you say, 'Hey, I can't do that.' "

    When town officials approached Smith about naming a street after him, they offered more regal drives.

    "But I didn't live on those streets," Smith said. He and MaryAnne attended the dedication last June.

    In the one-block downtown, a window was covered with painted messages: Big Sandy ?'s Lovie and Lovie is #1. Inside the door to Texas Checks, an employee-screening business, the owner, Susan Hubbard, helped plan a Super Bowl pep rally and party.

    A street will be blocked off, although it probably does not need to be. The Big Sandy School band and cheerleaders will perform. A church is setting up a big-screen television for the game. There will be a potluck supper, with deer chili as the main course.

    "The only thing I can think of that was bigger than this was when the oil truck flipped over and nearly burned the town down," said Hubbard, Big Sandy class of 1972, four years ahead of Smith. The accident was about 30 years ago. "It burned the drugstore down, and nearly the bank, too."

    That corner now has a stoplight, the only one in town. A blond-brick City Hall was built where the drugstore used to be.

    The Interstate System bypassed Big Sandy decades ago — I-20, linking Dallas and Shreveport, La., runs about 10 miles south — and left the town in perpetual sleepiness, a middle-class bedroom community.

    Socially, the town revolves around high school football. Smith, a tight end and middle linebacker, helped the Wildcats to three consecutive state championships from 1973 to 1975. Big Sandy football has not won a state title since.

    "I'm so happy to see him make it," said Smith's former teammate Bobby Mitchell, now a technician at a collision-repair shop in nearby Longview. He wore coveralls and a high-watt smile. "It's the biggest thing to happen in Big Sandy since the championships."

    Others consider Smith's success a sort of karmic bookend to the death of David Overstreet in 1984. He played with Smith in Big Sandy, starred as a running back at Oklahoma and was a first-round draft choice of the Miami Dolphins. At 25, he was killed in a car accident outside town. A glass case in the main hallway of the sprawling Big Sandy School honors him.

    That hallway is lined with photographs of each graduating class. There are 34 members of the class of 1976. Smith is the one with a white suit and a two-inch Afro.

    Children unfamiliar with Smith are learning about him now. In a character-development class, students recently wrote a three-page paper on Smith. Last Tuesday, a boy told the teacher's assistant Wanda Harper that he was going to quit basketball.

    "I told him, 'What if Lovie had quit?' " she said.

    Smith's success — he and the Colts' Tony Dungy are the first black coaches in the Super Bowl — fosters a colorblind mix of pride and reverence. Smith was always well liked, a modest and hard-working child from a nice family. His sisters were cheerleaders and played in the school band.

    "All of our little boys want to be football players or coach," said Patti Rozell, a schoolmate of Smith's who teaches elementary school students. "And Lovie has taken it to the top. And he's still Lovie."

    Jim Norman played tackle in the 1970s, and his father was the coach. Now a machinist, Jim is a bear of a man whose jolly eyes grew glassy as he recalled his teammates and how well they got along, regardless of skin color.

    "What we accomplished in the '70s, as far as bringing the town together, Lovie is doing all over again," said Norman, who is white.

    Smith, 48, tries to get to Big Sandy twice a year. His mother lives in nearby Tyler. In 1983, when Smith took a job coaching linebackers at Tulsa, his alma mater, she had a dream that he would coach the Dallas Cowboys.

    ["That was the only team I knew then," she said during a telephone interview Thursday.]

    In 2004, Smith was on the side of the road in St. Louis, waiting for a tow truck. His son had wrecked a car. The Bears called his cellphone and offered him a job as the coach. Smith's first call was to his mother.

    "She has a direct line to God," Smith said with sincerity.

    Thurman Smith died about 10 years ago. He had been sober for years, but alcohol never seemed to strain his relationship with Lovie.

    "When everybody else was mad at him, Lovie was still with him," Mae Smith said. She punctuated her sentences with a laugh. "He was crazy about his father."

    Smith does not curse — Jiminy Christmas is as blue as his language gets — because he never heard his father do so.

    "Everything I ever did was perfect," Smith said. "I may do a few things wrong, but my dad only talked about the things I did right. The glass was always half-full. Always positive — you can do it, you can do it, you can do it. After I got older, I'd say, 'Dad, I'm thinking about changing jobs.' The advice my dad always gave me, 'Lovie Lee, do what you know is right.' "

    It is the core philosophy Smith uses in coaching, and it has led him to Super Bowl XLI on Feb. 4.

    All of that rushed through him Sunday night — but not when the confetti fell, or cameras flashed, or the tears fell.

    In the car sat his middle son, Matthew. When he was 2, and Lovie Smith was coaching at Arizona State, Matthew slipped through a back door of their house. Smith did not realize that he had left the door open until he saw Matthew's limp body facedown in the swimming pool.

    MaryAnne Smith performed CPR. Lovie Smith called 911 and prayed. Now Matthew is a sophomore at Northwestern, "the brains of the family," Lovie Smith said.

    "There are days when it just hits me," he said. "You go through it again. Some days, Matthew, I just look at him. I just look at him and say: 'Hey, man, I'm sorry. I let you down.' "

    On Sunday night, the car headed north, into the Chicago suburbs. A big city reveled around them. A tiny town celebrated a million miles south.

    "Most of the time when major things happen, we think back to that, and just different times when things can easily go one way or the other," Smith said. "That's why we live in the moment, knowing that God has a plan for our lives. We're just going along for the ride. Once you get to that point in your life, it's easier. You're calmer. You know that everything eventually is going to be O.K."


     

     

    Steve C. Mitchell/European Pressphoto Agency

    In 1996, as Tampa Bay's coach, Tony Dungy gave Lovie Smith his first job in the N.F.L., as an assistant in charge of the Buccaneers' linebackers.

    January 28, 2007
    Super Bowl XLI
     
    A Gentle Touch Develops Into a Winning One

    Correction Appended

    INDIANAPOLIS, Jan. 26 — Engulfed by grief thicker than any fog, Colts Coach Tony Dungy did not lose sight of his purpose. Within hours of learning of the suicide of his 18-year-old son, James, in December 2005, Dungy and his wife, Lauren, consented to have their son's eyes harvested for donation in Tampa, Fla.

    The cornea-transplant recipients — a man in his 50s whose body had rejected a previous transplant and a man in his 30s who had a thinning cornea — are unaware of their donor's identity, and their names remain unknown to the Dungys.

    Anonymity is the hallmark of the Lions Eye Institute for Transplant and Research in Tampa, Fla., a nonprofit organization that coordinated the transplants. Jason Woody, the institute's executive director and chief executive, said both recipients live in the Tampa area, which is roughly a four-hour drive from Dolphin Stadium near Miami, where Dungy and the Indianapolis Colts will meet the Chicago Bears on Feb. 4 in Super Bowl XLI.

    "I'm looking at the recipients' reports right now, and they both are doing fine," Woody said in a telephone interview. He added: "If they end up watching the game, guess what. They're watching the individual who made the difference in their lives."

    That is what Dungy does. Quietly, courteously, he makes a difference. In 1996, after securing his first N.F.L. head-coaching job, with Tampa Bay, Dungy gave Lovie Smith his first job in the N.F.L., as an assistant in charge of the Buccaneers' linebackers.

    A decade later, Dungy, 51, and the Bears' Smith, 48, are the first African-American head coaches in the Super Bowl. Three other assistants from Dungy's Tampa Bay staff are head coaches: Mike Tomlin in Pittsburgh, Rod Marinelli in Detroit and Herman Edwards in Kansas City.

    With little fanfare, Dungy has joined the pantheon of top coaches. The spotlight that he never sought is now his shadow. He may not invite the attention, but it is hard to imagine Dungy not being able to handle it considering what he has been through.

    His grace in the face of his son's death earned him legions of admirers. He continues to receive bags of mail at the Colts' training facility from strangers who relate to his loss. The correspondence means a lot to Dungy.

    And yet nobody wants to be defined by a loss, especially one as personal as the death of a child. Dungy's discomfort this week in addressing off-the-field questions was evident in his carefully worded answers and, while delivering them, the way he crossed and uncrossed his arms in front of him.

    "I think God gives you tests to see if you're going to stay true to what you believe and stay faithful," Dungy said, "and for me that's what it was. I think it was really a test."

    He was asked when he knew he would be all right after James's death.

    "I still don't know that I'm going to be O.K.," Dungy replied. "At some point, it was just time to move forward."

    A man who puts his faith ahead of football, Dungy is as sincere and unpretentious as a handwritten thank-you note. In the national sports conversation, he stands out like a pause.

    "He's very prayerful and meditative in the way he carries himself," the Colts' owner, Jim Irsay, said, adding: "He doesn't get overwhelmed with micromanaging. He doesn't get overwhelmed with things he can't control."

    Dungy learned early that he could control only so much. He chose the University of Minnesota because it was one of the few universities that would allow for the possibility of a black quarterback.

    After going undrafted, Dungy signed with the Pittsburgh Steelers and was converted into a defensive player. He won a ring as a backup safety with the Steelers in Super Bowl XIII. Once he turned his energies to coaching, he toiled as an assistant in the N.F.L. for 15 seasons before getting his big break.

    He guided the Buccaneers to four postseason appearances in six seasons, but was fired in January 2002 after they lost to the Philadelphia Eagles in the playoffs for the second consecutive season. The Colts were in the market for a head coach to replace the elder Jim Mora in the wake of a 6-10 season.

    Irsay liked Dungy's defensive background and looked at his low-key personality as a huge plus. He saw Dungy as the perfect counterbalance to quarterback Peyton Manning, who can be excitable to the point of implosion.

    "It's about matching energies when you choose a head coach," Irsay said. He added, "I felt Tony's energy would have a calming effect on Peyton, and, no question, I think it has."

    The first time Irsay and Dungy spoke, their conversation lasted two hours. Dungy recalled that Irsay had said, "I don't care what it costs; you're going to be the coach of this team." To which Dungy replied, "It's not going to be about money."

    Within days the Colts and Dungy agreed to a five-year, $13 million deal.

    The Colts finished 10-6 in 2002 and were shut out in the first round of the playoffs against the Jets. Meanwhile, the Tampa Bay team that had been groomed by Dungy won the Super Bowl under its new coach, Jon Gruden.

    Ronde Barber, a defensive back with the Buccaneers since 1997, said in a telephone interview: "Some people will say Tony didn't have that 'it' thing to get us over the top. I don't think any of us bought into that."

    Barber added: "I believe it's not because he left that we won the championship the next year. It just happened that that's when we hit our stride."

    Dungy needed five seasons to mold the Colts into American Football Conference champions. To be sure, visions of the Super Bowl danced through their heads in 2005 when they started 13-0. But four days after their first defeat, at home against San Diego, James Dungy was found dead in his apartment in Tampa.

    The Colts traveled to Seattle without Dungy, their spiritual leader, and lost, 28-13. Three days later, the players listened to Dungy during a church service in Tampa. That day he addressed, not for the first or last time, the importance of expressing love for your children without reservation or delay.

    "When you give the eulogy at your son's funeral," Colts defensive end Dwight Freeney said, "and you stand up there and still try to teach people life lessons when your heart is breaking, that's the sign of an amazing man."

    A year later, Dungy addressed an audience under dramatically different circumstances. On Sunday at the RCA Dome, after the Colts' 38-34 come-from-behind victory against the New England Patriots, Dungy hugged his wife and thanked his players, the organization and the fans as if his fingerprints weren't all over the championship trophy in his hands.

    "Just to see him out there, with all the things that man has gone through in the last year, it was really special," said Rocky Boiman, a fifth-year linebacker who is in his first season with the Colts. He added, "That was one of the best things I got out of it, being able to contribute to a win for a guy like that."

    In a private moment in the locker room after the trophy presentation, Irsay said he had told Dungy that James and some deceased members of the Irsay clan were looking down on them; Dungy said he felt the same way.

    Dungy is a civilized man in a coarse profession. He doesn't berate his players or stalk the sideline. He doesn't spew profanity or chew tobacco. In his own understated way, Dungy uses football to show his players how to manage the game of life.

    "He has stuck to his cause and taught his ethics the way he feels and it's gotten him to the Super Bowl," Colts tight end Dallas Clark said. "It's great. He hasn't had to change. He's done it his way."

    It would be just like Dungy to leave Dolphin Stadium after the Super Bowl and keep on walking. There was speculation that he would retire at the end of last season to spend more time with Lauren and their four surviving children. He was noncommittal this week when asked if he was considering calling it quits.

    "It's something I haven't thought a whole lot about," Dungy said. He added, "We'll see what happens."

    Dungy has the most victories of any N.F.L. coach since 1999, with a record of 90-38, but the bottom line is not what defines him. His life has been about opening people's eyes so they may see talent and not skin color; spirituality and not celebrity; integrity and not self-interest. He has helped a lot of people see more clearly.

    Correction: January 31, 2007

    A sports article on Sunday about Indianapolis Colts Coach Tony Dungy gave the incorrect name in some copies of the city where one of his former assistants now coaches in the National Football League. Rod Marinelli is the head coach in Detroit, not Green Bay.


     

     

    January 29, 2007
    Drilling Down
     
    Blog Traffic Grows, and It's Mostly Male

    Over the last few years, as newspaper Web sites have started to maintain blogs, there have been plenty of setbacks. A Washington Post blog was shut down last January after commenters flooded it with vitriol, and the author of a Los Angeles Times blog was caught commenting on his own posts under a pseudonym.

    But there is no sign that newspapers are turning back: just last Wednesday, The Washington Post announced that it would be adding three new blogs.

    Numbers recently released by Nielsen/NetRatings, the Internet traffic measurement firm, suggest that such blogs are picking up readers. NetRatings said that traffic to newspaper blogs had more than tripled over the last year, reaching 3.8 million in December. (The total unique visitors to newspaper Web sites in December was 29.9 million.) Slightly more men than women read online newspapers, and that trend is more pronounced on newspaper blogs, 66 percent of whose readers are male.

    "News and information is generally a male-skewing appetite," said Carolyn Creekmore, senior director of media analytics for NetRatings, "and blogs are really getting a lot of the most engaged consumers." ALEX MINDLIN

     

     

    January 29, 2007
     
    Google Halts 'Miserable Failure' Link to President Bush

    It has been a bad month for anti-Bush snarkiness.

    First, the anodyne impressionist Rich Little was selected to address the White House correspondents' dinner as a follow-up to the scathing routine last year by Comedy Central's Stephen Colbert. Now a favored online tactic to mock the president — altering the Google search engine so the words "miserable failure" lead to President Bush's home page at the White House — has been neutralized.

    Google announced on Thursday on its official blog that "by improving our analysis of the link structure of the Web" such mischief would instead "typically return commentary, discussions, and articles" about the tactic itself.

    Indeed, a search on Saturday of "miserable failure" on Google leads to a now-outdated BBC News article from 2003 about the "miserable failure" search, rather than the previous first result, President Bush's portal at whitehouse.gov/president.

    Such gamesmanship has been termed "Google bombing," and is not unique to President Bush, or even politics. John F. Kerry, the Democratic presidential candidate in 2004, was linked to the search "waffles," while other Google bombs have been elaborate jokes or personal vendettas.

    Writing on the Google blog, Matt Cutts, the head of the Google's Webspam team, said that Google bombs had not "been a very high priority for us." But he added: "Over time, we've seen more people assume that they are Google's opinion, or that Google has hand-coded the results for these Google-bombed queries. That's not true, and it seemed like it was worth trying to correct that misperception."

    Mr. Cutts was not available on Friday to expand on his blog, a Google spokeswoman said. A White House spokesman had no comment on the issue.

    Despite the changes by Google, some other Google bombs are still operative. A search for "French military victories" still produces a first result that says, "Your search — French military victories — did not match any documents." Click there and your find a mockup of a Google search page asking the question "Did you mean: French military defeats."

    The organizer of the "miserable failure" Google bomb was George Johnston, a political activist and software programmer in Bellevue, Wash.

    What began as a prank become something more after Hurricane Katrina, Mr. Johnston said. In September 2005, he said he noticed a renewed interest in the "miserable failure" prank; he believes "people were in shock over New Orleans" and began typing "failure" into their searches. Mr. Johnston said he considered Google's decision politically motivated, even if was not done by hand, and noted that the company had agreed to censor results in China. "I believe them that they tweaked the algorithm, but it is such weasel words," he said. "The fact that some Google bombs still work makes me think they have a blacklist essentially of ways of tweaking results."

    He hasn't given up the fight, he said, and remains unhappy with Google's tweak. "They say they fixed it. I think they broke it," he said. NOAM COHEN


     

     

    Wikipedia entries are being cited by judges in their legal rulings

    January 29, 2007
     
    Courts Turn to Wikipedia, but Selectively

    When a court-appointed special master last year rejected the claim of an Alabama couple that their daughter had suffered seizures after a vaccination, she explained her decision in part by referring to material from articles in Wikipedia, the collaborative online encyclopedia.

    The reaction from the court above her, the United States Court of Federal Claims, was direct: the materials "culled from the Internet do not — at least on their face — meet" standards of reliability. The court reversed her decision.

    Oddly, to cite the "pervasive, and for our purposes, disturbing series of disclaimers" concerning the site's accuracy, the same Court of Federal Claims relied on an article called "Researching With Wikipedia" found — where else? — on Wikipedia. (The family has reached a settlement, their lawyer said.)

    A simple search of published court decisions shows that Wikipedia is frequently cited by judges around the country, involving serious issues and the bizarre — such as a 2005 tax case before the Tennessee Court of Appeals concerning the definition of "beverage" that involved hundreds of thousands of dollars, and, just this week, a case in Federal District Court in Florida that involved the term "booty music" as played during a wet T-shirt contest.

    More than 100 judicial rulings have relied on Wikipedia, beginning in 2004, including 13 from circuit courts of appeal, one step below the Supreme Court. (The Supreme Court thus far has never cited Wikipedia.)

    "Wikipedia is a terrific resource," said Judge Richard A. Posner of the United States Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit, in Chicago. "Partly because it so convenient, it often has been updated recently and is very accurate." But, he added: "It wouldn't be right to use it in a critical issue. If the safety of a product is at issue, you wouldn't look it up in Wikipedia."

    Judge Posner recently cited a Wikipedia article on Andrew Golota, whom he called the "world's most colorful boxer," about a drug case involving the fighter's former trainer, a tangent with no connection to the issues before his court. He did so despite his own experience with Wikipedia, which included an erroneous mention of Ann Coulter, a conservative lightning rod, as being a former clerk of his.

    "I have never met Ann Coulter," he said, but added that he was heartened that the friend who spotted the error could fix it then and there.

    That friend was Cass R. Sunstein, currently a visiting professor at Harvard Law School. "I love Wikipedia, but I don't think it is yet time to cite it in judicial decisions," he said, adding that "it doesn't have quality control" He said he feared that "if judges use Wikipedia you might introduce opportunistic editing" to create articles that could influence the outcome of cases.

    He added, however, that he could not fault a use like Judge Posner's, which "seems too innocuous for a basis of criticism."

    Many citations by judges, often in footnotes, are like Judge Posner's, beside the main judicial point, appear intended to show how hip and contemporary the judge is, reflecting Professor Sunstein's suspicion, "that law clerks are using Wikipedia a great deal."

    The Supreme Court of Iowa cites Wikipedia to explain that "jungle juice" is "the name given to a mix of liquor that is usually served for the sole purpose of becoming intoxicated." In the Florida case, the court noted that booty music has "a slightly higher dance tempo and occasional sexually explicit lyrical content."

    As opposed to these tangential references, Wikipedia has also been used for more significant facts.

    Such cases include a Brooklyn surrogate court's definition of the Jewish marriage ceremony and the Iowa Court of Appeals' declaration that French is the official language of the Republic of Guinea. In 2004, the Court of Appeals for the 11th Circuit, in Georgia, referred to a Wikipedia entry of the Department of Homeland Security's threat levels in a ruling concerning magnetometer searches of antiwar protesters.

    In a recent letter to The New York Law Journal, Kenneth H. Ryesky, a tax lawyer who teaches at Queens College and Yeshiva University, took exception to the practice, writing that "citation of an inherently unstable source such as Wikipedia can undermine the foundation not only of the judicial opinion in which Wikipedia is cited, but of the future briefs and judicial opinions which in turn use that judicial opinion as authority."

    Recognizing that concern, Lawrence Lessig, a professor at Stanford Law School who frequently writes about technology, said that he favored a system that captures in time online sources like Wikipedia, so that a reader sees the same material that the writer saw.

    He said he used www.webcitation.org for the online citations in his amicus brief to the Supreme Court in Metro-Goldwyn-Mayer Studios v. Grokster Ltd., which "makes the particular reference a stable reference, and something someone can evaluate."

    Wikipedia is increasingly becoming the default reference for the curious. According to comScore Media Metrix, there were more than 38 million unique visitors to Wikipedia sites in December in the United States, making it the 13th most popular destination.

    Stephen Gillers, a professor at New York University Law School, saw this as crucial: "The most critical fact is public acceptance, including the litigants," he said. "A judge should not use Wikipedia when the public is not prepared to accept it as authority."

    For now, Professor Gillers said, Wikipedia is best used for "soft facts" that are not central to the reasoning of a decision. All of which leads to the question, if a fact isn't central to a judge's ruling, why include it?

    "Because you want your opinion to be readable," said Professor Gillers. "You want to apply context. Judges will try to set the stage. There are background facts. You don't have to include them. They are not determinitive. But they help the reader appreciate the context."

    He added, "The higher the court the more you want to do it. Why do judges cite Shakespeare or Kafka?"


     

     

    Mike Mergen for The New York Times

    Aviva Halperin, foreground, Elana Hoffman, center, and Molly Ainsman, housemates at the University of Pennsylvania

    Illustration by The New York Times
     
    At Last, Television Ratings Go to College

    For decades, Nielsen Media Research has affixed the same value to every college student watching television while away at school: zero. As a result, industry executives have complained for years that shows appealing to a younger audience have been underrated.

    But, starting today, college students count.

    Shows like "America's Next Top Model" and "Family Guy" are expected to see their ratings surge this week as Nielsen Media Research, a unit of the Nielsen Company, includes the viewing of students living away from home in its count for the first time.

    In the TV world, a boost in Nielsen ratings often means a boost in advertiser dollars, so the adjusted ratings are good news for networks with high college viewership, like ESPN, Fox and CW.

    Adult Swim, a block of adult programming on the Cartoon Network that expects its 18- to 24-year-old audience to jump by 35 percent with the new ratings, is so excited about the change that it ran an ad telling viewers about it in mid-October.

    "It's going to validate what advertisers have always assumed, which is that college students are watching our programming," said Jeff Lucas, a senior vice president at Comedy Central. Mr. Lucas said that the network's own research shows that "South Park," "The Daily Show With Jon Stewart," and "The Colbert Report" have a large college audience.

    It's too early to know how much more advertisers will pay for shows with larger audiences because of the college ratings. Network executives, of course, said they expect to be paid for the higher ratings. If advertisers decide to spend more on shows that demonstrate high college viewership, TV networks may decide to dedicate more of their schedule programming to college tastes.

    The college ratings are the first of two major changes in the way viewing habits are rated. In May, Nielsen will start releasing figures on the number of people who actually watch commercials, separating them from viewers who walk away or switch channels when the ads come on. The potential impact of ad ratings on network revenue has not been calculated.

    Nielsen's move into colleges is its first step in an ambitious plan to track TV viewing wherever and whenever it takes place. Long focused only on viewing of home television sets, Nielsen is building portable meters to track when people see TV in bars, restaurants, gyms, stores and other places outside the home. And, within two to three years, Nielsen plans to merge data from its online unit with its TV unit to calculate total viewing on all media.

    "The holy grail here is how to measure consumers as they go from TV to iPod to cellphone and back," said Alan Wurtzel, president of research for NBC Universal.

    But the first step — measuring students' viewing of television — comes with its own pitfalls. College students still watch a significant amount of television, spending three and a half hours a day tuned in on average, about an hour less than all people on average, according to Nielsen.

    But college students are not watching only TV. They are also among the most likely consumers to be browsing the Internet, watching streaming video, text messaging on their cellphones and playing video games — sometimes all at once.

    "College students have the television on in the background at the same time they undoubtedly have their computers on," said Matt Britton, chief of brand development for Mr. Youth, a marketing firm based in New York. "They're online — searching Facebook, doing research, shopping."

    Their media habits make them targets of marketers, but just how attentive college students are while they are watching TV may give advertisers pause about how much they can trust their viewing.

    "The people meter just measures if the set is on and what they're watching. But are they doing their homework, are they talking to friends; what else are they doing while the ad is showing?" said Brad Adgate, senior vice president of research at Horizon Media, an ad-buying agency.

    Still, Mr. Adgate said, advertisers may increase their payments to networks with large college audiences because of the perceived lifetime value of the college market. "If you can get them using your product at age 20, they could be using it for the next 60 years," he said.

    Until now, the 18- to 24-year-olds counted by Nielsen were mainly those who did not attend college, attended part-time or still lived at home. During holiday and summer breaks, of course, many college students are home and were counted by Nielsen at those times on their parents' set-top boxes. (There are 10,000 households with Nielsen boxes tracking their viewing, and from those households, Nielsen extrapolates national viewing estimates.)

    Over the last decade, several TV networks with shows aimed at young people grew increasingly frustrated that college students were not counted. About five years ago, Turner Broadcasting, which owns Cartoon Network and TBS, approached Nielsen about the issue.

    Over the next year, Nielsen held discussions with its clients who pay for the ratings — the networks and the advertising agencies. As with most tests of new offerings, Nielsen wanted a group of clients to pay the costs of evaluating the college market. By 2003, Turner, WB, CBS, MTV Networks, Fox and ESPN agreed to pay, and Nielsen started pilot tests.

    To add college students to the ratings, Nielsen contacted the roughly 450 families in its sample who had children in college. About 30 percent of those families agreed to let Nielsen put a meter in the college student's dorm room or off-campus apartment. Some families did not agree simply because their child did not have a TV set at school.

    The change will affect the perception of viewing behavior, particularly for viewers 18 to 24. College students, for example, watch more television during the day, when young people not in college are more likely to be at work.

    The prime-time shows the college and noncollege population picks to watch are also not always the same. While "Grey's Anatomy" and "The Simpsons" were popular in November on and off campus among 18- to 24-year-olds, shows like "Ugly Betty" and "America's Next Top Model" were far more popular among college students than among other people that age.

    In fact, the No. 1 one show for college males in November was Comedy Central's cartoon show, "Drawn Together." According to a Nielsen analysis, "Drawn Together" would have had an average audience of about 435,000 18-to 24-year-olds in November. But, since college students were not counted, the Nielsen rating in that age group totaled only 272,000 people that month.

    Some TV networks are planning to spend more money marketing their shows on college campuses this spring since they will now see results in the ratings. Mr. Britton of Mr. Youth said two broadcast networks had contacted his firm about increased marketing on college campuses.

    MTV already operates a network, called mtvU, that is seen exclusively on college campuses. MTV has found advertisers like Ford interested in specifically focusing on college students on the 750 campuses where mtvU is seen in places like dormitories, fitness centers and dining halls. Now that Nielsen is tracking college viewing, more college-focused networks or programming could be developed and sold to advertisers.Amy Adams, a freshman at Muskingum College in Ohio, said she and her roommate watch movies together on ABC Family and TNT on weekends. Other people in her dorm watch far more TV than she does, Ms. Adams said.

    "As I walk down the halls, I always hear the TV on in someone's bedroom," she said. "Even in the mornings, too."

    Aviva Halperin, a senior at the University of Pennsylvania in Philadelphia, said watching TV is a social event for her and her housemates. They watch "24" every week, and they like to watch it when broadcast, using commercial breaks as a time to chat.

    "I know this sound really silly, but '24' feels real because it's close to our own fears, and it feels more real when I watch it in real time," Ms. Halperin said. "When I watch it on TiVo, it's not as gripping."

    The lack of TiVo and other digital video recorders is another advantage of student viewers. Young people are more likely to channel surf and fast-forward to skip commercials, Nielsen's research shows. But perhaps because of their cost, DVRs are owned by only about 3 to 4 percent of college students, according to Student Monitor, a college student research firm based in Ridgewood, N.J. (About 13 percent of American households have DVRs.)

    On the downside for broadcasters, college students, like many people their age, also spend a fair share of their day playing video games — nearly two hours a day, not including online games, according to Nielsen.

    Still, college students last week said they thought it was about time they were counted by Nielsen.

    "It's kind of silly that we weren't," said Beth Lovisa, a senior at the University of Pennsylvania. "It's so not true that we don't watch any."


     

     

    Fabrice Coffrini/Agence France-Presse — Getty Images

    Nicholas Negroponte of M.I.T. shows off his $100 laptop.

    At Davos, the Squabble Resumes on How to Wire the Third World

    DAVOS, Switzerland, Jan. 28 — Here in the Swiss mountains at the World Economic Forum, the annual conclave of world leaders, concerns over a growing digital divide this year have taken a back seat to the challenge of climate change.

    Being out of the limelight, however, has not dimmed passions over what the best way is to deploy computers in the developing world. The controversy boiled over on Saturday at a breakfast meeting here where Craig R. Barrett, the chairman of Intel, squared off with Nicholas P. Negroponte, the former director of the M.I.T. Media Laboratory, whose nonprofit organization One Laptop Per Child is trying to develop a low-cost computer for the 1.2 billion children in the developing world. His prototype XO computer is designed to sell for $100 by the end of 2008.

    Intel has also contributed significant resources to the cause, including its own design for an inexpensive laptop computer, albeit one that is currently more expensive than Mr. Negroponte's.

    On Saturday, Mr. Barrett, speaking about Intel's efforts to train teachers to use personal computers, said that it is impressive to see what students "are able to accomplish with some help from a teacher," adding, "You can literally change people's lives."

    But Mr. Negroponte suggested that Intel executives had engaged in a campaign to discourage world leaders from committing to purchasing his laptop systems. Mr. Negroponte also accused Intel of marketing its strategy to the developing world.

    "Craig and I sometimes argue, and he called our thing a 'gadget,' " Mr. Negroponte said, referring to the XO. "I'm glad to see he's got his own gadget now. Craig has to look at this as a market, and I look at this as a mission."

    Other executives suggested the dispute was doing little to forge a common strategy to use computing to advance economic and educational development.

    "I do hear marketing going back and forth between you," said Michael J. Long, a senior vice president at Arrow Electronics, an industry components supplier. "We ought to concentrate on how we can help. The question is what can I do when I leave this room."

    The dispute between Mr. Negroponte and Mr. Barrett, who was formerly Intel's chief executive and who is now chairman of the United Nations Global Alliance for Information and Communications Technologies and Development, covered both substance and philosophy at the annual digital divide meeting, which has been presented for three years by David Kirkpatrick, a columnist for Fortune magazine.

    Also present at the meeting was Michael S. Dell, chairman of Dell Inc., as well as top executives from Sun Microsystems and Advanced Micro Devices.

    Mr. Negroponte, who has quarreled publicly with both Microsoft and Intel executives in his quest to give simple portable machines to hundreds of millions of children, has long been known for his iconoclastic positions on economic development and education.

    Recently at the Digital, Life, Design conference in Munich, he introduced himself as the "good bin Laden" — a reference to the notion that his low-cost laptop is terrorizing some companies in the computer industry because of the possibility that it will transform markets for personal computers in the developing world.

    At the Davos session, Mr. Barrett sketched out a four-point program for getting involvement from emerging economies including affordable hardware, low-cost data communications, local curriculum and educators.

    In contrast, Mr. Negroponte offered a vision based on working through children. He attacked projects that instruct teachers and students how to use programs like Microsoft Office.

    "I think they should be making music and playing and communicating," he said. "It has to be a seamless part of their lives."

    Despite initially trying to persuade Intel to back his project, Mr. Negroponte has chosen to use a low-power processor from Advanced Micro in his laptop, which was being exhibited here at a hotel near the conference center where the annual World Economic Forum is held.

    It is still not certain whether Mr. Negroponte will succeed in his crusade. At the meeting, he said he now has eight handshake agreements with heads of state, including the recent additions of Rwanda and Uruguay.

    However, he has also said that he will not begin manufacturing the laptop in volume unless he has firm commitments from one country each in Asia, South America and Africa. Other countries that have expressed interest include Brazil, Argentina, Libya, Nigeria, Thailand, Ethiopia, Pakistan and Mexico.

    During an interview here, he said he now expects firm commitments by March and for manufacturing to begin in April.

    Despite his publicly combative stance with respect to Intel, Mr. Negroponte has apparently moved to patch up his disagreements with Microsoft, and a version of Windows may be available from governments that chose that software instead of the Linux that the One Laptop Per Child organization is developing.

    One Laptop officials said that the computer might cost $10 to $20 more to run Windows, because of hardware support.

    Separately at the meeting on Saturday, John Gage, the chief researcher at Sun Microsystems, proposed an industry plan to deploy advanced data networks in developing economies with contributions of engineering staff time of 1 percent.

    Mr. Gage, who headed the NetDay project for connecting American schools to the Internet, said that rural areas in the developing world would cost as little as a $1,000 a kilometer, compared with $1 million to deploy a network over the same distance in New York City.


February 2, 2007

  •  

    .C. Worley for The New York Times

    Jay Henderson leads Tim Norrie into a turn on an ice bike racing course in Minneapolis.

    Interest Guide

    T.C. Worley for The New York Times

    The screw-studded tire, above, of an ice racing bike.

    Wheels on Ice: Slip-Sliding and Loving It

    THE mass perforation of Brownie Lake began at noon, when eight rolling tires, thousands of shiny screw tips and the fast-pumping legs of four bike riders were set in motion on a dizzying figure-eight track of ice.

    "Round and round we go," said Jay Henderson, known as Hollywood, whizzing by on a plane of ice, jockeying for position on a tight turn in the course.

    Pellets shot off spinning wheels. Four riders cranked and wrangled, a trail of tiny divots left in their wake. The track they rode, a double-loop path on the frozen surface of a lake in Minneapolis, glinted in the afternoon sun.

    "Coming on the inside," Mr. Henderson hollered, squeaking by a rider, his elbows out.

    Ice bike racing, a subgenre of the subgenre of winter cycling, is a hybrid discipline where spiked tires bite solid ice on twisting, circuitous courses cut from a mantle of snow. Riders pedal hard on straight-aways, then slide and fishtail through the turns. Frozen lakes and rivers serve as the medium of the sport, which mixes elements of a sprint road race with a dirt bike rally.

    Like its cousin sport of ice motorcycling, ice bike racing appeals to a niche of hard-core winter riders, irreverent renegade types and cycling gear aficionados who thrill to toy endlessly with homemade spiked tires.

    Organized races started up five or more years ago in places like Minnesota, Alaska, Ontario and Manitoba, some being underground affairs with just a dozen competitors.

    Nationally, there is no ice bike racing organization. The clubs that put on events are disparate and not in communication with one another. There are no rules or standards, making every race different.

    But an ever-increasing trickle of interest in wintertime riding has helped raise awareness of the events. At competitions like the Chilly Chili Ice Race, held each January on a frozen lake in Bloomington, Minn., more than 100 riders regularly show up.

    "It's a strange crew that does our race," said Chuck Hood, a director of the Chilly Chili race, which celebrated its five-year anniversary with a race last Sunday. Mr. Hood, a 36-year-old product manager at a bike-parts distribution company, said ice racers tended to be "mountain bikers, urban single-speeders or cabin-feverish roadies blowing off steam."

    Though there are serious racers like Mr. Henderson — a 35-year-old bike shop owner who is a four-time Chilly Chili champion — most ice bikers are casual competitors.

    "We get everyone from college students to retirees on the ice," said Carlos Lozano, the 63-year-old organizer of the Frigid Bits Race Series in Anchorage, where ice bikers pedal a plowed lane on the surface of Goose Lake. From November to March, usually two times per month, Mr. Lozano directs a Frigid Bits race, which is free and open to anyone. Racers make laps on a mile-long labyrinth of a course that this year features 36 snaking turns.

    "I prefer to design my race courses after the Formula One venues," said Mr. Lozano, a retiree who spends hours digging a 12-foot-wide lane with a snowplow-equipped A.T.V.

    On race day, mountain bikes are the steed of choice for most ice riders, though cyclocross bikes and simple single-speeds are also used. Commercially made tires with carbide studs from companies like Suomi Tyres, Schwalbe and Kenda populate most of the rims spinning on a course.

    The most serious competitors make their own tires, drilling hundreds of holes in the tread, inserting screws, and padding the interior face with duct tape, rubber, silicon caulking and other secret concoctions. Screw size and type varies from racer to racer.

    "My tire methods are strictly off the record," said Mr. Henderson, who incorporates more than 600 screws to create a pair of medieval-looking ice-chewers that can corner at nearly 90 degrees on the glare ice of a hockey rink.

    ON a Saturday last month, the weekend before the Chilly Chili Ice Race, Mr. Henderson parked on a neighborhood street near downtown Minneapolis and carried his bike through the woods to Brownie Lake. A small group was assembling for a training session at noon.

    Skiers glided by on the trails that surround the lake. The ice bikers shoveled snow from their course for 20 minutes before taking off.

    Rounding a corner, shoulders leaning into the turn, Kristy LaVigne let out a little squeal. "Oooh, yikes, whee!" she shouted, her tires digging into a sheen of exposed ice.

    Ms. LaVigne, a 26-year-old office manager from Circle Pines, Minn., touched the brakes and skidded, her rear tire sliding sideways like fingernails on slate.

    "These things more or less seem to work," said Ms. LaVigne, coming to a stop, looking down at her front wheel. "Really, it feels like you're on pavement most of the time."

    But the track ahead, a tight 500-foot looped trail, had patches as shiny as glass. A coat of fluffy white covered the nearby forest floor.

    The riders formed a line on the straight-aways, spinning fast while sitting down, then coming together in a crush at each corner. They rode lap after lap, tires aerating the ice.

    "Look out, coming through," yelled Tim Norrie, a 31-year-old electrician from Minneapolis, brushing by a rider on a turn.

    Crashes on ice are common, and during the Brownie Lake session riders went down a dozen times, tipping after taking a corner too fast, or flying over handlebars while ramming a snow bank. The sparring sessions during tight turns — shoulders nudging, elbows poking out — didn't help either. (Though such moves are much more subtle in a real race.)

    Ms. LaVigne, a former hockey player and first-time ice biker, was cautious of her knees. "I know how hard ice can be in a bad fall," she said, stopping to let three riders whiz by.

    Russell Loucks, a 45-year-old software engineer from Eagan, Minn., put a foot down to skim the ice on fast turns, his shoe skating as a solid outrigger for balance.

    Across the ice, on a packed trail that circles the lake, a skier stopped to assess the scene, hand blocking the sun in a salute on his forehead. A dog ran free nearby, dragging a leash through the snow.

    On a turn in the course, Mr. Norrie scooted in for a shoulder check, and Mr. Henderson went flying, bouncing on the ice. But Mr. Henderson stood up smiling and brushed himself off. "I'll be feeling that one tomorrow," he said.

    By 1 p.m., the winter sun cast long shadows on the track. Ms. LaVigne rode up front, confident on the bike after only an hour of practice. Her feet spun on the pedals. Her tires hummed on the ice.

    VISITOR INFORMATION

    STUDDED bike tires meet the ice at events throughout North America each winter, including skating-rink sprints in Toronto, river ice races in Winnipeg and ice-biking events twice a month in Anchorage. Here's a schedule of coming races:

    MONTREAL The Coupe des Glaces 2007 will be held tomorrow at Bonsecours skating rink, where racers sprint laps in multiple elimination heats. Now in its fourth year, the Coupe des Glaces attracts more than 50 ice bikers (www.coupedesglaces.org).

    WINNIPEG, MANITOBA Winnipeg's Icebike 9, its ninth annual ice biking event, is scheduled for Sunday at the Forks National Historic Site near downtown. Up to 200 competitors pedal a course that travels on river ice and into the woods (www.icebiking.com).

    ANCHORAGE The Frigid Bits Race Series in Anchorage has races on Feb. 10 and Feb. 24 at Goose Lake. Competitors pedal a labyrinthine mile-long course that has 36 turns. Races start at 7 p.m., and there is no entry fee. Contact the race organizer, Carlos Lozano, by e-mail for more information: rio@ak.net.

    TORONTO Two ice-skating rinks at Dufferin Grove Park are the site for the Feb. 24 Icycle Race. About 40 racers compete each year in a series of rounds that can include up to 60 laps in a row. Information: (416) 532-6392.


     

     

    Chad Case for The New York Times

    Skiercross competition at Sun Valley, Idaho.

    A New Ski Tour Brings Snow, a Show and Many Parties

    TOMMY LEE, the former Motley Crüe drummer, steps into a makeshift D.J. booth in Sun Valley, Idaho, tattoos and nipple rings in full splendor like a peacock's feathers. Throngs of tipsy women in eerily similar outfits — designer jeans, studded belts and skintight T-shirts — suddenly materialize on the living-room dance floor, vying for his attention.

    Meanwhile, a crowd of skier dudes in their 20s, dressed in baggy jeans and T-shirts, gather in the kitchen for the best view of the pro snowmobilers out front, jumping into the freezing air over a giant Red Bull ramp erected in the front yard. The house, an 8,000-square-foot mansion, also has an indoor rock-climbing wall, a backyard amphitheater and a heated lap pool and hot tub. A steady stream of partygoers arrives on plush coach buses staffed with cocktail waitresses.

    It's like a Playboy mansion transplanted into snow country with Kipp Nelson, 47, a retired banker turned full-time ski bum, as its Hugh Hefner. "I want to bring glamour back to skiing," Mr. Nelson said.

    Flush from his days as a partner at Goldman Sachs, Mr. Nelson is trying to revive the ski circuit in this country with a four-stop competition that offers a $500,000 purse. The Ski Tour, as the event was called before corporate sponsorship added "Honda" to the official title, kicked off during the Martin Luther King weekend last month in Sun Valley — a four-day extravaganza that included 15 bands, fireworks, countless parties and top-notch skiing. (The second stop, in Breckenridge, Colo., began yesterday and continues to Sunday.)

    "What happened to the days when the pro ski tour would come, and these huge parties would hit the town?" asked Mr. Nelson, dressed in a ski jacket and beanie cap, as he welcomed some 500 skiers, catalog models and B-list celebrities to his palatial ski chalet in the chic resort town of Ketchum, Idaho.

    "What happened to the hot dog era?"

    Well, for one thing, snowboarding. As skiing sagged during the 1990s, it was viewed as a stodgy pastime for older people. Snowboarding, with its emphasis on freestyle expression and maneuvers, captured the youth market and, along with it, the sponsorships and advertising dollars that once fueled the professional ski circuit. The only major ski event in the United States today, between Christmas and Easter, is the Winter X Games — and it revolves around snowboarding, with skiing taking a back seat.

    But don't expect the Ski Tour to feature Alpine skiing, giant slalom or big names like Bode Miller. The Sun Valley event featured only two competitions, skier halfpipe and skiercross (similar to motocross, but on skis), which owe their popularity to snowboarding rather than a nostalgia for Spandex and silly hats.

    The festivities started on Friday night when about 3,000 people poured into the BaseCamp Music Experience Pavilion, a 14,000-square-foot tent erected in the middle of Ketchum. Fans of all ages turned out, dressed in layers as thick as astronauts'. There were young couples toting bundled-up toddlers, teenagers taking swigs from flasks and lots of skiers approaching middle age seeking to reclaim their youth.

    Main Street was closed to traffic for the first time in 25 years to make way for bonfires, flame throwers and break dancers. JumboTrons hovered over the small downtown streets, projecting fast-moving images of daredevil moves and party montages into the night sky, while an outdoor D.J. played hip-hop.

    THE entire spectacle felt like a heterosexual version of the exuberant Gay Ski Week held in Aspen, with the kind of excess that has wide-eyed guests whispering about how much everything must have cost. (Mr. Nelson estimates that the sponsors will spend about $7 million for the tour, or about $1.5 to $2 million for each of the four stops.)

    Participants were impressed. "It's the best thing I've ever experienced, really," said Taylor Stoecklein, 19, a college freshman who has lived in Sun Valley his entire life. "It's the best thing I've ever witnessed in Sun Valley."

    The headline performance that night was the Wailers, Bob Marley's former band, which took to the huge stage at about 6 p.m. Despite the minus-10-degree temperatures, thousands stood outside, swaying back and forth in puffy down jackets, as the Wailers belted out reggae classics like "Buffalo Soldier" and "One Love."

    Meanwhile, in the heated V.I.P. area backstage, mini lamb chops and steak skewers were being washed down with kiwi martinis. Michelle Rodriguez, an actress from the TV series "Lost," was standing by the bar, throwing back Red Bull vodkas alongside pro skiers, ski industry executives and well-groomed Sun Valley regulars.

    "I love people who think of things that are amazing and make them happen," said Ms. Rodriguez, who wore white fur boots and a matching fur shawl.

    A huge fireworks display marked the end of the concert, but it was by no means the end of the evening. Hordes of hungry people packed the restaurants beyond capacity. Sushi on Second had a two-hour wait. The Cellar, a popular restaurant and pub next to the BaseCamp, was turning people away. "We ran out of silverware," one of the bartenders said, wiping the sweat from his brow.

    The official party didn't stop until 2 a.m., after the rap group Swollen Members played in the NexStage Theater, the last D.J. packed up his turntable, and the town bars like Whiskey Jacques and Roosevelt Tavern enforced last call. But for those in the know, there were plenty of after-parties, like the one at the Loft, a converted warehouse in Ketchum, that lasted until dawn.

    The late night didn't seem to dampen spirits the next day. By noon on Saturday, several thousand had turned out for the skiercross finals at Dollar Mountain, clutching cans of Pabst Blue Ribbon in gloved hands and lining both sides of the short oval course. A gaggle of fashion models in faux fur parkas, called the Ski Tour Girls, were passing out hand warmers and beer cozies, while Sun Valley's upper crust overwhelmed the small V.I.P. tent, sipping top-shelf gin and tonics.

    A beer-fueled roar erupted when the ski racers finally emerged, like colorful rubber balls in a giant pinball machine, careening through the banked turns, bumpy rollers and steep tabletops.

    "This is the biggest prize purse I've ever seen," said Casey Puckett, 34, who took the $25,000 first-place prize. Like many of his competitors, Mr. Puckett, a four-time Olympian in Alpine skiing, is a frustrated World Cup athlete who switched to the skiercross circuit a few years ago because it was more lucrative — and a lot more fun. The Ski Tour, he said, was "taking skiing to a whole different level by making it the premier event, whereas at the X Games, it's just one of many events."

    No premiere ski event, of course, would be complete without television coverage. To position the Ski Tour under its desired spotlight, Mr. Nelson paid ABC an undisclosed sum to broadcast an hourlong show for each of the inaugural Ski Tour stops. He also hired a 40-person production crew to shoot and edit the program. (The first show aired midday on ABC on Jan. 20).

    One thing the cameras didn't capture, however, were female athletes. In an unfortunate throwback to the hot dog era, there were plenty of ski bunnies, but no women's division in either competition.

    "I came here because Red Bull wanted me to be here to show a woman's presence, but the organizers didn't even make an effort," said Kristi Leskinen, a top professional freeskier who has appeared in FHM magazine in lingerie. (Mr. Nelson said the organizers didn't want to "bite off more than they could chew" and that women may be included in the future.)

    A marathon party atmosphere swept the town on Saturday night, with the sleep-deprived trying to keep their buzz going. The bars seemed even more crowded than the night before, though the high man-to-woman ratio remained the same: if the hot dog era was back, no one seemed to have notified the ladies. At Whiskey Jacques, a cramped dive bar where a late-night party was being held, the crowd was overrun with scruffy men in fleece jackets and wool caps, clutching bottles of beer and chasing after women like wolves.

    "In this town, they say you don't lose your girlfriend, you lose your turn," said Thia Konig, 41, a photographer who has lived in Sun Valley for 13 years. "The guys are loving this because there's a fresh crop of girls from out of town." The Ski Tour wrapped up Sunday evening with the skier halfpipe finals at the Warm Springs base area, which, at 6 p.m., was far from warm. Thousands of spectators climbed up the steep slope to see Peter Olenick land a double back flip in the halfpipe; he's the only skier to have done that in competition. It made for great television, even if he ended up in 10th place.

    BUT the real action took place at the nearby base lodge, where a fashion show was under way, featuring the Ski Tour Girls again and a few local amateurs, who seem to be living out every wild girl's fantasy, sashaying down the runway in everything from gold lamé hot pants to bikini tops.

    It was the last event on the official schedule — a festive send-off to cap the first Ski Tour — but the party was far from over. "How long do you think this is going to last?" a woman whispered to her friend. "I still need to get home and change for Kipp's party. What are you going to wear?"

    Mr. Nelson, who is famous in town for his elaborate parties, was holding an invitation-only gala in his mansion. Choosing the right thing to wear certainly wasn't an issue for a half-naked Mr. Lee, who, according to Mr. Nelson, was messing around on the climbing wall until 8 that morning.

    "He finally asked me if he could just stay up at the house," Mr. Nelson said. "I said, 'Sure.' "

    The Circuit

    Stops on the Honda Ski Tour:

    BRECKENRIDGE, COLO. Feb. 1 to 4.

    ASPEN, COLO. Feb. 22 to 25.

    SQUAW VALLEY, CALIF. March 8 to 11.

    All-access tickets are $99. More information is at www.theskitour.com.


     

     

    Gary Hallgren

    Chip Litherland for The New York Times

    Northerners have developed familiar migratory patterns taking them to their Florida enclaves, including a concentration of Québécois in Hollywood.

    Snowbirds Flock Together for Winter

    IT takes a big state to absorb the entire North every winter, but once again, Florida is pulling it off. From Miami to Pensacola, the cold-weather escapees have been filtering in, completing the midwinter migration to the Northerners' land of dreams — or at least, the land of polo shirts and khaki shorts. And with more than 50,000 square miles of territory, Florida has plenty of room for all of them — sun-hungry retirees, peripatetic second-home owners and seasonal settlers — to spread out.

    So why don't they?

    It's not exactly regimentation, and there are plenty of exceptions to be found, but Florida's winter arrivals clearly like to settle in clumps. Even in the sunny South, they seem to want to be among their own — occupying turf in the company of their clans, their neighbors, their golf buddies and, in general, people who share the cadences of their accents and the colors of their license plates.

    That's why the Miami area is called the Sixth Borough — and why Palm Beach County voters lamenting the weaknesses of the butterfly ballot in 2000 so often sounded like Long Islanders.

    It's why Memphis families returning from spring break will be walking around with white sand from the Panhandle city of Destin (not Fort Myers, certainly not Miami) between their toes.

    It's the reason two newspapers in French, with a Québécois tilt, are published in the Fort Lauderdale-area city of Hollywood and a big Quebec bank, Caisse populaire Desjardins, has started three branches nearby, complete with French-flashing A.T.M.'s.

    New Englanders settle around Sarasota, and Philadelphians camp out nearby in Clearwater. Minnesotans congregate on Sanibel Island; Ohioans on the Gulf Coast east of Panama City. Carolinians find their own in Daytona.

    In the beginning, all of this segmentation was a function of the Interstates. From the Midwest, the most direct route to Florida, I-75, goes to the West Coast. From the Northeast, I-95 follows the East Coast straight down to Miami. From Alabama, Tennessee and Georgia, it's a comfortable drive to the Panhandle.

    Now, of course, you can board a flight to just about anywhere in Florida. But Northerners cling to the old patterns anyway.

    "They're like birds," said John Tuccillo, an economist in Arlington, Va., who serves as a real estate consultant to businesses and government agencies. "They keep to their flyways." Demographers have a name for it: chain migration. "People who live near each other share information about where to retire, where to vacation," said Lance deHaven-Smith, a professor of public administration at Florida State University in Tallahassee. "They tell their friends and neighbors, and then they end up in the same place."

    Sometimes those flyways can be very narrow. Often a Florida resort has a chillier twin farther north. Seventy-five percent of second-home owners on Ponte Vedra Beach near Jacksonville are from Atlanta, according to Linda Sherrer, a broker with Prudential Network Realty. Palm Beach County has its counterpart in New York's Nassau and Suffolk Counties. Even Staten Island has a colony, in the Villages, a sprawling retirement and golf community southeast of Ocala.

    FOR years, the high-toned West Coast resort town of Naples has been a domain of suburban Detroit. So many retired General Motors executives have homes there (including the former chief executives Roger Smith and Jack Smith) that a group got together and formed the 120-member Gulf Shores GM Retired Executives Club.

    The Detroit connection may have solidified on the day in 2001 when Nina Machus, a snowbird from the suburb of Bloomfield Hills, and a friend dreamed up a women's club called the Juliets as a way for old friends to do something during their three or four months in Naples other than play endless rounds of golf. (They also wanted to outdo their husbands, who had started a men-only lunch club called the Romeos — Retired Old Men Eating Out.)

    The Juliets started by limiting membership to current or past residents of Bloomfield Hills or nearby Birmingham. They got a book discussion group going, set up bridge games and organized outings. Soon the phones started ringing and didn't stop.

    "We had to cut it off when we hit 100," said Ms. Machus, a vocal music teacher who likes to tune the TV to Detroit weather when she's on the treadmill. "It's hard to find a place that has room for more than a hundred women at lunch."

    On a balmy Monday morning in November, 13 Juliets managed to squeeze into the narrow new fiction aisle of a local Barnes & Noble to discuss "The White Russian," by Tom Bradby. Half hadn't read the book. But the group's leader, Barbara Denomme, a former kindergarten teacher who is married to Thomas G. Denomme, a former vice chairman of Chrysler, started the discussion anyway.

    Later, Ms. Machus, Ms. Denomme and a Birmingham Juliet, Janette Engelhardt, went to lunch and did a little shopping — first at a costume jewelry store that sells $10 watches, then in a boutique in Old Naples where Ms. Engelhardt admired a black net top for $885 and a metallic skirt for $820. "It's great fun," Ms. Engelhardt said of the Juliets club. "And it's become a tremendous support system."

    Of course, there are exceptions to the migratory rules, especially involving people from New York State. A study this year by Stan Smith, director of the Bureau of Economic and Business Research at the University of Florida in Gainesville, found that of all the people who spend part of each year in Florida, the greatest number were from New York, with Michigan next, followed by Ohio, Pennsylvania, Canada, Illinois, Georgia, Massachusetts, New Jersey and California. Upstate New Yorkers have long gravitated to places like the central eastern coast and the area around Tampa and St. Petersburg. And now that South Florida has filled up, metropolitan New Yorkers are popping up in nearly every place where Florida sand meets the sea.

    It would take radical change, however, to break the old ties to Miami, and the connection has renewed itself with the emergence of South Beach as a new winter haunt that mirrors the Manhattan and Hollywood scenes. The film and television producer Jerry Bruckheimer just bought a condo in one of the nicest buildings in South Beach, according to Diane Lieberman, broker-owner of South Beach Investment Realty. The rappers Diddy and Lil Wayne, the billionaire businessman Mark Cuban and the Yankees star Alex Rodriguez all have homes nearby.

    After the 1970s, New Yorkers began to move north from Miami to Fort Lauderdale and then to Palm Beach County, often traceable for demographers partly by their Jewish ethnicity. Ira Sheskin, director of University of Miami's Jewish Demography Project, said that since the 1980s and 1990s, Boca Raton, Delray Beach and Boynton Beach had all acquired large Jewish populations of New Yorkers, though many Orthodox Jews buck the trend by staying in Miami.

    Boynton Beach, a booming city south of Palm Beach, attracts New York's suburbanites. "This is Long Island plopped down with palm trees," said Beverly Sandberg, who is from Huntington, N.Y., and spent 10 winters in Boynton Beach before retiring there recently with her husband, Alan.

    In nearby Delray Beach, Evelyn Stefansky, who was born in Brooklyn, opened a restaurant, Lox Around the Clock, a year ago with friends from Queens and farther east on Long Island. The bagel dough she has shipped in from Brooklyn pleases her clientele, and she has begun passing out chopped liver on bread to mollify impatient New Yorkers waiting in line.

    Perhaps nothing solidified New York's identification with Palm Beach County more than the episode of "Seinfeld" in which Jerry's parents objected to George's parents' buying a condo in Del Boca Vista, a fictitious Florida development where they lived. In 2000, the real-life Jerry Seinfeld was spotted taking his real-life mother, Betty, out to dinner near her home in Delray Beach, where she settled after raising her family in Massapequa on Long Island.

    Some Florida clusters come from even farther away. South of Orlando in Kissimmee and Davenport, pubs have popped up along the highways to serve Britons in the area's endless subdivisions. Germans buy in the Fort Myers area, where restaurant menus are printed in German and one town, Cape Coral, has its own Oktoberfest.

    THE city of Orlando, as opposed to its sprawling suburbs, has a different kind of magnetism. It's become a microcosm of cosmopolitanism with Europeans and Latin Americans joining New Yorkers in the condo population.

    Perhaps the most surprising development, however, has been the arrival of Southern Californians in Jacksonville. The Florida Times-Union in Jacksonville published a story about the phenomenon last year, and Jim Doyle, a Jacksonville developer, first noticed it a bit earlier. A new house in the Jacksonville area costs about a third of the price of a comparable house in San Diego, he said. "Our California buyers have been doing back flips at how much more affordable prices are here."

    Bob Hamburg, 52, and his wife Carol, 58, left San Diego in 2004 and bought a four-bedroom, three-bathroom house with a pool in Palm Coast, Fla., an hour south of downtown Jacksonville, for $600,000. "This house would cost $2 million in San Diego," Mr. Hamburg said. Word has gotten out — two other houses on their block have been bought by Californians.

    "I can open the windows and hear the ocean," Mr. Hamburg said. Air-conditioning takes the edge off the Florida summers, and there are $1 million condos going up nearby, a promising sign. "Someone told me this is going to be the next Naples," he said.

    Mr. Hamburg just may have stumbled onto a whole new flyway.


     

    Music Review

    Take Band, Add Singer on TV, Put Onstage, and Stir

    "La-di da-di, who wants to party?" Lukas Rossi, wanted to know, though he needn't have asked. It was Wednesday night and Radio City Music Hall was full — O.K., maybe not quite full — of people who had paid good money to "party" with Mr. Rossi and his band. In a sense those people got what they deserved, though it could also be argued that no audience truly deserves what this one got.

    The story starts innocuously enough, with a 2005 reality TV series called "Rock Star: INXS"; it was a talent show, and the winner became the new lead singer of the once-popular Australian band INXS. An economist (or a rock 'n' roll fan) might call that a negative incentive, but CBS executives called it a winning formula. The band (along with whoever it was that won) retreated back into obscurity and the show returned, last summer, for a second season.

    In "Rock Star: Supernova" the prize was a chance to become the lead singer of a new band that was billed, straight-facedly, as a supergroup. Apparently some executive had earned his or her salary by persuading Tommy Lee (the Mötley Crüe drummer and bona fide rock 'n' roll celebrity), Jason Newsted (who spent over a decade playing bass for Metallica) and Gilby Clarke (who briefly played rhythm guitar in Guns N' Roses, though he didn't play on any album besides "The Spaghetti Incident?," a covers collection) to join forces. After a few months of intermittently entertaining episodes, the three chose Mr. Rossi, a Canadian yowler with — let's hope — a good sense of humor.

    This band called itself Rock Star Supernova (it turned out that another band was already calling itself Supernova), and released an album, which American listeners shrewdly ignored; "Rock Star Supernova" (Burnett/Epic) was released in November, and never got higher than No. 101 on the charts.

    Then came one of the most propitious injuries in the history of rock: Mr. Newsted hurt his shoulder, forcing him to drop out of this tour. Mr. Lee and Mr. Clarke had no such luck, so there they were, accompanied by Johnny Colt (the Black Crowes' former bassist), gamely bashing away while Mr. Rossi belted out the kind-of-neo-grunge songs and scuttled around the stage, trying his best to rile up the "mamas and papas" in the crowd.

    A few songs, including the ballad "Can't Bring Myself to Light This Fuse," gave Mr. Rossi a chance to show off the quavering falsetto that helped him win this dubious honor. More often, though, the music was unusually easy to ignore, and the lyrics were just the opposite. It turns out, for example, that Mr. Rossi's "life is a ro-o-ollercoaster." He also wants to know, "Why does it rain on my parade every day?" Somewhere, Mr. Newsted was smiling.

    The opening acts were also drawn from the TV show. Two of the losers, Dilana and Toby Rand, appeared with their own bands, and Dave Navarro (formerly of Jane's Addiction and briefly — disastrously — of the Red Hot Chili Peppers) played with his current band, the Panic Channel. All four of these bands played covers, ranging from nearly competent (Mr. Rand's fast romp through Billy Idol's "Rebel Yell") to mildly irritating (Dilana's overbearing version of the Black Crowes' "She Talks to Angels") to insufferable (Rock Star Supernova's clumsy hard-rock reading of "Bittersweet Symphony," by the Verve).

    Given the performances, the crowd's warm-ish reaction seemed overly generous, but it made a kind of sense. There are, after all, millions and millions of American listeners who consider themselves rock 'n' roll fans, and who aren't particularly taken with emo bands like My Chemical Romance (too spooky), indie bands like the Shins (too obtuse) or radio-friendly bands like Hinder (too average). It would be easy, and satisfying, to blame record executives for not catering to this audience, but maybe this isn't their fault. Musical genres don't obey rational laws of supply and demand, which means the musical marketplace is always beset by gluts and shortages. Right now, for instance, there happen to be more great Southern rappers than listeners really want. And fewer great mainstream rock bands. No wonder some fans are happy to seek refuge in a show like this, which is full of people and songs borrowed from earlier, more triumphant rock 'n' roll eras.

    Still, none of that makes Mr. Lee's drum solo any more palatable. None of that will turn Mr. Rossi into the rock star he wants to be. And none of it improves the experience of watching this ragtag band plow through "The Boys of Summer" or "Let's Spend the Night Together." At one point Mr. Lee pointed to someone in the audience who wasn't standing up and asked, "Are you kidding me, dude?"

    Good question.


     

     

    Frederick M. Brown/Getty Images

    Sidney Sheldon's range encompassed squeaky clean to steamy.

    Sidney Sheldon, Literate Master of Pulp Panache

    In Sidney Sheldon's pulp-fiction lollapalooza "The Other Side of Midnight," the heroine is an aspiring French actress named Noelle Page. She is destined to become a world-famous movie star, but early in the story she remains humble. Well, humble-ish. In wartime Paris as an ambitious young thing, she attends a performance of Jean-Paul Sartre's "No Exit."

    Merely by sitting gorgeously in the audience, then demonstrating her remarkable get-acquainted boudoir skills later in the evening, Noelle is able to stun and then bag "one of the idols of Europe," the play's star. Little does he know that he will be one small rung on her ladder to the top.

    Sartre and star fever, side by side: this was Mr. Sheldon at his risible but lovable high-low best. He was both literate and lurid, and he made that combination hard to resist. He achieved his effects by using a secret weapon: his nostalgic appreciation of Thomas Wolfe, Sinclair Lewis, Ernest Hemingway, F. Scott Fitzgerald and their storytelling skills. Thus equipped, and endlessly interested in the rich, powerful and tragic, he brought class to trash. And he did it with consistent professionalism, turning himself into a legitimate brand name. If that sounds like no great accomplishment, think about how rarely an author does it right.

    Mr. Sheldon bridged two sharply different worlds. His early film and television career (working on screenplays for "The Bachelor and the Bobby-Soxer" and "Annie Get Your Gun," then the small-screen series "The Patty Duke Show," "I Dream of Jeannie" and "Hart to Hart") was mainstream when the mainstream was innocent, or at least managed to look that way.

    Later his books, strikingly more generous and benign than those of other, kinkier best-selling authors, took him into a more cutthroat and competitive realm. Still, he thrived. One reason was that readers could trust him. Buy a Sidney Sheldon book at the airport, and your plane seemed to fly faster: it really was that simple.

    Kitsch was Mr. Sheldon's friend. "The Other Side of Midnight" became one of the great potboiler movies, still beloved for its hokum. And if its director, Charles Jarrott, also turned his talents to television adaptations of writings by Danielle Steel, Jackie Collins and Judith Krantz, he made it abundantly clear why Mr. Sheldon's material worked best. His characters were simply but impressively drawn. They could climb without having to claw.

    By and large, Mr. Sheldon actually made them up. Within the gossip-à-clef genre that now dominates his category of fiction, the ability to do this has grown increasingly rare. Sure, he had a calamity-plagued royal family of American politics — "the Winthrops" — in "The Sky Is Falling." And there was an all-powerful Greek tycoon with his own island in "The Other Side of Midnight." But he surrounded these characters with legitimately fictitious ones. He invested their struggles with real and dishy emotion. Readers were drawn to Mr. Sheldon's stories for seamless soap opera, not for tawdry caricatures of recognizable celebrities. He was capable of dreaming up lives more interesting than Paris Hilton's, and he did.

    That he was rarely taken seriously did not blunt his impact. He had great influence (and sales of 300 million books) as a guilty pleasure. Once the reader started them, those books begged to be finished, and they did not have to be dumbed down to rivet attention. Only a couple of Sheldon stories (including "Bloodline," with a glossy cast including Audrey Hepburn, Romy Schneider and Omar Sharif) worked as feature films. The rest, including "Master of the Game," "Windmills of the Gods," "Rage of Angels" and "The Sands of Time," were perfectly suited to the TV mini-series format; they were too delectably plotted to be compressed into a two-hour running time. Even their minor subplots were too much fun to waste.

    Eventually the world began to pass Mr. Sheldon by. As raw greed, sex, violence and voyeurism became pulp-fiction essentials, his once-daring books began to seem positively genteel. They lacked the necessary malice for today's market.

    They were low on schadenfreude too. Unfashionably, Mr. Sheldon retained a quaint respect for hard work, decent ideals and real accomplishments — the very qualities worth admiring about his own career.

    Still, he had a public persona that stressed success. On his Web site, www.sidneysheldon.com, the reader eager for inside information ("Want to know even more about Sidney Sheldon? What he has for dinner?") needed to answer only rudimentary questions about the Sheldon oeuvre ("Name the first novel written by Sidney Sheldon") to peer inside the keyhole. If you passed a grueling two-question quiz, you would learn exactly what was on the menu on April 23, 2002, when Mr. Sheldon and his chef had a dinner party for eight guests. Click again, and you could find a slew of special recipes, like a pedigreed beef Wellington from Paul Burrell, best known as butler to Diana, Princess of Wales.

    With Mr. Sheldon's death on Tuesday, there are two ways to look back on such self-promotion. The first, unavoidable view is that Mr. Sheldon became an inveterate show-off, seduced by the trappings of wealth and power. The second and kinder one: that he had the warmth of one of his own characters. The party was glamorous, and he wanted his fans to know about it. He did not want their noses pressed to the glass. He wanted them invited in.


     

    Ex-Time Reporter Testifies in Libby Trial

    Former New York Times journalist Judith Miller, right, leaves U.S. District Court with Robert Bennett, a member of her legal team, left, Tuesday, Jan. 30, 2007, in Washington. Miller testified Tuesday at I.Lewis "Scooter' Libby's perjury trial in federal court (

    Ex-Time Reporter Testifies in Libby Trial
    Cooper Tells of Aide Unmasking Plame

    By Amy Goldstein and Carol D. Leonnig
    Washington Post Staff Writers
    Thursday, February 1, 2007; A03

    A former Time magazine reporter said in court yesterday that I. Lewis "Scooter" Libby confided that the wife of an Iraq war critic worked at the CIA, becoming the second journalist to testify that the vice president's then-chief of staff disclosed the identity of undercover CIA officer Valerie Plame.

    Matthew Cooper, the magazine's White House reporter in the summer of 2003, told jurors in Libby's perjury trial that President Bush's top political aide, Karl Rove, was the first administration official to privately tell him that former ambassador Joseph C. Wilson IV was married to a CIA officer. The next day, Cooper said, he asked Libby whether Wilson's wife worked at the CIA.

    According to Cooper, Libby said "words to the effect, 'Yeah, I've heard that, too,' " though Libby did not name her.

    When Libby learned Plame's identity and what he did with that information are pivotal issues in the trial. During a federal investigation into the CIA leak, Libby told FBI agents and a grand jury that he found out about the CIA officer, whose husband was lashing out at the administration's use of Iraq intelligence, during a conversation on July 10, 2003, with NBC's Washington bureau chief, Tim Russert. Libby is charged with lying to investigators, committing perjury and obstructing the investigation.

    Cooper is the third prosecution witness to say that Libby was actively spreading information about Wilson and his wife soon after he sought to learn who they were. It follows testimony yesterday and on Tuesday from former New York Times reporter Judith Miller, who said Libby told her about Wilson's wife twice in the days and weeks before Vice President Cheney's right-hand man at the time contends he ever heard of Plame.

    The pair's turn on the witness stand also provided an unflattering portrayal of how some of Washington's most prominent journalists work. If the testimony of half a dozen government officials earlier in the trial exposed infighting at the highest levels of the Bush administration, the testimony of Cooper and Miller exposed jurors -- and the public -- to the sloppy and incomplete note-taking of reporters, their inability to remember crucial interviews and, in Miller's case, important interview notes stuffed into a shopping bag under her desk.

    Libby is the only person charged in the federal investigation into how Plame's name was disclosed to journalists, including Robert D. Novak, who revealed Plame's role and name in a syndicated column on July 14, 2003. Novak's column appeared eight days after Wilson published a stinging rebuke that accused the administration of twisting intelligence he had gathered as it tried to justify invading Iraq.

    Libby is not charged with the leak itself. He has pleaded not guilty to five felony counts, contending that he innocently misremembered conversations with reporters because they were insignificant amid his work on critical national security matters.

    Under questioning by Special Counsel Patrick J. Fitzgerald and cross-examination by defense attorney William Jeffress Jr., Cooper portrayed the revelations to him by Rove and Wilson as part of a strategy to disparage Wilson. In 2002, the former ambassador had been sent by the CIA to Niger to investigate reports that Iraq had tried to buy uranium there for use in its nuclear weapons program. Wilson brought home his conclusion that those reports were unfounded.

    Cooper testified that Rove cautioned him on July 11, 2003, not to "lionize" Wilson, because he actually had been sent on the mission by his wife.

    The next day, a Saturday, Cooper was waiting for a call from Libby while he raced to finish reporting a story for that Monday's issue of Time. Cooper said he spent the morning at the Chevy Chase Club, where cellphones and BlackBerrys are not allowed, and repeatedly ran to the parking lot to see whether Libby had called. It was in the afternoon while Cooper was sprawled on his bed at home, he said, when Libby called his cellphone twice.

    In the first call, he said, Libby read him a statement that Cooper said tried to distance Cheney's office from Wilson's trip and his conclusions. In the second, shorter, call a few minutes later, Cooper said, he slipped in the question about Wilson's wife. Cooper said he asked the question off the record, but nevertheless considered Libby's reply as confirmation. He said Libby also criticized the methods Wilson had used to investigate the uranium reports.

    Responding to a question from Jeffress, Cooper acknowledged that he did not ask Libby any follow-up questions about how Libby had learned about Wilson's wife. He said that Libby did not identify her by name or say she worked in an undercover capacity. He said that he did not pursue the issue more deeply because Libby was rushing to end their conversation.

    Jeffress sought to suggest that Cooper's memory -- as well as his note-taking -- was faulty and that he could have learned about Plame from his own colleague, former Time magazine reporter John Dickerson. Dickerson was covering a trip Bush took to Africa when White House press secretary Ari Fleischer shared information about Wilson's wife with him and another reporter, Fleischer testified earlier this week.

    Also yesterday, Miller -- the former New York Times reporter who was jailed for 85 days after initially refusing to testify about her sources -- told jurors that she heard about Plame from other government officials, in addition to Libby. She said she could not remember who those officials were.

    Miller told the jury she believes Libby was, in the summer of 2003, the first person to tell her that Plame worked at the CIA and was married to a critic of the Bush administration's Iraq policies. But she acknowledged: "I can't be absolutely, absolutely certain."

    Through the judge, a juror asked reporter Judith Miller whether storing notebooks in a shopping bag under her desk was her standard method for saving her notes.

    Through the judge, a juror asked reporter Judith Miller whether storing notebooks in a shopping bag under her desk was her standard method for saving her notes. (By Bill Putnam -- Bloomberg News)

    Jurors' Queries Yield Insights -- And Laughs
    Judge in Libby Case Among Few Allowing Such Practice

    By Carol D. Leonnig
    Washington Post Staff Writer
    Thursday, February 1, 2007; A13

    Former New York Times reporter Judith Miller was on the witness stand yesterday and a juror wanted to know why she had decided to go to jail for 85 days before agreeing to testify about her conversations with I. Lewis "Scooter" Libby.

    Another juror had a different kind of question for Miller about a her notes from a conversation with Libby: Was storing notebooks in a large shopping bag under her desk her standard method for saving her notes?

    So the jurors asked.

    It is very unusual for jurors to be able to ask questions during court proceedings, but U.S. District Judge Reggie B. Walton is allowing it as Libby stands trial for allegedly lying to investigators who were trying to determine who leaked the name of CIA officer Valerie Plame after her husband, former ambassador Joseph C. Wilson IV, criticized President Bush's war plans. The 12 jurors and three alternates get to write questions down and pass them to Walton, who reviews them with the attorneys and decides which ones he will ask on their behalf.

    Some of the questions have been dead on, showing that the highly educated jurors -- who include an art curator, a retired math teacher and an international health policy adviser -- seem to home in on key evidence or testimony. Other questions have elicited new insights into witnesses' thinking, and still others have evoked a few laughs.

    The whole practice has been controversial among attorneys on both sides -- worried about losing control of the points they hope to score with each witness's testimony -- who argue quietly with Walton at the bench over what can be asked.

    In answer to yesterday's questions, Miller testified that she went to jail because she had given Libby a promise of confidentiality and that she had stored the notebook in a bag because she was planning to take it and other material home from her office.

    Other witnesses have prompted other questions. Last week, several jurors were fixated on CIA briefer Craig Schmall's testimony about notes he had written on the margins of his June 14, 2003, briefing book, which included a reference to Wilson's wife working at the CIA when he briefed Libby on national security issues at Libby's home that Saturday morning.

    "The handwritten information -- who would have written that?" Walton asked, reading from one juror's question card.

    Schmall said he had written the notes.

    "Were those your thoughts or someone else's?" another juror queried.

    Schmall explained that he jotted down notes based on questions asked and comments made by the person he was briefing. In other words, the reason he had those notes was that Libby had said something about Wilson's wife -- testimony that supports prosecutors' arguments that Libby had known about Wilson's wife and was talking about her with government officials and reporters weeks before he said he believed he first learned her identity.

    Sometimes the jurors' questions have produced as revealing look into a witness's concerns as any interrogation by the veteran lawyers in the courtroom.

    For example, how did Vice President Cheney's press aide Cathie Martin deal with her concerns that Cheney had recommended that she cite what she believed was a top-secret document in her rebuttal of Wilson's criticisms?

    "If you had concerns, why didn't you take any action?" one juror asked.

    "Because the vice president of the United States had told me to say it," Martin responded. "I didn't know where I was going to go with that."

    Another juror asked Martin: "Have there been other opportunities that you thought reporters had not gotten all the facts right?"

    "Yes!" Martin said, her eyes rolling. "Reporters often get things incorrect."

    While the lawyers may prefer to control the questioning, Walton has told them that it is important for the jurors to be able to probe the things they want answered. He has allowed jurors in his courtroom to ask questions for several years, a rare practice that is slowly becoming more common among some judges.

    About 15 percent of state courts and 8 percent of federal courts permit jury questions, and three states require that questions from jurors be allowed: Arizona, Colorado and Indiana.

    Though he doesn't use the practice, U.S. District Judge Royce C. Lamberth sees some benefits: It can take more time, but jurors do not have to struggle needlessly about an unanswered question once they begin their deliberations.

    "It can tell both sides that something is bothering a juror," Lamberth said, "and you don't want something to bother a juror."

     

    Listening to the new Norah Jones album.

    Norah Jones, Not Too Late

    Brunch Goddess
    Listening to the new Norah Jones album.
    By Jody Rosen
    Posted Friday, Feb. 2, 2007, at 5:44 PM E.T.

    Norah Jones is not a great musician, but she has a distinctive sound. If that seems like faint praise, it's not. A sonic signature—a unique tone, a telltale timbre, an audible je ne sais quoi—is among the greatest assets a pop performer can have. In Jones' case, it's her voice that stands out: the pure, placid, vibratoless tone, tinged with a light Texas twang. When one of her songs comes on the radio, it's recognizable within milliseconds. Sometimes, as in the big hits "Don't Know Why" and "Sunrise," the music is sexy. It's a distinctly PG-13, chick-flick kind of sexiness—afternoon-sunshine-dappling-the-Laura-Ashley-duvet sexiness—but sexy nonetheless. More often, though, Jones' tone is calming and comforting, wrapping around a listener like a thick cable-knit sweater.

    If Jones' record sales are any indication, there are millions of music fans who crave comfort above all. With her 2002 debut, Jones emerged as a record-industry golden girl, a reliable multiplatinum seller, beloved especially of older listeners who, the theory goes, haven't yet graduated from CDs to MP3s, or from "organic" acoustic instruments to ringtones and paeans to phone sex sung by guys with gold teeth. There's a fine line between relaxing music and boring music, between the song that enchants as it soothes and the song that marinates your hypothalamus in sleep serum. Jones and her languid little band roost right on that fine line, and, as often as not, slip across it. Thus her status among critics as the sleepy queen of the brunch hour; thus the unfortunate nickname, Snorah Jones. In Jon Pareles' recent New York Times profile, Jones quipped that her music is "[p]utting people to sleep, one child at a time."

    Give Jones credit for a sense of humor. But she's clearly not thrilled with her reputation, and with her new CD, Not Too Late, she aims to introduce a new Norah—darker, edgier, and more engagé. The album (the first for which Jones wrote or co-wrote every song) opens with "Wish I Could," a sad little waltz accented by a groaning cello, which sounds at first like a vignette about lost love, but abruptly turns into an anti-war song. And that's just the beginning of the politics. There's the lurching, Kurt Weillesque cabaret tune, "Sinkin' Soon," with an extended lyrical conceit about the foundering ship of state. ("We drifted from the shore/With a captain that's too proud to say/That he dropped the oar.") And there's "My Dear Country," a kind of protest torch song, which pledges patriotism while taking swipes at the "deranged" president. Jones' mellowness has always graded into melancholy, but the material has never been so consistently downcast. ("Wake me up when its over/Wake me up when it's done," she sings.) And the arrangements, by Jones' boyfriend and bass player, Lee Alexander, have a chilly cast, with lots wintry string figures and the odd dissonant flash of guitar feedback.

    But "dark" Norah Jones is still pretty light. "Sinkin' Soon" is inspired by Tom Waits' clattering mash-ups of Weill and Americana, but Jones and her group just sound cute. Indeed, the very qualities that make Jones so personally appealing, especially in contrast to most other stars of her magnitude, may be the source of her musical shortcomings. Jones is by all accounts a lovely, unpretentious, and, yes, funny person. She was still sharing a walkup in Williamsburg, Brooklyn, when she carted off an armful of Grammys a few years back, and though she and Alexander have since moved into a fancy Manhattan loft, she has shown zero interest in the usual trappings of megastardom. She doesn't frequent glitzy parties, almost certainly has no stylist on her payroll, and has never strode into a West Hollywood nightclub on Paris Hilton's arm. She still turns up in tiny rooms in Manhattan and Brooklyn to play country cover tunes with her oldest and dearest pals.

    Yet those musicians—Alexander, Richard Julian, Adam Levy, and Jesse Harris, among others—are, to a man, perfectly talented and perfectly uninspired. The songs they make with Jones hold no surprises: They are accomplished, dull, roots-music pastiches. The painful truth is, Jones' biggest problem may well be her nearest and dearest. The band is a dud, and Alexander and Harris (to say nothing of Jones herself) are simply second-rate songwriters. On Not Too Late, Jones and company try to get more muscular, more brooding, but the record still sounds like a gathering of close friends, convivial and cozy. Kind of like brunch.

    Jones' problem is not that her music is subdued. On the contrary. She keeps trying to push her music into "hotter," more expressive territory, when she should be playing to her strength, emphasizing her cool and reserve. Instead of worshipping at the altars of American country, soul, and blues singers, Jones would do well to look to cosmopolitans like Astrud Gilberto, Chet Baker, and Sade, who find the pathos in froideur. She has shown her willingness to stretch when she gets out of her snug musical circles, dueting with Andre 3000 on Outkast's "Take Off Your Cool," and even singing the word "motherfucker" several times on Peeping Tom's "Sucker." Surely co-starring with Jude Law in a Wong Kar-Wai movie ought to do something to stir a young woman's wanderlust? However many copies Not Too Late sells, it's apparent that the trademark Jones style is paying diminishing returns: The new single, "Thinking About You," is a blatant "Don't Know Why"/"Sunrise" rewrite, and a rotten one. But even in the lamest songs, you can't argue with the distinctive loveliness of the voice, which still sounds like no one but Norah Jones. That's a lot more than you can say about 99 percent of the world's singers, and a lot less than you can say about the great ones.

    Jody Rosen is Slate's music critic. He lives in New York City. He can be reached at slatemusic@gmail.com.

     

    That species of star known as the celebrity altruist

    Ray Burmiston/HBO

    From left, Orlando Bloom (good-looking or merely famous?), Ricky Gervais and Ashley Jensen.

    Readers' Opinions

    Forum: Television

    Ray Burmiston/HBO

    Ashley Jensen, who plays Maggie in "Extras."

    Pretending to Like the Little People

    That species of star known as the celebrity altruist is a creature in whom the British comic Ricky Gervais seems to have absolutely no faith. The actors, directors and rock singers who give money to Holocaust foundations and adopt babies from impoverished places and expound before the United Nations General Assembly on the crisis of African debt — these people simply do not figure in his consciousness, one consumed by a brilliantly uncharitable view of fame.

    "Extras," midway through its second queasy, funny season on HBO, is Mr. Gervais's deft essay on the vainglory of the well known. And it leaves you wondering, in the end, whether Mr. Gervais down deep imagines no real difference between what motivates Clint Eastwood and what drives Vanna White.

    Each week Mr. Gervais — who writes, directs and stars in the comedy with his creative partner Stephen Merchant, with whom he also worked on "The Office" for the BBC — gets celebrities to appear on the show as themselves. Kate Winslet and Patrick Stewart showed up last season; Coldplay's Chris Martin appears this Sunday in the taping of a public-service announcement, which he tries to exploit to promote his new album.

    The celebrities are not meant to be playing themselves; not really. They are there to enact Mr. Gervais's caricature, largely reprising the same dim, self-aggrandizing megalomaniac over and over. Every time they do, they seem to be inadvertently making Mr. Gervais's point for him, because by getting in his game, they are betraying the kind of self-regard that leaves us assuming that they consider themselves exempt from his critique. Anyone who subjects himself to Mr. Gervais's camera must believe that he does not belong to the class of arrogant jerks that Mr. Gervais is making so much fun of.

    "How do I act so well?" Ian McKellen earnestly asks Mr. Gervais's character in a forthcoming episode. "What I do is I pretend to be the person I'm portraying in the film or play," he whispers. "You're confused. Case in point, 'Lord of the Rings,' Peter Jackson comes to New Zealand and says to me, 'Sir Ian, I want you to be Gandalf the Wizard,' and I say to him, 'You are aware that I'm not really a wizard.' "

    Mr. Gervais's character, Andy Millman, is an actor who had been making his living as an extra and has seen his fortunes change this season. An even greater misanthropy has accompanied the shift. Andy has managed to sell a workplace comedy to the BBC. He stars in it, and though the network suits have insisted it be stupider than he had ever hoped, he suddenly finds himself among the quasi-famous.

    So when he complains to a boy's mother in a restaurant that the boy is way too loud, without noticing first that the boy has Down syndrome, his tactlessness becomes front-page tabloid news. He is ultimately forced to have his picture taken with the child as he gives him an Xbox.

    Andy has more money now, but he gives it away only meagerly, and merely for the purpose of small-scale image enhancement. When a homeless man recognizes him on the street, Andy gives him £20. When Andy asks the man what, hypothetically, he might ever say about the exchange to the press, the man responds, "I'd say, don't ask Andy Millman for money because he'll only give it to you begrudgingly."

    The new conceit — Andy as a real television actor — gives the show a sharper focus than it had last season and puts Mr. Gervais's talents in the foreground more easily, giving him greater claim to Andy's selfishness and diminishing his abjection.

    Abjection, one of the show's favorite themes, is now almost entirely Maggie's to bear, and she bears more than a viewer's comfort level can sustain. Played by Ashley Jensen, Maggie is Andy's closest friend in the world of disrespected extras, a Bridget Jones without the wit, verbal range or ability to attract good-looking bad men.

    She is a foil for all the big egos around her, pathetic, but in a different way, because she possesses ambition for nothing. And yet her apathy toward the actors she lets humiliate her leave them courting her approval: celebrities crave recognition even from those they denigrate or barely notice.

    In one exceptionally funny episode a few weeks ago, in which Maggie is an extra in a period courtroom drama starring Orlando Bloom, she points out to him that women approach him only because he is famous. There's really little else special about him at all. He disagrees: "They're not doing it just because I'm famous. It's my looks as well."

    He goes on to explain that other actors don't get nearly as much attention: "I'll tell you who gets ignored: Johnny Depp," Mr. Bloom says. "On the set of the 'Pirates of the Caribbean,' the birds just walked straight past him: 'Get out of our bloody way, whoever you are, we just want to get to Orlando.' "

    Mr. Gervais wants to get to the world's Orlandos, and also, subversively, at them.

    EXTRAS

    HBO, Sunday night at 10, Eastern and Pacific times; 9, Central time.

    Written and directed by Ricky Gervais and Stephen Merchant; Charlie Hanson, producer; Jon Plowman, executive producer.

    WITH: Ricky Gervais (Andy Millman), Stephen Merchant (Darren Lamb), Ashley Jensen (Maggie Jacobs), Shaun Williamson (Barry).


     

    Desmond Dekker Videos

    Picture 2-30 Great 1969 video of Desmond Dekker performing "The Israelites" Link

    Previously on Boing Boing:
    9 great old punk videos
    7 punk and post-punk female singer videos
    Boing Boing's 60 most recent video posts

     

    Amazing Hot Wheels video

    Racewheels Check out Roadrace, the "Citizen Kane of Hot Wheels car chase videos," according to COOP!
    Link (Thanks, COOP!)

    posted by David Pescovitz at 10:02:18 AM permalink | blogs' comments

     

    How to Cheat at Everything

     

    Simon Lovell's "How to Cheat at Everything: A Con Man Reveals the Secrets of the Esoteric Trade of Cheating, Scams and Hustles," is a veritable encyclopedia of cons, scams, tricks and rip-offs. Lovell is a magician by trade, and much of the book is given over to detailed sleight-of-hand HOWTOs for palming, greasing, fixing and cheating cards, dice, coins, and so on. Truth be told, this section bogged down a little for me -- unlike, say, The Big Con, which tries to give a representative sample of the world's con-games, Lovell is bent on detailing all of them. But this is more than made up for by the charming, breezy anaecdotes about rip-off bar-bets, boiler-room operations, and so on. I picked this up as reference for stories -- con-jobs are great fiction fodder -- but found myself absorbing its message in pro-active self-defense. Reading this thing cover-to-cover can leave you feeling pretty damned paranoid. Link

    posted by Cory Doctorow at 10:59:50 AM permalink | blogs' comments


    ..> ..>


    buy this book at Amazon.com

    The Big Con
    by David W. Maurer

    - reviewed by Cory Doctorow

    "The Big Con" was published in 1940, and is widely considered to be the definitive work on confidence tricksters (the film The Sting was based on it). Maurer was a linguist, primarily, who published definitive works on underworld argot (pickpockets, fortune tellers, etc), but when it came time to do the same thing for con artists, Maurer found himself unable to simply provide a glossary of terms: the amount of explanation necessary meant that he found himself writing a full-blown sociological study of con games.

    While con-games have existed since the dawn of time, until the turn of the century they were "short-cons" (cons in which the mark is taken for any money he has with him), "played against the wall" (performed without special props or groups of confederates).

    With the advent of the "big con" (cons in which the mark is taken for every cent he has, including the value of his house and business), con artistry began to merge with stagecraft. Big con men make use of a "big store" (an ersatz shop set up exclusively for the benefit [?] of the mark), complete with a "boodle" (a small army of confederates who impersonate police officers, customers, managers, employees, bankers, security guards, etc). In the 1920s, the big store was used to take off marks for sums in excess of $200,000 -- the modern equivalent of several million.

    The big con is a operatic drama with a massive budget and a cast of accomplished actors, played for a single person: the mark. The three classic big cons -- The Rag, The Payoff, The Wire -- have the archetypal quality of a classic myth. They're truly works of art.

    Maurer was a good friend to hundreds of con men, who confided in him extensively. His verbatim transcripts of their colourful boasts are utterly spellbinding.

    The big cons are complex stories, ones in which the mark is introduced to an opportunity to participate in a semi-legal scheme (a fixed horse-race, insider stock trading) that requires a certain amount of intelligence to grasp. The mark is given "convincers" (substantial payoffs that are later recouped in the big score), and is gradually led to a point where he is willing return home (the "send") and empty his bank account, liquidate his assets, and return, with the promise of taking off enough winnings to support him in style for the rest of his life. This is done so skillfully, so subtly, that the mark never suspects that he is being taken. When he finally coughs up the entire sum, it is "lost" through a piece of miscommunication ("I told you to bet on that horse to place, not to win! We're broke!") that is again done so skillfully that the mark never suspects that he has been taken. Indeed, a mark will often go home, borrow all he can and return -- only to lose it again.

    Crucial to a big con is that it is played with a mark who is on the road. He is approached on an ocean-liner, an airplane, a train, by a "roper" and gradually led into the scam. Once he steps off the train, virtually every person he meets will be in on the con. Imagine that! It's like The Game and other paranoid films in which it develops that everyone except the hero is participating in a giant conspiracy.

    The question I'm left with, having finished this, is where is the big con today? The classic big con mark is smart, wealthy, on the road, and accustomed to earning large sums through speculative ventures. Sure sounds like a dot-com millionaire to me.

    b i o :
    Cory Doctorow won the John W. Campbell Award for Best New Science Fiction Writer at the 2000 Hugo Awards. He is the co-founder and Chief Evangelist of openCOLA, Inc.

    http://www.boingboing.net/

     

    How to Cheat at Everything

     

    Simon Lovell's "How to Cheat at Everything: A Con Man Reveals the Secrets of the Esoteric Trade of Cheating, Scams and Hustles," is a veritable encyclopedia of cons, scams, tricks and rip-offs. Lovell is a magician by trade, and much of the book is given over to detailed sleight-of-hand HOWTOs for palming, greasing, fixing and cheating cards, dice, coins, and so on. Truth be told, this section bogged down a little for me -- unlike, say, The Big Con, which tries to give a representative sample of the world's con-games, Lovell is bent on detailing all of them. But this is more than made up for by the charming, breezy anaecdotes about rip-off bar-bets, boiler-room operations, and so on. I picked this up as reference for stories -- con-jobs are great fiction fodder -- but found myself absorbing its message in pro-active self-defense. Reading this thing cover-to-cover can leave you feeling pretty damned paranoid. Link

    posted by Cory Doctorow at 10:59:50 AM permalink | blogs' comments

    http://www.boingboing.net/

     

    Humor

    How Microsoft would design iPod packaging

    Picture 5-20 Entertaining video showing how Microsoft would re-designed Apple's elegant and understated packaging for the iPod. Link (Thanks, Scott!) The video of the redesigned iPod packaging first appeared last year. Later it was confirmed by Microsoft spokesman Tom Pilla that their own packaging team created.

    Reader comment:

    Andrew says:

    The video of the redesigned iPod packaging first appeared last year. Later it was confirmed by Microsoft spokesman Tom Pilla that their own packaging team created it.

    "Microsoft spokesman Tom Pilla on Tuesday confirmed with iPod Observer that his company initiated the creation of the iPod packaging parody video that was first reported last month. "It was an internal-only video clip commissioned by our packaging [team] to humorously highlight the challenges we have faced RE: packaging and to educate marketers here about the pitfalls of packaging/branding," he said via e-mail."

    From iPod Observer 3/14/06:
    http://www.boingboing.net/

  • When did Super Bowl coaches and CEOs start being so … decent?

    Tony Dungy. Click image to expand.

    Colts coach Tony Dungy

    Nice Guys Finish First
    When did Super Bowl coaches and CEOs start being so … decent?
    By Daniel Gross
    Posted Thursday, Feb. 1, 2007, at 6:56 AM E.T.

    The two Super Bowl head coaches, Lovie Smith of the Chicago Bears and Tony Dungy of the Indianapolis Colts, are exceptional in the exclusive fraternity of successful football coaches. It's not because they're African-Americans. It's because they're not jerks.

    For years, the archetypal gridiron coaches have been yellers like Bill Parcells, who relishes questioning the manhood of players and the intelligence of reporters, or ungracious grumps like Bill Belichick of the Patriots, who this season refused to shake hands with his former assistant Eric Mangini, after the Mangini-coached New York Jets beat the Pats.

    But as Karen Crouse notes in the New York Times, Dungy is a "civilized man in a coarse profession. He doesn't berate his players or stalk the sideline. He doesn't spew profanity or chew tobacco." Earlier this month, Smith, who once worked for Dungy, told the Times that he learned the value of being nice from his old boss. "We talked about how to do it, being a teacher instead of screaming and yelling, all that stuff." Smith and Dungy are fully capable not just of shaking hands with opponents, but of hugging them and breaking bread with them. As MSNBC's Steve Silverman writes, before Indianapolis played the Kansas City Chiefs in the wild-card game earlier this year, Dungy, Smith, and Kansas City Chiefs coach Herman Edwards had dinner together with their families.

    Business and politics—two famously combative and competitive spheres—love to borrow from the culture of sports leadership. (Fiery former college football coach Lou Holtz spoke at last week's congressional Republican retreat. Like congressional Republicans, Holtz had his last winning season in 2004.) And it's clear that nice is on the ascendance in the corporate sector as well as on the gridiron.

    A couple of years ago, the hot new advertising man with a first-person book on how to succeed in business was tough-talking, boorish, foul-mouthed Donny Deutsch. Today, the hot new advertising executives with a book about how to do business better are two women, Robin Koval and Linda Thaler of Kaplan Thaler. The Power of Nice: How To Conquer the Business World With Kindness is a wholly inoffensive pocket-sized tract, complete with a yellow smiley-face on the cover, about how nice guys (and gals) can finish first, make lots of money, live longer, and get lovely book-jacket photos. It contains anecdotes about social-science research that prove people respond more to niceness than to fear and anger, and several Pay It Forward examples of good deeds rewarded. (Being nice to Donald Trump's wife at a photo shoot led to a role for the executives on The Apprentice. That's a case where nice led to dreck.) They advise readers to take pains to exercise their "niceness muscles." (Note to Kaplan and Thaler: For the paperback edition, please tell readers where these muscles are. I spent an hour looking for mine, to no avail.)

    The nice meme goes against the grain of the long-dominant take-no-prisoners approach that views business as one long war, or football game. That's how Jack Welch, perhaps this generation's leading executive coach, sees the workplace. In his no-crying-zone, firing people is an act of kindness and shuffling executives around the globe every few years, their families be damned, is an act of generosity.

    Welch's tough-guy approach still sells books and inspires executives, but it's not exactly taking the marketplace by storm. Look at the divergent fates of two of Welch's best-known protégés. Robert Nardelli took Welch's ethos with him to Home Depot.

    Earlier this year, after having alienated shareholders, employees, and board members with his imperious style, Nardelli was essentially fired. Meanwhile, Welch's successor, Jeff Immelt, seems to have a much higher emotional IQ than Nardelli or Welch. He smiles a lot and says the right things about executive pay and global warming. You wouldn't mind leaving your kids in his care for an afternoon.

    Or consider the evolution of Bill Gates. In the 1990s, America's richest man was seen by many as a cut-throat monopolist, feared and respected more than loved. He's been reborn this decade as a cuddly mensch, bringing the same focus to curing malaria and HIV as he did to crushing rival software companies.

    Now, it's easy to exaggerate the triumph of nice. Corporate America and professional sports remain spheres in which the bottom line is all that matters. Shareholders and fans will forgive their managers for being jerks so long as they post results. But corporate culture always evolves. And among executives it is surely trendier to be culturally sensitive, environmentally conscious, and concerned about income inequality than it was in the past decade.

    Why? In the 1990s, with stock ownership expanding at a rapid rate—the percentage of households owning mutual funds or stock more than doubled in the decade—Americans suddenly cared a great deal about corporate profits, since that's what boosted stock prices. But in this decade, ownership hasn't expanded, and it's clear that gains are not being as broadly shared as they were in the 1990s. Meanwhile, as the stocks of gigantic companies like General Electric, Wal-Mart, Microsoft, and Home Depot are having difficulty gaining traction even as they post favorable results, CEOs know they can't be respected public figures on the basis of stock performance alone, as Welch was during the '90s. As shares of GE have badly underperformed the S&P 500 for the last five years, Immelt's winning personality and eagerness to exercise his nice muscles have insulated him from shareholder wrath.

    There's a frailty to the power of nice, in business and sports. Dungy's Colts needed a last-minute touchdown to beat Belichick's Patriots in the AFC championship game. A fumble or an interception, and analysts would be questioning Dungy's laid-back style. Just so, a few poorly conceived ad campaigns could cause Kaplan Thaler to lose its mojo. Immelt might find the nice-guy act wearing thin if GE continues to underperform the market. And this Sunday, in the Super Bowl, one of the nice guys will finish last.

    Daniel Gross (www.danielgross.net) writes Slate's "Moneybox" column. You can e-mail him at moneybox@slate.com.

     

     

    Donna McWilliam/Associated Press

    A fuel delivery to a service station in Keller, Tex. Exxon Mobil reported that it earned $39.5 billion in 2006.

    Exxon and Shell Report Record Profits for 2006

    HOUSTON, Feb. 1 — Oil prices have fallen, but Exxon Mobil and Royal Dutch Shell left their smaller competitors in the dust and reported record annual profits Thursday.

    By making $180 million a day between them, the two largest publicly traded oil companies displayed their ability to ramp up production worldwide over the year, even in unstable places like Chad and Nigeria. Growth may be slowing and is likely to continue to do so in the future, but these two companies showed they could navigate the year's volatile energy prices that caused smaller companies to stumble in their fourth-quarter profits.

    The expanding profits at Exxon Mobil and Shell, however, may also make them big targets for the Democratic Congress whose leaders want oil companies to pay higher taxes and work to curb global warming.

    Analysts said that with oil prices rebounding again with more frigid weather, the entire industry is almost assured of seeing strong profits again this year.

    Production in Mexico and Venezuela is declining because of politics, poor management, investment shortfalls and aging fields. And in Russia, production is slowing because of tensions between the government and foreign oil and gas companies over big investments. With worldwide crude inventories full, Saudi Arabia is keeping production in check to maintain its influence over pricing.

    Energy consumption in China and India, meanwhile, continues to soar.

    Just a few weeks ago, many traders were predicting that oil would fall below $50 a barrel. But now the consensus of traders is that $50 is more likely a floor, so that big profits should continue in an industry that is swimming in cash.

    "Only a few months ago, I thought oil prices could go down to $40 and natural gas prices to $5," laughed Fadel Gheit, senior energy analyst at Oppenheimer & Company, who has since tossed out those expectations.

    As for the earnings, he said: "The brutal focus on efficiency makes Exxon Mobil head and shoulders above everybody else. They arrive ahead of all the passengers, even those traveling on the same train."

    Exxon reported annual profit of $39.5 billion, or $6.62 a share, for 2006 — its second consecutive annual record. Once again, the profit was the largest reported by any American company in history.

    While Exxon's fourth-quarter results were actually down a bit from the year before, the enormity of its annual profits had Democratic politicians shaking their heads.

    Under Democratic control, the House of Representatives quickly passed legislation last month to raise nearly $15 billion in taxes and royalties and use that money to finance research for alternative fuels. Many in the Senate support similar legislation, which may get a boost from a common perception in Congress that large oil companies are richer than ever and not doing their part to curb global warming.

    As soon as Exxon Mobil released its earnings, Representative Edward J. Markey of Massachusetts, who is a leading Democratic spokesman on energy issues, accused the company of using its "outlandish profits" to lobby for energy policies that benefit it rather than the American people.

    "The hypocrisy of the oil and gas lobbyists is so high that even as these record profits gush from their company balance sheets, they try to block all attempts to recover the royalties they owe the American taxpayer," Mr. Markey, who is on the House Energy and Commerce Committee, said in a statement.

    Apparently sensitive to perceptions, Shell did not announce that its annual profit was a company record.

    The profitable results of the two companies came after reports by other energy companies in recent days that slipping commodity prices, rising steel and labor costs and higher royalties and taxes had hurt their bottom lines.

    Exxon's refining and chemical businesses benefited from the dip in gas prices, giving it a cushion that the smaller companies did not have. Its worldwide oil production increased modestly over the year, though it declined slightly in the fourth quarter.

    Shell reported a 21 percent rise in its fourth-quarter earnings, to $5.28 billion. That was mostly a result of a 4.1 percent increase in daily production of oil, to 3.65 million barrels, in the quarter. The company also continued to profit from its superior marketing and refining ability outside the United States.

    Shell's income in 2006 was $25.44 billion, up from $25.3 billion in 2005.

    Shell predicted oil and gas production growth of 1 percent to 2 percent annually through 2010, and slightly more after that.

    Exxon reported profit of $10.25 billion, or $1.76 a share, in the fourth quarter. That represented a decline of 4.3 percent from the fourth quarter of 2005, when energy prices soared after Hurricanes Katrina and Rita.

    Shares of Exxon Mobil rose 98 cents, or 1.32 percent, to $75.08, while American depository receipts of Shell rose $1.23, or 1.80 percent, to $69.48.

    Occidental Petroleum, ConocoPhillips, Hess and several other oil companies have reported drops in quarterly profits in recent days, but those results are in comparison to record or near-record in the quarters a year earlier.

    Exxon executives concede that the company faces some big potential hurdles in the coming months should OPEC countries cut production quotas and negotiations go badly over transfer of control of operations in Venezuela.

    Nicole Decker, an oil analyst at Bear Stearns, cautioned that 2007 could be a problematic year for oil companies because increased steel and labor costs "have not been reflected in the bottom line yet." She added that while she could imagine oil prices rising above $60 in the coming months, "I don't think anybody thinks oil prices will go up to where they once were."

    She said increased production in Malaysia and Azerbaijan this year could help nudge down prices.

    The lower fourth-quarter profits at many oil companies mostly reflected declines in oil and gas prices at the end of last year. Oil prices for the quarter ranged from $55 to $63 a barrel, averaging just shy of $60. That represented a 15 percent decline from the third quarter, but less than 1 percent lower than the fourth quarter of 2005.

    Oil prices for all of 2006 averaged $66, or $10 higher than in 2005, according to a recent Citigroup report on the energy industry. Oil prices reached a high of $77 in July, but they dipped to as low as $52 in recent weeks.

    Prices have firmed up lately on speculation among traders that fuel supplies in much of the United States will decline in the coming weeks because of cold weather and better-than-expected economic growth. Prices edged down slightly Thursday, to $57.30, and are about 10 percent lower than a year ago.


     

     

    The Colts' brilliant, nerdy, socially stunted quarterback

    Illustration by Mark Alan Stamaty. Click image to expand.

    Rain Manning
    The Colts' brilliant, nerdy, socially stunted quarterback.
    By Tommy Craggs
    Posted Thursday, Feb. 1, 2007, at 5:01 PM E.T.

    It comes to us from sportswriter Peter King that this past summer, in training camp, Peyton Manning developed a fancy new practice method in which a team cameraman took up a spot in the defensive secondary. From there, he would train his camera on Manning's eyes, videotaping them, presumably to give the Indianapolis Colts quarterback an idea of how an opposing cornerback might read him.

    King, alas, doesn't dwell on this any longer. But this sort of thing—the kind of creepily involved training a quarterback might undergo if he were coached by Philip K. Dick—goes to the heart of the world's problem with Peyton Manning. The Colts quarterback, it seems, is a big ol' dork.

    Manning's stardom has always been problematic. He is indisputably the best quarterback of our day, one of the greats of all time, the scion of an eminently likable signal-calling dynasty, a player who combines prodigious physical gifts and an instinctive feel for the game. And yet, on the eve of the biggest game of his career, he finds himself scorned, mocked, and generally loathed in any part of the country that is not Indianapolis, Tennessee (where he played college ball), the Garden District of New Orleans (where he was raised), or Madison Avenue (where he pitches Gatorade, DIRECTV, Sprint, ESPN, MasterCard, and Reebok, among others). A victory on Sunday, and Canton can go ahead and commission the bust. But nobody, not even Time magazine, wants to cheer for him.

    Of course, if we're to believe any of the journalism escaping from Miami this week, the formerly petulant Manning has, at last, "matured." He is "new and improved," a far, far cry, apparently, from that awful, callow thing who tossed a league record 49 touchdowns two years ago. Manning, it is said, has finally figured out how to win the Big Game, something he has supposedly failed to do over his previous eight years in the league. It goes without saying that these are entirely phony story lines, cheap even by the standards of Super Bowl week, where sensible journalism goes to die. (For one thing, this all presumes the quarterback is the author of everything that transpires on the field and is therefore responsible for the outcome of the Big Game. Somebody should tell Jerry Kramer.) But the pundits' point is abundantly clear: Manning has finally achieved greatness because he no longer comports himself, if I may channel Chuck Klosterman for a moment, like Samuel "Screech" Powers.

    Appraising a Great Quarterback is a messy business, and not just on account of the football. A Great Quarterback is an American mascot, having wholly supplanted the cowboy as the country's standard of manliness. He has all the qualities desired in a leader. He is quiet and smoldering and unafraid to get a little dirt on the uniform; a field general, tactically brilliant, unfailingly chivalrous. Sammy Baugh fits. So do Otto Graham, Johnny Unitas, Joe Montana, Brett Favre, and Tom Brady. Erwin Rommel, too, but that's another story.

    One thing a Great Quarterback cannot be, however, is a nerd. More than any sport, football has been slow to embrace its inner geek (or outer geek, for that matter). It is a game still played by a fraternity of big, violent men according to a macho code. That's why Manning, in the popular imagination, remains somewhere on the edges. Manning has never been a jock. He doesn't look the part, all pouts and frantic gestures. He geekily immersed himself in football's nuances at an early age, learning seven-step drops as a 4-year-old and shortly thereafter developing an almost autistic devotion to film study. In college, Todd Helton, the baseball player and former Tennessee quarterback, dubbed Manning "R2-D2." (It's interesting to note that if Manning were a head coach today, the obsessive film study and attention to detail would get him labeled a genius, a la Belichick.)

    All this came at some expense to Manning's social development, it would seem. A 1999 profile in Sports Illustrated spent most of its time chortling good-naturedly over Manning's various gaucheries: the name written on the inside of the jeans; the bafflement over a can opener; the underwear turned inside out (so he wouldn't have to use the confounding washing machine). As a childhood friend of Manning's told SI: "He's too easy to make fun of. He's mature beyond his years as a public figure, and he has an amazing grasp of what to do on the field, but he can't do anything else on his own. He's always going to be the guy who steps in dog poop, and every time he eats a sandwich or a hamburger, he'll end up with ketchup down his leg, mustard on his ear." Rain Man, the quarterback.

    Manning, at times, is every bit as insufferable as he's reckoned to be. There are the occasional impolitic quotes, and you can frequently discern the sense of entitlement of a kid born into football royalty. He gives very little of himself, preferring instead the careful cultivation of his own image—in bars, Manning would sometimes keep his beers out of sight, fearing what people might think of him. This is partly why so many fans and writers recoil at his many commercials. (The other reason is their sheer ubiquity, and Manning's, which is a comical complaint coming from the very media that enable Manning's ubiquity.)

    "His affability takes on an overtone of insincerity," writes one critic. "After the fourth Peyton Manning endorsement, it takes a pretty lunkheaded viewer not to realize he's only in it for the money." No, it takes a lunkheaded viewer not to realize it after the first commercial. Besides, the spots aren't all that bad. The most memorable of the bunch has him cheering on a series of commoners, in the manner of a rabid sports fan: "Let's go, insurance adjusters, let's go!" For what it's worth, he has a better comic instinct than Tom Brady.

    None of this stuff is Manning's problem, though. This lies with the fans, who now seem to indulge in a sporty sort of phrenology, by which the character of a man is sussed from a MasterCard commercial and a highlight on ESPN. "It's just impossible to root for the guy," wrote Matt Taibbi in one sustained rant, "which is not something one says about all the other Great Quarterbacks Who Do Not Play For Us. Brett Favre, an unmistakably three-dimensional human being, is easy to root for." Or there's this: "He is not a person you would invite over for dinner, nor is he a person that you would want to spend your Saturday with. Rather, he is the person you would be wondering about. Some people would feel sorry for him."

    Oops! That one's about Bill Gates. Sorry.

    It's time, I think, for football to embrace its poor Screech, Peyton Manning. Let the dorks into the fraternity. After all, we nerds are one of the NFL's sustaining life forces, with our fantasy football and our Football Outsiders and our Madden NFL 07. Like the man says: Let's go, insurance adjusters, let's go!

    Tommy Craggs is a writer in New York.

     

    Brooklyn

    mazzat%20-%203.jpg
    Poor Columbia Street. In Manhattan, streets are completely torn up, repaired, and repaved and functional in a day. But for the past 6 months this street on the edge of Carroll Gardens and Red Hook has been in a stages of distinct disrepair, each frustrating in its own particular way. There were the potholes of the summer, the big dig of the fall -when all the concrete and asphalt were removed and new concrete poured- and the seemingly intentional crevices the new concrete came with, which were worse than the potholes. But all that uneven walking couldn't hide the fact that it's lined with some interesting bars, and a month ago it gained something kind of novel for the area, a tapas bar.

    mazzat%20-%202.jpg
    This "Mediterranean Kitchen" and wine bar that seemed as obvious as it was welcome. Sure, nearly every neighborhood has their own version, but Columbia Street didn't have theirs. And some fresh tasting Mediterranean fare sounded just like what it needed. It seemed especially so when you looked inside. The many light fixtures bathed the large room in low yellow light, and the dark furniture made it feel like a place to get comfortable.

    Unfortunately, things were in the usual first day disarray when we went on opening night, which was equally annoying (they didn't know how properly pop the cork) and hilarious (they filled the enormous red wine glass to the tip-top). The food looked good, but it lacked focus. The long menu wandered through nearly every country in the Mediterranean from Turkey to Morocco, and there weren't that many wines by the glass. But things have changed in the past month, both for the neighborhood and the bar.

    One quiet day, Columbia was paved perfectly smooth, and on our revisit to Mazzat, things were running much more smoothly as well. The bartenders were confident and more inviting. The food looked even better and came out on time and hot. The biggest seller is the Moroccan Chicken Cigars, which look like spring rolls, and are loaded with herbs and extra moist chicken. These improvements have translated into larger crowds. And for that we're happy.
    It still needs some focus, but it's worth it right now for the atmosphere alone.

    Mazzat
    208 Columbia Street, Brooklyn
    (718) 852-1652

     

    Colts and Bears and Kevin Federline

    Clockwise from top left, ads for Doritos, Emerald Nuts, Snickers and Nationwide Financial, featuring Kevin Federline. In recent years, marketers have tried to extend the attention a Super Bowl ad gets by offering previews and postgame access to the spots through the Internet.

    Colts and Bears and Kevin Federline

    If you think politics makes strange bedfellows, consider the advertising hookup that grabbed so much attention this week: Nationwide Insurance and Kevin Federline.

    What's a nice advertiser like Nationwide doing with a semi-celebrity like Mr. Federline? After all, in most coverage of his tempestuous marriage to Britney Spears, he seemed like an accident waiting to happen — an odd choice to appear in ads for a blue-chip financial marketer.

    You can attribute, or blame, the beginning of the beautiful friendship to the new rules of Super Bowl selling.

    It has always been a big gamble to buy commercial time during the Super Bowl, a k a the annual midwinter American festival of football and commercialism. The spots are usually the most expensive of the year because the game is usually the most watched TV show of the year, drawing around 90 million viewers. On Sunday, for Super Bowl XLI, CBS is charging a record price, averaging an estimated $2.6 million for each 30-second spot, compared with $2.5 million last year.

    For years, the commercials that appeared during each game were here and gone in seconds; blink, and you missed them. So while sponsors spent lavishly to woo viewers to watch the spots — stuffing the commercials with attention-getting devices like stars, special effects and surprise endings — the hoopla had an expiration date.

    Now, thanks to the Internet, Super Bowl commercials are like gifts that Madison Avenue tries to keep on giving. As soon as the game ends, video clips of the spots are posted online, on the Web sites of sponsors like fedex.com; the networks that broadcast the game like cbs.sportsline.com; and Internet media companies, among them ifilm.com, msn.foxsports.com, sports.aol.com and youtube.com.

    "The commercials live on, and continue to resonate," said Bart Cleveland, creative director at McKee Wallwork Cleveland, an agency that conducts an annual online commercial poll (adbowl.com).

    As a result, the stakes have risen even higher for the two dozen or so marketers that decide to buy Super Bowl spots. Failure that once lasted a day or so now has an indefinite shelf life.

    What the highly topical Mr. Federline brings to Nationwide is instant recognition, a first leg up before the opening kickoff. The idea was to capitalize on all the recent publicity surrounding Mr. Federline's relationship with Ms. Spears. (His recent experiences were considered a perfect way to illustrate the Nationwide ad theme, "Life comes at you fast" — and sell annuities "that could guarantee you income for life.")

    So far, the plan seems to be working. In a Nielsen BuzzMetrics survey of Super Bowl spots, released Jan. 24, the Nationwide commercial finished first, with 26 percent of all blog discussions about the ads in the game. On one day, Jan. 17, according to the survey, the Federline spot accounted for 49 percent of all online conversations about Super Bowl ads.

    In addition to surveys like the Ad Bowl, gauging opinions about the best and worst commercials, there are now data collectors like Nielsen BuzzMetrics and Nielsen/NetRatings that measure for days afterward how many — or how few — people are visiting Web sites to watch the spots or posting comments on blogs about ads they liked or hated.

    Although there are not yet official national ratings for TV commercials, TiVo provides second-by-second data measuring how many households equipped with TiVo digital video recorders watched — or re-watched — Super Bowl commercials. (Most years, a commercial has been the most watched moment of the game rather than a play.)

    One company, FKF Applied Research, is even teaming up with the Ahmanson Lovelace Brain Mapping Center at the University of California, Los Angeles, to gather brain-scan images that will measure emotional reaction to the commercials.

    "The Super Bowl 'echo effect' has been dialed up dramatically," said Peter Blackshaw, chief marketing officer at Nielsen BuzzMetrics, part of the Nielsen Company. "It's the ultimate torture test."

    That means the marketing hype machine is being cranked to 11, as the band from "This Is Spinal Tap" would say, with advertisers scrambling to supplement their Super Bowl marketing plans with a panoply of ploys, all meant to stimulate interest in the commercials after the game as well as before and during.

    The elements include offering online previews of spots, as Nationwide started doing Monday on its Web site (nationwide.com); sponsoring contests for consumers to create Super Bowl ads, as the Frito-Lay division of PepsiCo is doing for its Doritos brand of snack chips; buying key words from search-engine Web sites, to entice computer users; producing alternate versions of commercials; and posting online behind-the-scenes video clips or "deleted" moments.

    "In the past, a commercial was filmed and then we determined if there was a component that could be leveraged," said Andrew Burke, vice president for marketing at Diamond Foods, which is running a commercial in the third quarter for the Emerald brand that promotes nuts as an energy source. "Now, an expanded campaign was part of the upfront planning."

    The Emerald Web site (emeraldnuts.com) is chockablock with content aiming to pique curiosity about the commercial, featuring the crooner Robert Goulet and created by Goodby, Silverstein & Partners, part of the Omnicom Group.

    There are video clips with mock warnings about midday energy slumps; sound bites from Mr. Goulet in which he utters phrases like, "Click there, you know you want to"; and e-mail messages that can be sent to friends. After the Emerald commercial appears, the Web site will be freshened with new material.

    Likewise, the candy maker Mars is adding bells and whistles, centered on a Snickers commercial in the game's first quarter by TBWA/Chiat/Day, part of the TBWA Worldwide division of Omnicom.

    Through game time, visitors to a Web site (snickerssatisfies.com) can watch the first five seconds of the spot. After the commercial runs on TV, the online clip will be replaced with the full spot — and three alternative endings. The visitors can vote for their favorite, and the next time the spot runs it will conclude with the winning ending.

    Steven R. Schreibman, vice president for advertising and brand management at Nationwide Financial, said the goal was for a Super Bowl commercial "to have a life outside the Super Bowl."

    "The media landscape has changed so much," he said. "There are different expectations."

    The Nationwide plans encapsulate that change. This year's efforts extend far beyond the Super Bowl efforts of just a year ago, Mr. Schreibman said, when the company ran a humorous commercial featuring the model Fabio. "We're trying to leverage it this time in as many ways as we can," he added.

    First, the decision was made to feature Mr. Federline in the spot — created by TM Advertising, part of the Interpublic Group of Companies — rather than an established celebrity like Fabio. The Nationwide Web site, in addition to the preview of the spot, presents video clips from the making of the commercial; eight versions of Mr. Federline rapping the "Nationwide is on your side" jingle; an e-mail feature to send the commercial to friends; and a version of the music as an MP3 file.

    Mr. Federline, who sings a mock rap song in the commercial, called "Rollin' V.I.P.," is even being incorporated into the "get a quote" feature of the Web site. A banner ad urges, "Let Nationwide keep you rollin' like a V.I.P." (Estimates are that Nationwide paid Mr. Federline $250,000 to $500,000 for the campaign.)

    The initiatives extend beyond the Nationwide Web site. For instance, there are clips of Mr. Federline on YouTube and so-called leaked versions of the spot on Web sites like liveleak.com.

    Nationwide also bought keywords from Google so that if you type "Super Bowl advertising" into the search box on the home page, a link to nationwide.com appears atop the sponsored links.

    "They are checking off all the right boxes for maximizing 'buzz' leading up to the event," said Max Kalehoff, vice president for marketing at Nielsen BuzzMetrics.

    During a spate of personal appearances to promote the spot, Mr. Federline said that "it's definitely been amazing to watch" the publicity build around his commercial. (He is to join Nationwide executives at the game in Miami, too.)

    As for being the subject of still more publicity, "people talking about your work is a lot better than people talking about your personal life," Mr. Federline said, laughing. "I'm happy."

    Will he and Nationwide be happy after the game? Stay tuned.


     

    Ryan Seacrest Nervous

     

    Ryan Seacrest Nervous About How Audiences Will Respond To Slightly Shorter Haircut

    February 2, 2007 | Issue 43•05

    BURBANK, CA—American Idol host Ryan Seacrest announced on his syndicated radio show Monday that he will unveil a slightly shorter haircut on the top-rated reality show next week. "Don't worry: It's still going to be parted slightly to the left, and it will still have blond highlights, but it will be shorter—not crazy-short, but shorter," Seacrest said. "And count on the fact that it will be spiky. Possibly even more so. Some may resent the change, but change is necessary if we want to keep Idol fresh and vital." Later that same day, Seacrest told Access Hollywood's Billy Bush that Idol fans "needn't fear" about his wardrobe, which is contractually obligated to stay stylistically unaltered through late 2008.

     

     

    Johan Spanner for The New York Times

    VACATED Sunni areas in the Baghdad neighborhood of Mansour began emptying out six months ago. Many businesses have closed down on this once-bustling shopping street.

    It Has Unraveled So Quickly

    BAGHDAD

    A PAINFUL measure of just how much Iraq has changed in the four years since I started coming here is contained in my cellphone. Many numbers in the address book are for Iraqis who have either fled the country or been killed. One of the first Sunni politicians: gunned down. A Shiite baker: missing. A Sunni family: moved to Syria.

    I first came to Iraq in April 2003, at the end of the looting several weeks after the American invasion. In all, I have spent 22 months here, time enough for the place, its people and their ever-evolving tragedy to fix itself firmly in my heart.

    Now, as I am leaving Iraq, a new American plan is unfolding in the capital. It feels as if we have come back to the beginning. Boots are on the ground again. Boxy Humvees move in the streets. Baghdad fell in 2003 and we are still trying to pick it back up. But Iraq is a different country now.

    The moderates are mostly gone. My phone includes at least a dozen entries for middle-class families who have given up and moved away. They were supposed to build democracy here. Instead they work odd jobs in Syria and Jordan. Even the moderate political leaders have left. I have three numbers for Adnan Pachachi, the distinguished Iraqi statesman; none have Iraqi country codes.

    Neighborhoods I used to visit a year ago with my armed guards and my black abaya are off limits. Most were Sunni and had been merely dangerous. Now they are dead. A neighborhood that used to be Baghdad's Upper East Side has the dilapidated, broken feel of a city just hit by a hurricane.

    The Iraqi government and the political process, which seemed to have great promise a year ago, have soured. Deeply damaged from years of abuse under Saddam Hussein, the Shiites who run the government have themselves turned into abusers.

    Never having covered a civil war before, I learned about it together with my Iraqi friends. It is a bit like watching a slow-motion train wreck. Broken bodies fly past. Faces freeze in one's memory in the moments before impact. Passengers grab handles and doorframes that simply tear off or uselessly collapse.

    I learned how much violence changes people, and how trust is chipped away, leaving society a thin layer of moth-eaten fabric that tears easily. It has unraveled so quickly. A year ago, my interviews were peppered with phrases like "Iraqis are all brothers." The subjects would get angry when you asked their sect. Now some of them introduce themselves that way.

    I met Raad Jassim, a 38-year-old Shiite refugee, in a largely empty house, recently owned by Sunnis, where he now lives in western Baghdad. He moved there in the fall, after Sunni militants killed his brother and his nephew and confiscated his large chicken farm north of Baghdad. He had lived with Sunnis his whole life, but after what happened, a hatred spread through him like a disease.

    "The word Sunni, it hurts me," he said, sitting on the floor in a bare room, his 7-year-old boy on his lap. "All that I have lost came from this word. I try to avoid mixing with them."

    "A volcano of revenge" has built up inside him, he said. "I want to rip them up with my teeth."

    In another measure of just how much things have changed, Mr. Jassim's Shiite neighborhood is relatively safe. The area is now largely free of Sunnis, after Shiite militias swept it last year, and it runs smoothly on a complex network of relationships among the local militias, the police and a powerful local council. His street is dotted with fruit stands. Boys in uniforms roughhouse. Men sit in teahouses sipping from tiny glass cups.

    Just to the south, the Sunni neighborhood of Dawoodi is ghostly at almost any time of day. Wide boulevards trimmed with palm trees used to connect luxury homes. Now giant piles of trash go uncollected in the median.

    A serious problem is dead bodies. They began to appear several times a week last summer on the railroad tracks that run through the neighborhood. But when residents call the police to pick up the bodies, they do not come. The police are Shiite and afraid of the area.

    "Entering a Sunni area for them is a risk," said Yasir, a 40-year-old Sunni whose house is close to the dumping ground.

    A few weeks ago, a woman's body appeared. It was raining. Yasir said he covered her with blankets and called the police. A day later the police arrived. They peeked under the waterlogged blanket and drove away. It was another day before they collected the body. They took it at night, turning off their headlights and inching toward the area like thieves.

    For those eager to write off Iraq as lost, one fact bears remembering. A great many Shiites and Kurds, who together make up 80 percent of the population, will tell you that in spite of all the mistakes the Americans have made here, the single act of removing Saddam Hussein was worth it. And the new American plan, despite all the obstacles, may have a chance to work. With an Iraqi colleague, I have been studying a neighborhood in northern Baghdad that has become a dumping ground for bodies. There, after American troops conducted sweeps, the number of corpses dropped by a third in September. The new plan is built around that kind of tactic. But the odds are stacked against the corps of bright young officers charged with making the plan work, particularly because their Iraqi partner — the government of Prime Minister Nuri Kamal al-Maliki — seems to be on an entirely different page. When American officials were debating whether to send more troops in December, I went to see an Iraqi government official. The prospect of more troops infuriated him. More Americans would simply prolong the war, he said.

    "If you don't allow the minority to lose, you will carry on forever," he said.

    The remarks struck me as a powerful insight into the Shiites' thinking. Abused under Mr. Hussein, they still act like an oppressed class. That means Iraqis are looking into a future of war, at least in the near term. As one young Shiite in Sadr City said to me: "This just has to burn itself out."

    Hazim al-Aaraji, a disciple of the renegade Shiite cleric Moktada al-Sadr, understands this. A cleric himself, he is looking for foot soldiers for the war. On a warm October afternoon, as he bustled around his mosque in western Baghdad, he said the ideal disciples would have "an empty mind," and a weapon. Surprised by the word choice, an Iraqi friend I was with stopped him, to clarify his intent. Once again, he used the word "empty."

    The frank remark spoke of a new power balance, in which radicals rule and moderates have no voice. For many families I have become attached to here, the country is no longer recognizable.

    I met Haifa and her husband, Hassan, both teachers, in a driveway in western Baghdad. They had just found the body of their 12-year-old son, who had been kidnapped and brutally killed, and were frantic with grief. They finally decided to leave Iraq, but its violence tormented them to the end. They paid a man to drive them to Jordan, but he was working with Sunni militants in western Iraq, and pointed out Hassan, a Shiite, to a Sunni gang that stopped the car. Over the next several hours, Haifa waved a tiny Koran at men in masks, pleading for her husband's release, her two remaining children in tow.

    Hassan, meanwhile, knelt in a small room, his hands behind his back. His captors shot a man next to him in the neck. Haifa, a Sunni, eventually prevailed on them to let him go. The family returned to Baghdad, then borrowed money to fly to Jordan.

    Now they live there, in a tiny basement apartment without windows in a white stone housing project on the side of a hill. Like many Iraqis there, they live in hiding. Residency permits cost $100,000, far beyond their means. Hassan cannot work, nor even risk leaving the house during the day for fear the Jordanian police will deport him.

    He tries not to talk to people, afraid someone will recognize his Iraqi accent. He doesn't bargain in the vegetable market. He accepts mean remarks by Jordanian cabdrivers wordlessly.

    Most of all, he wants to go home. "But death is waiting for us there," he tells me. "We are homeless. Please help us."


     

     

    John D. Simmons/Charlotte Observer, via Associated Press

    BUYING IN A recent poll found that people feel the economy is in good shape

    Looking for the Angry Populists in Suburbia

    IN his confrontational response to President Bush's State of the Union address on Tuesday, Senator Jim Webb of Virginia said that he was going to focus on only two topics. One, as everyone knew it would be, was Iraq.

    But before he turned to the war, the new senator spoke about something else: an economy that he said made it seem "as if we are living in two different countries." In one, stock prices, corporate profits and executive pay are rising. In the other, the middle class is barely scraping by.

    Mr. Webb said the situation was reminiscent of the early 20th century, when robber barons were raking in wealth and "dispossessed workers at the bottom were threatening revolt."

    It was the sort of speech that one might have expected during a deep economic slump. Yet it came instead as most workers have started receiving significant pay increases for the first time in years and as polls show that most Americans think the economy has grown stronger.

    This contrast was arguably the most significant part of the speech. As they plan their strategy on Capitol Hill and begin the 2008 presidential campaign, the leaders of the Democratic Party are betting that the temporary swings of the economic cycle no longer have the political power they once did.

    Instead, they say, the economic shocks of recent years — technological change, globalization, the decline of labor unions and business icons like Ford Motor Company — have left many swing voters feeling anxious and insecure about the future.

    After years of fighting losing battles against tax cuts, Democrats argue that this economic anxiety has altered the political landscape, making swing voters open to a new role for government — a form of what Representative Rahm Emanuel of Illinois has called "suburban populism."

    With issues like energy policy, immigration and health care having gone largely unaddressed in recent years, Democrats see a way to define themselves as the party that can help Americans survive the 21st-century economy.

    An unanswered question, though, is whether suburban populism can still have appeal during good economic times.

    "The little ups and downs of the economy are not what's bothering the average American, as much as it is the feeling that there are large forces that buffet them around," said Senator Charles Schumer of New York, whose book laying out an agenda for the party was published last week. "In the past, the attitude was, 'Get government out of the way.' And now it's, 'Gee, I may need it.' "

    Amy Klobuchar, a freshman senator from Minnesota, pointed out that her state had one of the strongest economies in the country, yet she still based her winning campaign largely on people's economic worries. "They feel insecure," Ms. Klobuchar said last week. "And the point of this is, they're right."

    This strategy certainly has risks. Tax cuts — with a heavy dose of optimism thrown in — have been a much better political bet than populism for decades now, and Republicans are sticking to this script. During his address last week, Mr. Bush described the economy as being "on the move," and he is scheduled to visit Peoria, Ill., this week to call attention to recent wage gains. Republicans are pushing for an extension of the tax cuts passed during Mr. Bush's first term that they say are a major cause of the current boom.

    The economy emerged from a recession in late 2001, after the first tax cut went into effect, but wages for most workers still did not keep up with inflation for much of the next few years. Only in recent months has that changed.

    In 2006, the average hourly pay of rank-and-file workers, who make up about four-fifths of the work force, rose 4.2 percent, while the consumer price index increased only 2.6 percent. The net result — an inflation-adjusted increase of 1.6 percent — was a bigger annual raise than any that workers received from the late 1970s to the mid-90s.

    The direction of wages has historically been one of the best predictors, if not the best, of the public mood, and it, too, has been brightening. In a Gallup Poll conducted in mid-January, the share of respondents calling the economy excellent or good — 52 percent — reached its highest level since the Clinton administration.

    But even with the recent increases, the real hourly pay of rank-and-file workers has risen only 3 percent since Mr. Bush took office, according to the Bureau of Labor Statistics. Over the same span, productivity — that is, the value of what the economy produces per hour — has risen 18 percent.

    Except for a few years in the late 1990s, in fact, pay increases have been modest for most of the last three decades, which appears to be contributing to the anxiety. In exit polls on Election Day, fewer than one in three people said they expected life for the next generation of Americans to be better than life today.

    But even if suburban populism has some appeal, Democrats have been less clear about how to translate it into policy. During their first weeks in control of the House, they have passed bills to raise the minimum wage, to cut the interest rate on federally subsidized loans to college students and allow government to negotiate with pharmaceutical companies over the cost of drugs sold through Medicare.

    But none of the bills has yet passed the Senate, and even if they do, they are unlikely to have a big effect on most middle-class families — the target audience of the new suburban populism.

    Some Democrats, in the party's center and on the left, are starting to push for broader ideas. In his new book, Mr. Schumer calls for biometric employment cards to reduce illegal immigration and a crackdown on tax evasion by the wealthy, among other measures. Tom Vilsack, the former Iowa governor who is running for president, is arguing for a push on new energy technology partly to "elevate our economy above global competition."

    It is still not clear how much can be done by a party that, for at least another year, will lack a clear leader. In his speech last week, Senator Webb cited two populist role models, Andrew Jackson and Theodore Roosevelt, both of whom were presidents, not Congressional leaders.

    But the coming year will give the party's leaders a chance to hone its message — and to see how long the current economic boom will last.


     

     

    .

    Jim Davis/The Boston Globe

    Ted Johnson (52) has symptoms comparable to early Alzheimer's.

    Dark Days Follow Hard-Hitting Career in N.F.L.

    Ted Johnson helped the New England Patriots win three of the past five Super Bowls before retiring in 2005. Now, he says, he forgets people's names, misses appointments and, because of an addiction to amphetamines, can become so terrified of the outside world that he locks himself alone inside his Boston apartment in bed with the blinds drawn for days at a time.

    "There's something wrong with me," said Mr. Johnson, 34, who spent 10 years in the National Football League as the Patriots' middle linebacker. "There's something wrong with my brain. And I know when it started."

    Mr. Johnson's decline began, he said, in August 2002, with a concussion he sustained in a preseason game against the New York Giants. He sustained another four days later during a practice, after Patriots Coach Bill Belichick went against the recommendation of the team's trainer, Johnson said, and submitted him to regular on-field contact.

    Mr. Belichick and the Patriots' head trainer at the time, Jim Whalen — each of whom remain in those positions — declined to comment on Mr. Johnson's medical experience with the team or his allegations regarding their actions.

    Following his two concussions in August 2002, Mr. Johnson sat out the next two preseason games on the recommendation of a neurologist. After returning to play, Mr. Johnson sustained more concussions of varying severity over the next three seasons, each of them exacerbating the next, according to Mr. Johnson's current neurologist, Dr. Robert Cantu.

    Dr. Cantu said that he was convinced Mr. Johnson's cognitive impairment and depression "are related to his previous head injuries, as they are all rather classic postconcussion symptoms." He added, "They are most likely permanent."

    Asked for a prognosis of Mr. Johnson's future, Dr. Cantu, the chief of neurosurgery and director of sports medicine at Emerson Hospital in Concord, Mass., said: "Ted already shows the mild cognitive impairment that is characteristic of early Alzheimer's disease. The majority of those symptoms relentlessly progress over time. It could be that at the time he's in his 50s, he could have severe Alzheimer's symptoms."

    Mr. Johnson is among a growing number of former players and their relatives who are questioning whether their serious health issues are related to injuries they sustained and the treatment they received as players. Mr. Johnson said he decided to go public with his story after reading in The New York Times two weeks ago about Andre Waters, the former Philadelphia Eagles player who committed suicide last November and was later determined to have had significant brain damage caused by football-related concussions.

    Mr. Johnson said he was not suicidal, but that the depression and cognitive problems he had developed since 2002 had worsened to the point that he now takes Adderall, a prescription amphetamine, at two to three times the dosage authorized by his doctors, who have been unaware of this abuse.

    When he runs out of these pills, Mr. Johnson said, he shuts himself inside his downtown apartment for days and communicates with no one until a new prescription becomes available. He said he was coming forward with his story so that his friends and family might better understand his situation, and also so that the National Football League might improve its handling of concussions.

    While the league's guidelines regarding head injuries have been strengthened over the past decade, the N.F.L.'s record of allowing half of players who sustain concussions to return to the same game remains a subject of medical debate.

    "I am afraid of somebody else being the next Andre Waters," said Mr. Johnson, who spent two weeks in February at a psychiatric hospital outside Boston with, he said, no appreciable results. "People are going to question me: 'Are you a whistleblower, what are you doing this for?' You can call it whatever you want about what happened to me. I didn't know the long-term ramifications. You can say that my coach didn't know the long-term, or else he wouldn't have done it. It is going to be hard for me to believe that my trainer didn't know the long-term ramifications, but I am doing this to protect the players from themselves."

    The N.F.L. spokesman Greg Aiello said that the league had no knowledge of Johnson's specific situation. Regarding the subject of player concussions in general, he said, "We are very concerned about the issue of concussions, and we are going to continue to look hard at it and do everything possible to protect the health of our players."

    At a news conference yesterday in Miami, where the Super Bowl will be held Sunday, Gene Upshaw, the executive director of the National Football League Players Association, spoke in general terms about concussions in the N.F.L. "If a coach or anyone else is saying, 'You don't have a concussion, you get back in there,' you don't have to go, and you shouldn't go," Upshaw said, not speaking about the Johnson case specifically. "You know how you feel. That's what we tried to do throughout the years, is take the coach out of the decision-making. It's the medical people that have to decide."

    Mr. Johnson, who has a 2-year-old daughter and a 1-year-old son, is currently in divorce proceedings with his wife, Jackie, a situation that he admitted was compounding his depression.

    He was arrested in July on domestic assault-and-battery charges, which were later dropped because his wife declined to testify. Mr. Johnson said that his concussive symptoms and drug addiction not only precipitated his marriage's decline but began several years before it, specifically that preseason of 2002.

    According to Patriots medical records that Mr. Johnson shared with The Times, the only notable concussion in his career to that point happened when he played at the University of Colorado in 1993. Against the Giants on Aug. 10, 2002, those records indicate, he sustained a "head injury" — the word concussion was not used — and despite the clearing of symptoms after several minutes on the sideline, he did not return to the game.

    Mr. Johnson said that four days later, when full-contact practice resumed, Mr. Whalen issued him a red jersey, the standard signal to all other players that he was not supposed to be hit in any way. About an hour into the practice, Mr. Johnson said, before a set of high-impact running drills, an assistant trainer came out on the field with a standard blue jersey. When he asked for an explanation, Mr. Johnson said, the assistant told him that he was following Mr. Whalen's instructions.

    Mr. Johnson, whose relationship with Mr. Belichick had already been strained by a contract dispute, said he interpreted the scene as Mr. Belichick's testing his desire to play, and that he might be cut and lose his $1.1 million salary — N.F.L. contracts are not guaranteed — if he did not follow orders.

    "I'm sitting there going, 'God, do I put this thing on?' " Mr. Johnson said. "I put the blue on. I was scared for my job."

    Regarding the intimidation he felt at that moment, Mr. Johnson added, "This kind of thing happens all the time in football. That day it was Bill Belichick and Ted Johnson. But it happens all the time."

    Several Patriots teammates said they did not recall this incident but invariably testified to the believability of Mr. Johnson, the team captain in 1998 and 2003. Said one former teammate, who insisted on anonymity because he still plays with the Patriots under Mr. Belichick, "If Ted tells you something's going on, something's going on."

    Mr. Johnson said that the first play called after he put the blue jersey on, known as "ace-ice," called for one act from him, the middle linebacker: to sprint four yards headlong into the onrushing blocking back. After that collision, Mr. Johnson said, a warm sensation overtook his body, he saw stars, and he felt disoriented as the other players appeared to be moving in slow motion. He never lost consciousness, though, and after several seconds regained his composure and continued to practice "in a bit of a fog" while trying to avoid contact. He said he did not mention anything to anyone until after practice, when he angrily approached Mr. Whalen, the head trainer.

    "I said, 'Just so you know, I got another concussion,' " Johnson said. "You could see the blood, like, leave his face. And he was like, 'All right, all right, well, we're going to get you in to see a neurologist.' "

    Dr. Lee H. Schwamm, the neurologist at Massachusetts General Hospital who examined Mr. Johnson, concluded in a memo on Aug. 19, 2002, that Mr. Johnson had sustained a second concussion in that practice. Dr. Schwamm also wrote that, after speaking with Mr. Whalen, that Mr. Whalen "was on the sidelines when he sustained the concussion during the game and assessed him frequently at the sideline," and that "he has kept Mr. Johnson out of contact since that time."

    Mr. Johnson said that the next day he spoke with Mr. Belichick about the incident but that they only glossed over it.

    "He was vaguely acknowledging that he was aware of what happened," Mr. Johnson said, "and he wanted to just kind of let me know that he knew."

    Mr. Johnson missed the next two preseason games, played in the final one, and then, believing he was still going to be left off the active roster for the opening game against Pittsburgh, angrily left camp for two days before returning and meeting with Mr. Belichick and confronting him privately about the blue-jersey incident.

    "It's as clear as a bell — 'I had to see if you could play,' " Mr. Johnson recalled Mr. Belichick saying. Minutes later, Mr. Johnson said, Mr. Belichick admitted he had made a mistake by making him wear the blue jersey. "It was a real kind of admittance, but it was only him and I in the room," Mr. Johnson said.

    Mr. Johnson sat out the season opener but played the following Sunday against the New York Jets, a game in which Mr. Johnson said he could not remember line formations and was caught out of position because he could not concentrate. After sitting out the next game against Kansas City, Mr. Johnson played against San Diego and had the same problem.

    He learned how to manage the disorientation and played the rest of the season but said that, "from that point on, I was getting a lot of these, what I call mini-concussions."

    Mr. Johnson added that he did not report these to his trainer or coaches for fear he would be seen as weak.

    This continued through the 2003 season, Mr. Johnson said, as he noticed himself feeling increasingly more unfocused, irritable and depressed. Teammates noticed as well, said Willie McGinest, a fellow linebacker who now plays for the Cleveland Browns.

    "He was always an upbeat, positive guy," Mr. McGinest said. "After the last few concussions, you could tell he was off at times."

    Playing poorly, Mr. Johnson lost his starting job.

    In the week before the 2004 Super Bowl, Mr. Johnson said, a friend who supplied amphetamines to several major league baseball pitchers gave him some Adderall pills to cure his lethargy and increase his concentration. "It was the best I had felt in the longest time," Mr. Johnson said. "The old Ted was back."

    After playing only sparingly in that Super Bowl, Mr. Johnson began taking larger and larger doses before and throughout the 2004 season, when he regained his starting position at middle linebacker and helped the Patriots win their second consecutive Super Bowl.

    The better mood did not last long, he said. The minor concussions — euphemized as "dings" in N.F.L. lingo — that he regularly sustained in practice and in games hurt more than the Adderall could help. The thought of violently tackling a player, he said, "made me physically ill."

    "For the first time in my life," he said, "I was scared of going out there and putting my head in there."

    Mr. Johnson retired before the 2005 season and briefly worked as a football analyst for WBZ-TV in Boston. But he said his malaise and cognitive problems were only getting worse, and in his attempt to regain some sort of balance, he wound up taking large amounts of antidepressants along with increasing amounts of Adderall, creating a dangerous up-and-down cycle that he realized required professional attention. Last February, he spent two weeks at McLean Hospital, a psychiatric institution in suburban Belmont, Mass.

    Mr. Johnson said he felt no better after that experience, and he quickly resumed the Adderall abuse that continues today. He has moved out of his former house during his divorce proceedings and lives in a two-bedroom apartment downtown, which after three months contains dozens of half-open moving boxes.

    "Welcome to the glamorous life of a former N.F.L. player," he said. A half-hour later, he stepped into his Range Rover and drove to his local CVS to pick up another bottle of Adderall. The 72 pills of 30 milligrams each are supposed to last nine days, but he knows he will blow through them in four or five.

    One of his most maddening frustrations, Mr. Johnson said, is that no tests — from M.R.I.'s to other scans of his brain — have confirmed his condition, causing some people in his life to suspect that he is wallowing in retirement blues. "That's ridiculous," he said, "because I always treated football as a steppingstone for the rest of my life. I used to have incredible drive and ambition. I want to get my M.B.A. But I can't even let myself have a job right now. I don't trust myself."

    Dr. Cantu, his neurosurgeon, said he was convinced that Mr. Johnson's condition was primarily caused by successive concussions sustained over short periods of time. He said that M.R.I.'s of Mr. Johnson's brain were clear, but that "the vast majority of individuals with postconcussion syndrome, including depression, cognitive impairment, all the symptoms that Ted has, have normal M.R.I.'s."

    The most conclusive method to assess this type of brain damage, Dr. Cantu said, was to examine parts of the brain microscopically for tears and tangles, but such a test is done almost exclusively post-mortem. It was this type of examination that was conducted by a neuropathologist at the University of Pittsburgh, Dr. Bennet Omalu, on the brain of Mr. Waters after his suicide, revealing a condition that Dr. Omalu described as that of an 85-year-old with Alzheimer's disease.

    "The type of changes that Andre Waters reportedly had most likely Ted has as well," Dr. Cantu said.

    Experts in the field of athletic head trauma have grown increasingly confident through studies and anecdotal evidence that repeated concussions, particularly those sustained only days apart, are particularly dangerous. Dr. David Hovda, a professor of neurosurgery and director of the Brain Injury Research Center at U.C.L.A., said, "Repeated concussions — it doesn't matter the severity — have affects that are more than additive, and that last longer."

    Sitting in his apartment this week, Mr. Johnson said that he had not considered a lawsuit against Mr. Belichick, any Patriots personnel or the N.F.L. He said that his sole motivation was to raise awareness of the dangers that football players can face regarding concussions.

    Asked who was to blame for his condition — Mr. Belichick, Mr. Whalen, himself or the entire culture of the N.F.L. — Mr. Johnson thought for 30 seconds and said he could not decide.

    Several hours later, he was riding in an elevator up to a consultation with Dr. Cantu. As the door opened on the seventh floor, a middle-aged man walked out and smiled warmly at Mr. Johnson. "We missed you this year," he said.

    "Thanks, man," Mr. Johnson said with a grin and a nod. Later, Mr. Johnson said something else went through his troubled mind at that moment.

    "I miss me, too," he said.

    Clifton Brown contributed reporting from Miami.


     

     

    Florida to Shift Voting System With Paper Trail

    Alex Quesada for The New York Times

    "The price of freedom is not cheap," Gov. Charlie Crist, right, said in outlining a vote-counting change expected to cost $32.5 million.

    Florida to Shift Voting System With Paper Trail

    DELRAY BEACH, Fla., Feb. 1 — Gov. Charlie Crist announced plans on Thursday to abandon the touch-screen voting machines that many of Florida's counties installed after the disputed 2000 presidential election. The state will instead adopt a system of casting paper ballots counted by scanning machines in time for the 2008 presidential election.

    Voting experts said Florida's move, coupled with new federal voting legislation expected to pass this year, could be the death knell for the paperless electronic touch-screen machines. If as expected the Florida Legislature approves the $32.5 million cost of the change, it would be the nation's biggest repudiation yet of touch-screen voting, which was widely embraced after the 2000 recount as a state-of-the-art means of restoring confidence that every vote would count.

    Several counties around the country, including Cuyahoga in Ohio and Sarasota in Florida, are moving toward exchanging touch-screen machines for ones that provide a paper trail. But Florida could become the first state that invested heavily in the recent rush to touch screens to reject them so sweepingly.

    "Florida is like a synonym for election problems; it's the Bermuda Triangle of elections," said Warren Stewart, policy director of VoteTrust USA, a nonprofit group that says optical scanners are more reliable than touch screens. "For Florida to be clearly contemplating moving away from touch screens to the greatest extent possible is truly significant."

    Other states that rushed to buy the touch-screen machines are also abandoning them. Earlier this week, the Virginia Senate passed a bill that would phase out the machines as they wore out, and replace them with optical scanners. The Maryland legislature also seems determined to order a switch from the paperless touch screens, though it is not clear yet if it will require the use of optical scanners or just allow paper printers to be added to the touch screens.

    On Monday, Representative Rush D. Holt, Democrat of New Jersey, plans to introduce a bill in Congress that would require all voting machines nationwide to produce paper records through which voters can verify that their ballots were recorded correctly. A majority of House members have endorsed the proposal, and the changes have strong support among Senate Democrats. Mr. Holt's bill would also substantially toughen the requirements for the touch-screen machines that have printers, and experts say this could give even more impetus to the shift toward the optical scanning systems.

    Mr. Crist, a Republican, at times drew whoops and applause when he announced his plan at the South County Civic Center in Palm Beach County, the epicenter of the 2000 election standoff and home of the infamous "butterfly ballot" that confused many voters. The touch screens had replaced the punch-card systems that caused widespread problems that year.

    "You should, when you go vote, be able to have a record of it," Mr. Crist told a few hundred mostly older citizens at the civic center, in Delray Beach, where many residents said they accidentally voted for Patrick J. Buchanan in 2000 instead of Al Gore because of the confusing ballot design. "That's all we're proposing today. It's not very complicated; it is in fact common sense. Most importantly, it is the right thing to do."

    Mr. Crist's renunciation of touch-screen voting one month after he replaced Jeb Bush as governor of the nation's fourth-most-populous state, suggested that the fight for paper voting records, long a pet project of Democrats, might become more bipartisan. Mr. Crist made the announcement with Representative Robert Wexler, a Democrat from Delray Beach who has ardently led the movement for a paper trail and has attacked Republicans along the way.

    "I support this plan 100 percent," Mr. Wexler said before introducing Mr. Crist. "This governor means what he says, and he's coming to Tallahassee and he's spreading the message throughout Florida that this isn't about Republican or Democrat, it's not about this ideology or that; it's about unifying people and doing what's right for the people of Florida."

    The 15 Florida counties that have adopted touch-screen voting in recent years, including Miami-Dade, Broward, Palm Beach and Hillsborough, would move to optical-scan voting under the proposal before the presidential election of 2008. The plan would give them the option, however, of using touch-screen machines during the state's two-week early voting period that precedes Election Day, if the machines are modified to provide a paper trail. Those counties represent 54 percent of the state's registered voters. Broward County alone has bought about 6,000 touch-screen machines in recent years, and Palm Beach County has about 4,500.

    Mr. Crist said county election supervisors would explore how to make optical-scan voting easier for blind people and for those who speak foreign languages. In some cases, they have been able to vote without assistance on the touch-screen machines.

    Asked how he felt about discarding tens of millions of dollars worth of touch-screen machines just years after they were acquired, Mr. Crist said, "The price of freedom is not cheap. The importance of a democratic system of voting that we can trust, that we can have confidence in, is incredibly important."

    Election experts estimate that paperless electronic machines were used by about 30 percent of voters nationwide in 2006. But their reliability has increasingly come under scrutiny, as has the difficulty of doing recounts without a paper trail. Federal technology experts concluded late last year that paperless touch-screen machines could not be secured from tampering.

    Some states had bought early versions of the paperless machines before the 2000 recount, and one of them, New Mexico, switched last year to optical scanners. But most of the machines in other states were purchased with federal money provided under a 2002 law that required states to upgrade from old punch-card and lever systems.

    New York is planning to buy either screens with printers or optical scanners, New Jersey is adding paper trails to its touch screens and Connecticut is buying the optical scanners. A recent survey by Election Data Services, a Washington consulting firm, estimated that 36 percent of the nation's counties have bought electronic machines, including some with printers attached, while 56 percent have the optical scan systems.

    Mr. Holt said his bill would require the return to paper ballots by next year's presidential primaries, and it would authorize $300 million in federal money to upgrade the machines. Some state and county election officials say it could be difficult to make such sweeping changes by then.

    But, Mr. Holt said, "it depends on how badly we want to do it. The public is getting very impatient here."

    In Sarasota County last November, more than 18,000 voters who used touch-screen machines did not have their votes recorded in the close Congressional race between Vern Buchanan, the Republican, and Christine Jennings, the Democrat. Mr. Buchanan took office last month after a recount gave him a 369-vote victory, but Ms. Jennings has sued.

    Former Governor Bush, President Bush's younger brother, generally defended touch-screen voting during his tenure and said skeptics had fallen prey to "conspiracy theories." But leading up to the 2004 presidential election, the Republican Party of Florida sent out fliers urging voters to use absentee ballots because of the absence of a paper trail.

    Experts say the optical scanners are less expensive than the touch-screen systems. But Kimball W. Brace, the president of Election Data Services, said optical scanning systems had had a slightly higher rate of voter error than touch screens.

    Abby Goodnough reported from Delray Beach, Fla., and Christopher Drew from New York.


     

    Today's Papers

    So Easy To Say Goodbye
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Friday, Feb. 2, 2007, at 5:29 AM E.T.

    The New York Times leads with news that Florida will probably say goodbye to touch-screen voting machines and replace them with paper ballots that will be counted by scanning machines in time for the 2008 presidential election. Experts say the move could very well be the beginning of the end of electronic voting machines, particularly those that don't leave a paper record. The Washington Post leads with an early look at the latest National Intelligence Estimate on Iraq, which, big surprise, says the situation is getting worse and is quickly spiraling out of control. The NIE spends little time discussing Iran and mentions how Iraqi sectarian violence has become the main obstacle to U.S. goals. The Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox with word that some of President Bush's allies in the Senate are proposing their own Iraq resolution that calls on the local government to meet certain benchmarks.

    The Los Angeles Times leads with the global-warming report by the U.N.'s Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change, which was leaked to some news organizations in advance of its scheduled release today. The report concludes global warming is "very likely" (with 90 percent certainty) caused by human activities. Worst of all, it says global warming has become uncontrollable and "would continue for centuries … even if greenhouse gas concentrations were to be stabilized." USA Today leads with the Army Corps of Engineers revealing the location of the 122 levees across the country that could fail if there is a major flood. Some of the levees are close to areas with significant population, but others are in rural communities that may find it difficult to raise the money needed to carry out the necessary repairs. On Monday, USAT reported the existence of the at-risk levees but couldn't get their locations. After Freedom of Information requests were filed, the Army Corps of Engineers released the list, and the paper posts it online.

    Florida's governor announced the plans for the voting systems yesterday and the state legislature is expected to approve the change, which will cost $32.5 million. Several states and counties have been recently moving toward voting with some sort of paper trail. Florida could be the first state to throw away a system that was believed to be the answer to the 2000 election debacle.

    Although the NIE does say things in Iraq could improve, it strongly questions whether local leaders will be able to step up to the challenge. The report is apparently "unpleasant but very detailed." The classified 90-page document will be available to Congress today, but the public gets to see only a two-page summary. As opposed to other years, it is expected that this NIE will prominently display disagreements within the intelligence community.

    In confirmation hearings to be the new director of national intelligence, J. Michael McConnell told the Senate Intelligence Committee that he's committed to keeping intelligence reports independent from political pressures. McConnell said the intelligence community has learned important lessons in the past few years.

    Earlier this week, USAT quoted scientists saying the global-warming report would conclude there was "virtual certainty" global warming was caused by human activities, which translates into a 99 percent chance. Today, the LAT says many scientists believed the higher certainty should have been used but China strongly resisted. For the first time, the report says it is "more likely than not" that strong hurricanes and cyclones were caused by global warming. But, as the NYT also notes, some scientists are saying the report's conclusions on rising sea levels and the extent of warming are too conservative and the actual figures are significantly higher.

    The NYT and LAT front the sharp criticism lobbed at Army Gen. George W. Casey by senators for strategic failures in Iraq. The departing top U.S. commander in Iraq is the nominee to be the Army chief of staff. One of the harshest critics was Sen. John McCain, who told the general: "I question seriously the judgment that was employed in your execution of your responsibilities in Iraq." Casey told senators securing Baghdad might require fewer additional troops than what Bush has planned.

    Speaking of troop levels, a Congressional Budget Office estimate said the number sent over to Iraq under President Bush's "surge" will likely be higher than initially reported. This is because along with the 21,500 troops, at least 15,000 (and as many as 28,000) support personnel would have to be sent to Iraq. All these troops could cost up to $27 billion for the first year.

    The Post and LAT go inside with word that Senate Democrats are facing opposition to the compromise Iraq resolution from members of their own party who say it doesn't go far enough.

    In other congressional news, everyone reports the Senate voted to increase the minimum wage but also added $8.3 billion in tax cuts for small businesses. This will likely lead to lengthy negotiations with the House, where Democratic leaders oppose the tax cuts.

    The Post fronts, and everyone else mentions, the latest violence in Iraq, where two suicide bombers targeted a market in Hilla and killed at least 63 people. Also, an American soldier died on Thursday in Anbar. Yesterday, the Iraqi government announced it has invited Syria and Iran to a regional security conference in Baghdad next month.

    The WSJ fronts word that Russia and Iran are in talks to create a cartel similar to OPEC but for gas.

    The Post's Reliable Source reports that Paul Wolfowitz shouldn't have any more problems finding socks without holes in his closet. Earlier this week, people around the world saw pictures of Wolfowitz's holey socks while he was visiting a mosque in Turkey. But now several sock-makers have come to the rescue. Gold Toe and Turkish sock manufacturers sent a bunch of free socks to the president of the World Bank.

    Daniel Politi writes "Today's Papers" for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.

     

    Evidence that prison doesn't deter crime.

    Illustration by Robert Neubecker. Click image to expand.

    The Irrational 18-Year-Old Criminal
    Evidence that prison doesn't deter crime.
    By Joel Waldfogel
    Posted Tuesday, Jan. 30, 2007, at 4:54 PM E.T.

    Crime control is one of the oldest problems facing social science, dating at least to Beccaria, the 18th-century Italian philosopher who tried to put punishment on a rational footing. Two basic tools for controlling crime are policing and imprisonment, corresponding broadly to the first and second half-hours of a Law & Order episode. (In the vintage cast lineup, Detective Lennie Briscoe identifies a prime suspect before the second commercial break, and then prosecutor Jack McCoy does battle in court to get the defendant prison time.)

    Both the prospect of getting caught and the prospect of spending time in prison are supposed to deter forward-looking, rational potential offenders from criminal activity, encouraging more-constructive pursuits like staying in school or at least making French fries. More mechanically, prison also prevents crime by simply caging dangerous people. Deterrence has long been an article of faith among economic theorists and, more recently, economists who do empirical work, too. But now a series of careful studies by economists at Columbia and the University of Michigan are calling into question whether either policing or punishment successfully deters crime.

    With the traditional tools of social science, the deterrent effect of policing and punishment is hard to measure. Usually, empiricists infer an effect if crime is lower in circumstances with stiffer punishments or more policing. The problem is that tougher policies don't occur randomly. Cities and states add police or lengthen sentences as a frustrated response to crime waves. So, crime affects policing and punishment as much as the other way around. This is one of the classic conundrums of empirical social science.

    If social scientists ran the criminal justice system, it would be easy for them to measure the deterrent effect of longer sentences. They'd find a group of potential offenders and lengthen prison sentences the group would face if convicted. The scientists would make sure their target likely delinquents knew about the change, and then follow them and track whether they committed fewer offenses following the date their criminal penalties would increase.

    In practice, of course, such an experiment, and the individual data needed to track it, aren't on offer. David S. Lee of Columbia and Justin McCrary of Michigan have surmounted this obstacle. The economists noted that when kids turn 18, they suddenly face much stiffer adult sanctions. Then they got access to data on all felony arrests in Florida between 1989 and 2002. Each arrest links to an individual, whose birth date is included in the data. This allowed the researchers to create an arrest history for each person arrested and to measure the effect of turning 18, and thus facing longer prison terms, on criminal activity.

    In Florida during the years in question, Lee and McCrary found, the probability of being sentenced to prison for an offense jumped from 3 percent to 17 percent at exactly age 18. This tees up the answer to the economists' main question: How does the tendency to commit crimes vary around the 18th birthday, when the odds of a prison-sentence punishment jump? The answer is, hardly at all. While the probability of being arrested each week falls steadily from age 17 to age 19, there is no sizeable decrease in the arrest rate that corresponds to the bump up to an adult penalty in the weeks before and after people turn 18. To an economist, this is odd. At the grocery store, in weeks that Coke is on sale and Pepsi is not, consumers respond immediately. Coke sells out while Pepsi languishes on the shelf.

    If the prospect of longer prison sentences does not deter young Floridians from committing crimes, prison still prevents some crime via the more mundane channel of locking them up—incapacitating rather than deterring them, in the lingo of criminal justice theory. Lee and McCrary see this in the re-arrest data they study. One-fifth of the people arrested the week before their 18th birthday were rearrested within a month. By contrast, only a tenth of the people arrested a week after their 18th birthday were rearrested within the same time period. The reason? The 18-year-old offenders spent more of the month behind bars (because they received longer sentences, on average) and therefore were not free to commit the crimes that would have gotten them re-arrested.

    The conclusion that prison time prevents crime through incapacitation rather than deterrence raises questions about the effect of policing. What benefit do cities and states get from putting more cops on the street? In earlier work, McCrary re-examined evidence about the relationship between police levels and crime in American cities, and concluded that existing data do not allow us to "learn about the causal effect of police on crime."

    It would be premature to discard literally decades of scientific research based on one or two studies. Still, these studies should keep the debate going. It may be a while before we hear that Law & Order DUN dun sound letting us know that the case is closed.

    Joel Waldfogel is the Ehrenkranz family professor of business and public policy at the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania.

     

    Factory Girl

    Factory Reject
    A tepid biopic of Warhol superstar Edie Sedgwick.
    By Dana Stevens
    Posted Thursday, Feb. 1, 2007, at 7:13 PM E.T.

    Factory Girl, George Hickenlooper's biopic of actress/socialite/Warhol muse Edie Sedgwick, is a bit like Sedgwick herself—whatever substantial qualities it might once have possessed have been wasted, picked over by rumor and gossip, and sullied by the pawing of many hands. Since the Weinstein Company snuck the film onto screens in December to qualify for Oscar consideration (yeah, good luck with that), Factory Girl has had a troubled release history. Most recently, its opening date was held up after Bob Dylan threatened a defamation lawsuit.

    Dylan (called "The Musician" in the credits, though he's clearly the object of Hayden Christensen's drawling impersonation) feared the film would imply he was responsible for Sedgwick's death by overdose at the age of 28. In a last-minute reshoot after the initial screenings, new footage was added, including the flash-forward framing device in which we see Edie (Sienna Miller) telling her own story on a therapist's couch. If Dylan's only concern was defamation, he needn't have fretted about the release of Factory Girl. Its portrait of the artist as a young a-hole isn't exactly flattering, but it still manages to be hagiographic by all but declaring that Edie would have been saved if she'd only managed to bag the elusive Dylan.

    The galumphing voiceover narration was apparently another product of the film's last-minute makeover. The much more effective talking-head interviews with Edie's real-life intimates (including her brother Jonathan, who recently came out with an even seedier Dylan-related claim) have been moved to the final credits, where, along with stills of the incredibly photogenic Sedgwick (one of the few biopic subjects to be even more attractive than the actor portraying her), they remind you with a start what a fascinating movie you could have been watching.

    There have been other rumors around Factory Girl, too—most recently, tabloids speculated that Miller and Christensen (who dated in real life after Miller's then-fiance, Jude Law, cheated on her with the nanny) had engaged in unsimulated intercourse while filming Edie and Bob's graphic love scene. By now you're thinking, fine, cut through the hype and tell me about the movie already—but you tell me, where does one end and the other begin? See, it's just like Edie herself!

    This tension between surface and depth, glamour and authenticity, was at the heart of what made Warhol's work so radical. It's also what made Edie the ideal Warhol muse: With her blankly luminous beauty, she was a Marilyn Monroe-like projection screen for the desires and fantasies of others. But the director, George Hickenlooper (Hearts of Darkness, The Mayor of Sunset Strip), doesn't find either Warhol's art or Edie's opacity particularly interesting. For a movie about the tumultuous friendships among artists, musicians, and filmmakers during one of the 20th century's periods of creative ferment, Factory Girl is remarkably incurious about cinema, music, and art. The story plods through the stations of the cross of Edie's life, linking each instance of her outrageous behavior to its equal and opposite childhood trauma. The screenplay by Captain Mauzner (Wonderland) makes sure we understand how important Warhol's work is by having Edie rush up to him at parties, piping, "Your work is so important!" And I can't let my favorite line of biopic dialogue, spoken by Edie's authoritarian father, go unquoted: "Let me get you a steak, Warhol. You look like you could use one."

    I wouldn't go as far as Lou Reed, who called Mauzner's script "one of the most disgusting, foul things I've seen—by any illiterate retard—in a long time." (With Warholian sangfroid, Hickenlooper responded, "I love Lou Reed. I love him for hating my project, which can only bring it more attention.") There have been far-more-disgusting scripts by illiterate retards. But there's no question it's the writing that weighs down this project—the film's surfaces are shimmering and vibrant, the pacing brisk, and the performances consistently strong (despite some strange casting choices: Jimmy Fallon as a Svengali-like impresario?). Sienna Miller literally shines as the enigmatic heiress—like Angelina Jolie in the 1998 TV movie Gia, she invests a stock fallen-waif part with genuine pathos.

    The movie's best scene pits Warhol (movingly incarnated by Guy Pearce) and Dylan against each other in a junior-high-school-style showdown for the attentions of the popular girl. Dylan, invited to the Factory to film one of Warhol's "screen tests," refuses to sit down to be filmed, and Warhol refuses to give him any direction at all. The resulting power struggle is both funny and painful, with each artist trying to out-"I don't care" the other as the eager-to-please Edie hovers in the background. It's a rare moment in which the movie has something to say about the constant small humiliations of the famous, and the desperate insecurity of those who depend on their favor.

    Dana Stevens is Slate's movie critic. You can write her at movies@thehighsign.net.

    Photo: The Weinstein Company

    Sienna Miller in "Factory Girl."

     

     

    "Factory Girl"

    Sienna Miller plays Warhol muse Edie Sedgwick in this impressionistic biopic.

    By Stephanie Zacharek

    Feb. 02, 2007 | The story of Edie Sedgwick, fallen veteran of Andy Warhol's Factory scene, is one of those sagas that courts an uneasy mixture of prurient curiosity and compassion. Sedgwick, an heiress who became the most glittering star in Warhol's collection before she was destroyed by drug use and mental illness (she died of an overdose in 1971), is a classic symbol of all that can go wrong when you seemingly have it all. A lost it-girl in a silver mini-dress, Sedgwick has also become a shorthand notation for the glamour and decadence of the 1960s, a convenient blend of vixen and victim.

    George Hickenlooper's impressionistic biopic "Factory Girl" is a strange little affair, and not a wholly successful one. The picture often feels torpid and listless, as if Hickenlooper had, intentionally or otherwise, fallen into the halting, hesitant rhythms of Andy Warhol's speech and physical mannerisms. The story is cluttered with too much signpost dialogue, as if it were made expressly for young 'uns who'd never seen a soup can outside of the kitchen cupboard. As the young Edie Sedgwick -- she's played by Sienna Miller -- gets ready to leave Cambridge, Mass., for New York, circa 1965, she offers a too-tidy thumbnail critique of the already-famous Warhol to her close friend, Syd Pepperman (a composite fictional character played by Shawn Hatosy, in a warmly shaded performance): "I mean, he's changing the way we look at the world, isn't he?" The line feels stiff, didactic and terminally square, an instance of eager, and unnecessary, overexplaining.

    But if the filmmaking is in some ways awkward and elementary, Hickenlooper's attitude toward his subject is more complex, and more admirable. Hickenlooper was co-director of the 1991 "Hearts of Darkness," a documentary chronicling Francis Ford Coppola's unraveling during the making of "Apocalypse Now"; since then, he's made engaging documentaries (like "Mayor of the Sunset Strip," about the legendary L.A. disc jockey Rodney Bingenheimer) and flawed fiction films that nonetheless have lots of interesting textures (like "The Man From Elysian Fields," which featured an extraordinarily fine-grained performance by Mick Jagger). With "Factory Girl," Hickenlooper shows just the right degree of protectiveness for his subject: This is a tawdry, fascinating tale (one loaded with outrageous style and, of course, great clothes), but Hickenlooper doesn't take the all-too-common tack of luring us in with pleasurably decadent images only to punish us later for having enjoyed them -- this isn't a "Look where loving style over substance will lead you!" morality tale à la "Blow-Up." Instead, Hickenlooper takes pleasure in Sedgwick's allure, and he invites us to do the same. His approach suggests a kind of quiet generosity, the opposite of raking the bones of a famous dead person who met a bad end.

    Sedgwick's story, as it's interpreted here (the script is by Captain Mauzner, from a story by Mauzner and Simon Monjack and Aaron Richard Golub), is one of a groovy sun goddess in black tights and dangly earrings, orbited by an assortment of friendly and unfriendly planets. Sedgwick came from old money, and had a history of sexual abuse and mental illness. (Her father, who went by the satanically benign-sounding name "Fuzzy" and who's played by James Naughton, appears in one grimly telling scene.) When Sedgwick arrives in New York, fresh from art school, Warhol spots her and is understandably smitten. This Warhol is played by Guy Pearce, in a suitably stylized, unsettling performance: He's a ghostly presence, a trembling ectoplasmic apparition made visible to mere humans by the warring forces of confidence and insecurity whirring inside him. When Warhol first spots Sedgwick, across a crowded art gallery, his gaze is both love-struck and predatory, as if he were a hunter briefly admiring the beauty of a deer before raising his rifle.

    Warhol comes off rather badly in "Factory Girl," but the film does suggests that this strange man, for whom emotional detachment was a kind of pathology, felt something for Sedgwick that he couldn't quite deal with. (There's one charming, silly scene in which the two gabble to each other on the telephone, from their respective homes, as they wallow in his-and-hers bubble baths.) "Factory Girl" suggests that the people who were most attracted to Sedgwick were also the ones least likely to help her when she needed it: Hayden Christensen plays a cryptic, shambling troubadour, known only as "the Musician," who woos Sedgwick but gives up on her when he realizes the hold Warhol has on her. (Bob Dylan's lawyers raised a stink about the movie last December, claiming it suggested Dylan was responsible for Sedgwick's death. And while the movie does suggest a certain callousness on the part of the Dylan stand-in, it also suggests that he tried to get her to fight for the money Warhol owed her.) Jimmy Fallon plays Warhol hanger-on Chuck Wein as an oily manipulator. Even Diana Vreeland (played, in a stroke of brilliant casting, by a pompadoured, red-lipped Ileanna Douglas) comes off as marginally kind, but in the end she has more lacquer than heart.

    At the center of it all is Miller's Sedgwick: At the beginning of the movie, I wasn't sure Miller was up to the task -- she's always struck me as pretty but hollow. But her performance is touching without being overwrought. Miller, done up here with those silent-film siren eyes, that shock of white-blond, dark-rooted hair, plays Sedgwick as a grave gamine, a creature whose capacity for reckless delight was, at least for a time, a viable survival tactic. "Factory Girl" has the right look for the era. (The production designer is Jeremy Reed; the costumes are by John Dunn.) From the dark, velvety, art nouveau cloister of Warhol's bedroom, to the foil-covered walls of the Factory, the picture captures the inventiveness and fakery of the Warhol kingdom. And before her fall -- which Hickenlooper portrays with the appropriate degree of horror and sadness, although he doesn't milk it for sensationalism -- Miller's Sedgwick, in an array of jersey shifts and luxe beaded tunics that barely cover her bum, is such a vision of decadence, luxury and fun that not even a sullen Mayflower pilgrim could escape enchantment. At one point Pearce's Warhol tells her, in a monotone that almost breaks the surface of actual enthusiasm, "It's so much more fun in New York since you showed up." Even coming from the lips of a man adept at slippery slogans, those words must have been true.

     

     

    story image

    Garrison Keillor, Meryl Streep and Lindsay Lohan

    When Keillor met Altman

    Two greats join forces for "A Prairie Home Companion" the film -- with a little help from Streep, Tomlin, Reilly and an enthusiastic Texas crowd.

    By Andrew O'Hehir

    Mar. 12, 2006 | Spring has sprung in central Texas, if any normal person considers 87 degrees at noon to be springtime. The big shade trees and waterways of the Lone Star State capital are bursting with a startling cacophony of migratory birds and waterfowl, and the sunburned panhandlers working the highway and boulevard intersections have reverted to cutoffs and tank tops (if they ever wore anything else). I don't know whether these people are castaways of the Bush economy or a permanent feature of the landscape, but you can see more white people begging here in a single afternoon in south Austin than you can see in New York in a month.

    Another sign of spring in Austin is the kickoff of the South by Southwest festivals, ambiguous showcases of indie culture that seem to be loved and loathed by locals in almost equal quotients. (They have put Austin on the map as a cultural destination and, well, they have put Austin on the map as a cultural destination.) SXSW's legendary musicfest, now in its 20th year, doesn't begin until next week, but I wouldn't be qualified to tell you much about that in any case. The fast-rising SXSW Film Conference and Festival, which began 13 years ago as an offshoot of the musicfest but has long since acquired its own identity, opened on Friday night with a packed house at the Paramount Theatre hooting and hollering for virtually every frame of Robert Altman's new film, "A Prairie Home Companion," screened here in its North American premiere.

    From the stage of the Paramount, a gingerbread-laden movie palace (originally built in 1915 and remodeled in the '30s) that has been lovingly preserved, festival director Matt Dentler told us that as soon as he heard that Altman and "Prairie Home Companion" radio host Garrison Keillor were working together, he'd thought that he couldn't imagine a more perfect SXSW opening-night film. Maybe that says it all. Nobody would claim that SXSW's film festival has the glamour, the buzz or the marketplace impact of Sundance or Cannes or Toronto. (And nobody can claim that its roster of films is quite as impressive.) But even as it has gotten bigger and more oriented to the indie-film industry, SXSW is still admired for its modesty, its integrity and -- this is the only word for it -- its niceness.

    "That's the real reason everybody comes here," Doug Block, director of the family documentary "51 Birch Street," told me at the party after the "Prairie Home Companion" screening. "It's just such a pleasant experience. I didn't want to take my film to Sundance this year. I didn't want the angst, or that feeling of incredible high stakes." (That said, his film comes to Austin with a strong buzz attached, and of course he's eager to sell its distribution rights. I haven't seen it yet, so more on that later.)

    With no feeling of high stakes attached to SXSW, there's something more like a relaxed coffeehouse vibe. At first glance, this festival and this city seem to go together, as institutionalized versions of alt culture in its friendliest and least threatening form. A few hours after we got here, my wife said it felt as if the culture of early-'90s San Francisco had been frozen in time. I'm sure that's not entirely fair; the films programmed this year include a smattering of avant-garde efforts, horror movies and foreign cinema, but the overwhelming emphasis is on personal films (whether narrative or documentary) made in that distinctive, low-key indie-American vernacular. There are worse things.

    Altman was in London directing a play, so Keillor mumbled a few inaudible comments from the Paramount stage before disappearing. I tried to find him after the movie, and he was nowhere in sight. (Someone who sat close to the stage told me that he had quipped that the only documentary he was willing to make about "Prairie Home Companion" was one that wasn't true.) The audience clapped politely for Keillor, but erupted in cheers for John C. Reilly, who plays a small part in the film and has a local connection that was never made clear to outsiders. Reilly's every appearance as a singing cowboy named Dusty (one-half of a duo with Woody Harrelson) was also marked by whoops that masked the dialogue for several seconds at a time.

    And as for the combination of Altman and Keillor, well, why didn't either of them think of this before? "A Prairie Home Companion" is both loopy and dense, taking Keillor's nostalgic and geeky radio program and making it even cornier and more sentimental than it is in reality -- and somehow, that's perfect. No doubt my colleague Stephanie Zacharek will want to review this on release (and she's much more of an Altman expert, and fan, than I am), but I enjoyed this more than any Altman film since at least "Short Cuts," and the response from the youngish SXSW crowd was genuinely enthusiastic. Here's the odd premise: This isn't a documentary, or a fake one, but a narrative film in which Keillor's show is facing its last night ever. The radio network is being shut down by an evil corporation from Texas (!), and its home, the historic Fitzgerald Theater in St. Paul, Minn., will be demolished for a parking lot.

    As in any Altman film, the joy lies in the dense weave of characters, nearly all of them fictional. Keillor's script imagines that his show remains connected, in 2006, to an entire circuit of radio variety programs and vaudeville tours that is only recently defunct (as opposed to, say, 50 years defunct). So while the singing Johnson Girls of Oshkosh, Wis., Yolanda (Meryl Streep) and Rhonda (Lily Tomlin), are presented as showbiz dinosaurs, the idea is that at some point in the not-too-distant past they were as big as -- well, OK, not as big as the Carter Family, but maybe almost as big, if you happened to live in rural Wisconsin, Minnesota and the Dakotas.

    Streep and Tomlin nearly steal the whole picture, but there's also Reilly and Harrelson as potty-mouthed cowhands, Kevin Kline as a thoroughly inept private eye trying to save the show from its apocalypse, Keillor's self-mocking self-portrayal as a guy never able to confront emotion or wrap up his shaggy-dog stories, and Virginia Madsen as the Angel of Death. No, I'm not kidding. At first "Prairie Home Companion" seems just like delightful whimsy, almost too fast and funny to keep up with. But toward the end Keillor and Altman bring out something in each other, perhaps a note of profundity the work of each has sometimes seemed to lack. Neither of these guys is a spring chicken at this point in his career, and you can only make so many eccentric movies or deliberately old-fashioned radio programs before you feel the brush of the angel's wings.

    Outside the Paramount on North Congress Avenue, with the Texas State Capitol looming above us, excited knots of minglers gathered. Keillor was nowhere to be seen, and Altman had never been there at all -- when you can skip the premiere of your own movie, I guess you're comfortable with where you are in your life. The after-party was around the corner at a pool hall on Sixth Street, the heart of Austin's "entertainment district," which meant navigating throngs of buzz-cut boys in their best polo shirts and disconsolate-looking girls in spaghetti-strap tops spread with spangles. Reilly passed through the crowd with a kind of wake behind him, signing autographs and pumping hands, a veritable green god of the Texas spring among lesser mortals. It was 73 degrees at midnight.

     

    King Kaufman's Sports Daily

    story image


    King Kaufman's Sports Daily

    Super Bowl XLI: 10 reasons why the Colts can't lose. And X more why the Bears can't. Plus: A prediction.

    Feb. 02, 2007 | Why the Indianapolis Colts can't lose, Reason 1: The Colts, favored by a touchdown over the Chicago Bears in Super Bowl 41 Sunday in Miami, can't lose because Peyton Manning, the best quarterback in the NFL, will slice and dice a Bears defense that was supposed to make everyone forget 1985 -- at least until it started giving up 24 points a game in the last six games, playoffs included.

    Why the Bears can't lose, Reason I: I'm sorry, did that just say Peyton Manning, best quarterback in the NFL? Maybe, and maybe only if we consider the NFL to be the 31 teams that play outside of New England. But come playoff time Peyton Manning is the best choker in the NFL. It was true at Isidore Newman High, it was true at the University of Tennessee and it's true in Indianapolis.

    2. Is not.

    II. That so does not count as reason No. 2.

    2. OK. The Colts can't lose because they represent the AFC, and the AFC was the vastly superior conference this year, as usual. The Bears couldn't get arrested in the NFC. They'd have been lucky to make the playoffs. Well, maybe that's an exaggeration, but most of the teams in the NFC playoffs would have been lucky to make the AFC playoffs. The AFC went 38-24 against the NFC this year. The six playoff teams went 21-3.

    II. And the six NFC playoff teams went 10-14 against the AFC. That's not very impressive, and there's no arguing the AFC isn't much better than the NFC, but the Bears aren't the whole NFC, and 10-14 isn't exactly hopeless, "can't win" stuff. The Bears managed two interconference wins in four games and the Colts an interconference loss. The Bears don't have to beat the whole AFC. They just have to win one game against the Colts. Same as the Dallas Cowboys did. You remember the Cowboys?

    III. And it's my turn to go first. The Bears have a two-headed running attack, Thomas Jones and Cedric Benson, and those two are going to have a field day against the Colts run defense, which had a couple of dominant games against Kansas City and Baltimore, but a couple of games do not a season make.

    3. A couple of games do not a season make. That's catchy. You mean like the Bears' couple of wins against AFC teams? The Colts' defensive improvement is real, and the defense also did a good job stopping the New England run, though it wasn't dominant. Injured safety Bob Sanders, a huge key to stopping the run, has returned to the lineup, and the Colts have simply picked up their game. They're tackling better, making the plays they should have been making all year but weren't.

    And with Dwight Freeney and Robert Mathis rushing from the edges, the Colts can put pressure on the quarterback, and that's exactly the thing that turns Bears quarterback Rex Grossman from Super Rex to Bad Rex.

    IV. Everybody talks like Grossman's a plumber, but look at what he did vs. Buffalo and the Giants, two pretty good pass defenses. He also carved up lesser defenses like Detroit, San Francisco and St. Louis. He's inconsistent, but he can play, and he has been fine in the playoffs so far. Not great, but fine. And you have to admit it just seems to be a year for Florida Gators.

    4. Well, speaking of two-headed running attacks, the Colts have one too, with Dominic Rhodes and Joseph Addai. Which attack is better? Oh, flip a coin, or just say the Bears if you want, but when you go beyond the backs and look at the rest of the offensive skill players, I don't think you want to get into comparing the Colts and the Bears.

    V. Fine, then let's compare special teams, shall we?

    5. Do we have to?

    V. Yes. Two words: Devin Hester. He has six return touchdowns this year, including three punts. He averages almost 13 yards per punt return and more than 26 yards per kickoff return. He can change a game in a heartbeat. And here's two more words for you: Colts special teams --

    5. Suck. Yeah. Although that's four words. It's true that punter Hunter Smith only averages a net of 34.5 yards per kick. And while the good news is that that's not last in the league, the bad news is that it's tied for last. But here's more good news: The Colts hardly ever punt. They only booted the ball away 47 times this year. The Cowboys are the only other team that punted fewer than 65 times. The Bears, a middle-of-the-pack team in this regard, punted 77 times.

    The Colts have punted 10 times in their three playoff games, more often than their regular-season average, but still below the regular-season average of every other team, including the Cowboys. So Hester will have limited opportunities to inflict damage, at least on punts, though if the Colts score enough he'll have his chances on kickoffs, where he's not quite as dangerous, though still plenty dangerous. Then again, he's also kind of an adventure. He has fumbled eight times this year. He's more likely to fumble than to run one back for a touchdown.

    VI. You beat the Colts by disrupting the rhythm of their passing game. Everybody knows that, everybody tries to do it. But it's easier said than done. The Bears, though, can do it. They have three good corners, Charles Tillman, Nathan Vasher and Ricky Manning Jr., who can jam the Colts receivers at the line, which the Colts receivers don't like, and still stay with them downfield.

    Their ability to cover man-to-man allows the Bears to put eight men in the box to guard against that two-headed rushing game while still not leaving Peyton Manning with much to throw at. And if you're thinking of tight end Dallas Clark over the middle, he'll have to contend with Brian Urlacher. The Bears are fast and opportunistic in the back seven. If they can get Manning out of his rhythm and into forcing a throw or two, they can get some take-aways, and that's how the Bears win games.

    And speaking of those Colts receivers, let's talk about the great Marvin Harrison. One of the big stories of Super Bowl Hype Week II came from Media Day, when the reticent future Hall of Famer finally opened up, finally unburdened himself of the secret he's been keeping through all these years of silence:

    "I just don't think there's that much to talk about."

    But what there is to talk about is that Harrison isn't playing very well in the playoffs, with only 10 catches for 134 yards and no touchdowns in the three games, and several drops.

    6. Yeah, but he's still Marvin Harrison.

    The fact is that the Bears, with those good corners and Brian Urlacher, haven't faced an offense as good as the Colts or a line as good at preventing quarterback sacks as the Colts' line -- with an assist from Manning's quick decision making and lightness afoot in the pocket. And the Bears were a lot better at getting to the quarterback before tackle Tommie Harris got hurt in early December.

    A lot better. Before he went down for the year, right after halftime of the win over the Minnesota Vikings on Dec. 3, the Bears had allowed 12.2 points per game in 11 and a half games, counting the three points allowed in the first two quarters that day.

    Since Harris got hurt, the Bears have allowed 23.5 points a game in six and a half games, including the two playoff games and the second half against the Vikings, when they surrendered 10. The Bears are also missing safety Mike Brown, who plays a similar role in their defense that Bob Sanders plays in Indy's, though he has been out since mid-October.

    This is simply not the same Bears defense that looked so dominant in the first three quarters of the season, that gained this team a reputation as a defensive powerhouse and got itself mentioned in the same sentence as the 1985 Bears defense by serious people who were not obviously intoxicated at that moment.

    It's hard for us all to shake off our picture of a team like the Bears once they've established that dominant defensive reputation. I've been taking advantage of that quirk in human nature for my whole adult life, working like a dog and being a great guy in my first six months on a new job, then coasting on that reputation as a hardworking team player for years while slacking and undercutting co-workers and bosses.

    Want to know who gave up 23.5 points a game this season, as the Bears have done since Harris' injury? Washington. In that same defensive neighborhood: Houston and St. Louis. We're talking bottom fifth of the league. This is the defense that's going to neutralize the Colts offense? It didn't neutralize the Detroit Lions.

    VII. Windbag.

    7. Well, that's my best reason. That's why I made it No. 6, a good football number.

    VII. The Bears defense neutralized the New Orleans Saints. Remember them? They were going to beat the Bears too. Everybody thought so, including, not to name names, this column. The Bears were coasting in the last few weeks of the season when they were giving up a lot of points, and "Bad Rex" was showing up a lot, which leads to shorter fields and more points allowed.

    7. Six is a great number. Gooooood football number, yessir. So's 7. My sixth reason is so good I'm just going to point to it and call that Reason No. 7. I could quit here. Why do we have to do 10, anyway? Wanna just do seven?

    VIII. No. With Nick Harper hurting and possibly out, the Colts secondary is vulnerable to the big play. If Grossman can stay out of trouble, the way he has done the past two weeks, take the sack or throw the ball away when the rush gets to him, he can make those throws to receivers Muhsin Muhammad and Bernard Berrian and tight end Desmond Clark.

    8. Sigh. All right, but big games often come down to which team stays away from the big mistakes and doesn't turn the ball over. I'm not big on comparing quarterback with quarterback because a quarterback doesn't have to be better than the opposing quarterback, he just has to do better against the opposing defense than his counterpart does. But having said that, and even taking Manning's past playoff failures into account, whom do you want to bet on to make fewer big mistakes, Peyton Manning or Rex Grossman?

    9. And besides, the Colts have great uniforms.

    IX. So do the Bears!

    X. All right, here's the hammer, the trump card. The real reason the Bears absolutely, positively can't lose.

    King Kaufman's prediction: Indianapolis Colts.

    10. Nice try. But here's the real reason the Colts can't lose. This column's son, Buster, denied the chance to flip his first quarter as the coin-flippinest 4-year-old in the Western Hemisphere by that seven-point spread, is also picking the Colts.

    It's a paradox. We're just going to have to let them play the game.

    Previous column: The dog days of Super Bowl hype

February 1, 2007

  • Posing as a Family, Sex Offenders Stun a Town

    Yavapai County Sheriff

    Neil H. Rodreick II

    Laura Segall for The New York Times

    Lori Morgan, a teacher in Chino Valley, Ariz., had Neil H. Rodreick II in her class for one day this month

    Posing as a Family, Sex Offenders Stun a Town

    EL MIRAGE, Ariz., Jan. 31 — To neighbors, Casey Price was a seventh grader with acne and a baseball cap who lived an unremarkable life among a bevy of male relatives.

    He built the occasional skateboard ramp and did wheelies on his bicycle down the streets of this subdivision of stucco homes north of Phoenix.

    In nearby Surprise, where Casey was enrolled as a 12-year-old in a public school for four months, he was regarded as a shy, average student with chronic attendance problems. A man identified as his uncle had registered him, attended curriculum night and e-mailed his teachers about homework assignments.

    Now Casey is in jail, and his former neighbors and classmates have learned the unthinkable: Not only is Casey not Casey — his real name is Neil H. Rodreick II — but he is also a 29-year-old convicted sex offender who kept a youthful appearance with the aid of razors and makeup.

    And the men known as his uncle, grandfather and cousin, who until recently shared a three-bedroom house with him here, were not family at all, but a web of convicted sex offenders and predators, law enforcement officials say, preying in part on one another.

    A retracing of Mr. Rodreick's tracks over the past several years shows that he is under investigation in three states. The authorities in four jurisdictions say he repeatedly failed to register as a sex offender, housed a large cache of child pornography in his computer and, based on videos found by the police, had sex with at least one boy.

    "Obviously there are a lot of emotions to work through," said Mindy Newlin, the mother of a kindergartener at Imagine Charter School, the school in Surprise where Mr. Rodreick posed as Casey. "We are just shocked."

    Robin Kaiser's daughter Kaitlin shared a class with "Casey," but he failed to make an impression, Ms. Kaiser said. "She remembers him, that he was quiet and sat in the back of the classroom," she said. "She said he looked like he had been held back."

    Janet R. Lincoln, the public defender for Yavapai County, who represents Mr. Rodreick and the other three men, did not return multiple phone calls. A receptionist in her office said Ms. Lincoln would have no comment. The men have been indicted on numerous counts and are scheduled to appear in court in late February; they have already pleaded not guilty to charges of fraud and failing to register as sex offenders.

    Mr. Rodreick spent seven years in prison in Oklahoma for making lewd and indecent proposals to two 6-year-old boys. After being released in 2002, law enforcement officials said, he was able to convince Lonnie Stiffler, 61, and Robert J. Snow, 43, who had been trolling the Internet for boys, that he was a minor.

    In 2005, he talked the two men into taking him from Oklahoma to live with them in Arizona, where Mr. Stiffler posed as Mr. Rodreick's grandfather and Mr. Snow as his uncle, and both men regularly had sex with him, the authorities said. Another man living in the house, Brian Nellis, 34, a sex offender Mr. Rodreick had met in prison, is believed to have aided Mr. Rodreick in the ruse, the authorities said.

    Mr. Rodreick continued the charade as a minor for nearly two years, the authorities said, registering at four charter schools in Arizona, until this month, when school administrators in Chino Valley called the sheriff.

    The police and school officials in each location where "Casey" enrolled said they knew of no children harmed, although the indictment against Mr. Rodreick includes an assault count. The authorities are trying to determine, with the help of videos confiscated from the men, if there were victims in the schools.

    "With boys it is a really tough deal," said Lt. Van Gillock of the Police Department in El Reno, Okla., where Mr. Rodreick is believed to have posed as a 12-year-old to ingratiate himself with boys at church. "If they did it voluntarily, they have the stigma of homosexuality, and if it is forced, well, boys are supposed to be tough and the things the boys have on them gives them an embarrassment factor."

    Though many parents have publicly praised the Surprise school's handling of the deception, Mr. Rodreick's enrollment has raised questions about admissions procedures, which officials at Imagine, one of the state's largest charter schools, said they were reviewing. Arizona, the nation's fastest-growing state, is a leader in charter school enrollment, with more than 450 schools that account for 8 percent of the state's total student body.

    "He probably thought that a charter school was easier," said Candace Foth, another parent in Surprise. "It is not really difficult to enroll."

    Mr. Rodreick's time in Arizona was the latest episode in a life speckled with disappointment, crimes and estrangement, according to relatives and law enforcement officials.

    When he was growing up in Oklahoma, he was sexually abused by neighbors, said his mother's sister, Jan Bautista, with whom he lived briefly after his release from prison in 2002.

    He was 18 in 1996 when the authorities in Chickasha, Okla., charged him with making lewd and indecent proposals to two 6-year-old boys. He was sentenced to 10 years in prison and released after serving 7.

    From there, Ms. Bautista said, he made his way to San Bernardino County in California, where he stayed with her for about two months. Ms. Bautista said she asked Mr. Rodreick to leave after she found child pornography on her computer and suspected him of lewd acts toward a child. She said she turned her computer over to the sheriff.

    "I really hate this man," she said. "I really do. I hope they keep him in prison the rest of his life, because I know he is never going to get well."

    Mr. Rodreick next made his way to Kingfisher County in Oklahoma, where, according to the sheriff, Dennis Banther, he registered as a sex offender. Soon, he was joined in his mobile home in a secluded area by Mr. Nellis, who had served three years in prison after a conviction for lewd molestation, Sheriff Banther said. The two gravitated among fast-food restaurant jobs, the sheriff said, and were seen at a school playground, a library and parks.

    The two left Kingfisher County in 2003 for El Reno, Okla., and trouble followed. In 2005, Lieutenant Gillock of the El Reno Police Department got a call from a computer rental store that had repossessed a computer Mr. Nellis had rented and found child pornography — more than 1,000 images and 150 videos.

    While looking for Mr. Rodreick, Lieutenant Gillock stumbled upon his new life. He learned he had been posing as a 12-year-old named Casey and befriending families at a local church. He had spent the night with at least one boy, the lieutenant said, and traveled to the Grand Canyon, with Mr. Nellis in tow as his uncle, with another boy. And since at least late 2004, he said, Mr. Rodreick had been receiving Western Union money transfers from Mr. Stiffler.

    Mr. Stiffler is the only one of the four who has not been convicted of a sexual offense, according to officials in Yavapai County. He spent most of his life in New Jersey, some of it married to a woman named Jill, who died in 1984, and with whom he had a daughter, according to Karen Svecz, his wife's sister.

    Mr. Snow, who law enforcement officials say has been convicted of a sexual offense in California, lived mostly there until about 1985, when he moved to Arizona.

    When Mr. Rodreick arrived in Arizona, he is believed to have first enrolled at the Shelby School in Peyson, where administrators say he attended under the name of Casy Rodreick for 21 days in 2005.

    The next stop was Surprise, where the same "uncle" played the role of enroller again, presenting Mr. Rodreick as a 12-year-old. His concocted name, Casey Price, was that of a child in Oklahoma, the authorities there said.

    "He absolutely looked age-appropriate," said Rhonda Cagle, a spokeswoman for Imagine Charter School, of Mr. Rodreick, who is listed on the Oklahoma Department of Corrections Web site as 5 feet 8 inches tall and 120 pounds. "We have several seventh-grade students who are taller and of a larger build than this individual."

    Ms. Cagle said he was quiet and participated in no after school activities, eventually being expelled by school officials for poor attendance.

    "He took all of the subjects our students take — math, social studies," she said. "By all accounts from the teachers, he was fairly quiet and withdrawn. He turned in homework, certainly didn't come off as brilliant or as someone needing extra help."

    After another effort to enroll in a school in Prescott Valley, the police say, Mr. Rodreick headed a bit north, to the Mingus Springs Charter School in Chino Valley, and this time, his "grandfather," Mr. Stiffler, took him to enroll on Jan. 16 toward the end of the day.

    But administrators and staff members quickly grew suspicious, said Dawn Gonzales, the school director.

    "The person posing as the child obviously looked older than 12," Ms. Gonzales said, although he was allowed to start class while they looked over his paperwork. Things were not right, there, either. Some records had Casey, others Casy. Different birth dates emerged.

    The next day came, and so did Casey. "He did have the demeanor of a kid," Ms. Gonzales said. "He played that part very well. He appeared to be very shy. He kept his head down and spoke softly."

    It wasn't working. "Every adult that encountered him said something here is not right," she said. "He just looked older. They kept saying, 'Are you sure he is 12?' "

    When information on his enrollment forms turned out to be fiction, school officials, believing they had an abducted older child on their hands, called the Yavapai sheriff's office.

    "In my wildest imagination I could not have dreamt up," what was discovered, Ms. Gonzales said.

    The authorities said Mr. Stiffler and Mr. Snow were shocked, too, and angry about being duped by an adult posing as a minor.

    Ms. Cagle said her school in Surprise learned about their "Casey" on the evening news. "Needless to say, our staff is devastated," she said. "This individual violated a sense of community that we all share. This is something that is bigger than our school. It affects the way we live and the way we look at each other."

    Cheryl Camp contributed reporting from Kingfisher, Okla., and Alain Delaquérière from New York.


     

    Better Shoeboxes for Digital Photos

    Illustration by Frank Frisari
    Better Shoeboxes for Digital Photos

    PHOTO management once meant finding room to stash yet another box filled with snapshots. While digital photography has freed up that closet space, sorting and retrieving pictures in the era of the 250-gigabyte hard drive has created a set of challenges of its own.

    Recently, the declining cost of high-capacity camera memory cards has accelerated the pace at which many people accumulate photos. At the same time, the growing popularity of sophisticated digital single-lens-reflex cameras among amateur photographers is leading to larger file sizes and more interest in fine-tuning images.

    Two major software companies offered their latest answers to these problems this week, adding to the range of programs available for browsing and managing photos.

    The Microsoft Windows operating system has lacked anything approaching the easy-to-use iPhoto program supplied with Apple Macintosh computers. But Windows Vista, which went on sale to consumers this week, includes an advanced photo management system that Microsoft calls Windows Photo Gallery.

    On Monday, Adobe Systems, the maker of Photoshop, released a final version of Photoshop Lightroom, an organizing program that has been floating around in trial form for more than a year.

    Photo management programs are not complete substitutes for full photo-editing software like Photoshop. That being said, they do offer the editing tools that photographers use most frequently to change the overall look of photos, like adjustments for exposure, brightness, contrast and color.

    "It's not about pixel manipulation," said Rob Schoeben, vice president for applications product marketing at Apple. "It's about pulling the beauty out of the image."

    Most of these programs assume that users want to fix and sort a large number of photos at the same time, for example after downloading them from a camera. Editing software like Photoshop offers batch processing options, but the working premise of those programs is that users will generally be intensively fiddling with one picture at a time.

    One trick offered by many types of photo management software is nondestructive editing. Through various means, the programs make sure that the original image is always left intact during editing. In effect, the original image files play the role given to negatives in the film world. Among other things, that allows users to change their minds about edits. Unpopular relatives or political despots can be cropped out of photos one day and then restored when they return to favor.

    Most makers of photo management software follow Apple's option and offer two flavors of products. IPhoto, for example, costs nothing when you buy a new Mac, while its more advanced sibling, Aperture 1.5, sells for $300.

    People who rarely make adjustments to their photos and think of them as snapshots rather than personal expression will probably be more than satisfied with the basic programs. Owners of digital S.L.R.'s who frequently adjust photos or who often take photos using their camera's RAW setting, which saves all the color and exposure data gathered by the camera's sensor in a large file, may find working with the more costly, more capable programs easier.

    Most high-end photo management programs are available as fully featured trial downloads that expire after a certain period. Because the programs approach some basic tasks in ways that may not suit every user's tastes, the no-cost trials have much to recommend them. They also allow owners of older computers to see if their machines can form a happy partnership with these demanding programs.

    An Elegant Solution

    The features and reliability of Photoshop long ago made it the editor of choice for serious photographers. But its interface, even for knowledgeable users, can be as intimidating as the instrument panel of a jumbo jet.

    The new Photoshop Lightroom is a study in simplicity and elegance. One of its setup options enables photos to float on a black background, with the editing and navigation tools appearing only when the cursor is dragged near the monitor's edge.

    While Lightroom, which will cost $200 for the next few months when purchased directly from Adobe (www.adobe.com), allows easy navigation through large numbers of photos, some of the other features need refinement. Lightroom cannot, for example, directly attach photos to e-mail messages.

    Adobe Photoshop Elements is a variation of Photoshop CS2, Adobe's $650 flagship program, that offers its most important features for the bargain price of $100 in the Windows version or $80 for Mac users.

    Perhaps Mac users are given a discount because iPhoto, which can easily be integrated with any version of Photoshop for high-level editing, is a much better way to manage their photos. For Windows users, Photoshop Elements is a relatively inexpensive way to get the leading editing program and a competent photo manager in the same box.

    Microsoft's interest in photo management software is not confined to Vista. Last year, it bought iView Multimedia (www.iview-multimedia.com), the maker of MediaPro, a $200 program with a reputation for working quickly when searching through large numbers of photos. The program can also store other types of data, including video and music. This spring, MediaPro will become a new program, Microsoft Expression Media. It will include additional features and cost $100 more. Despite the new ownership, it will be sold in Mac and Windows versions.

    Macintosh Software

    IPhoto, which has been around since 2002, clearly inspired several photo management programs from other companies. For most Apple users, nothing else is as easy to use. Aperture, however, offers several features that may benefit people who frequently tweak their photos and who have large photo collections.

    In a sense, the designers of iPhoto stuck to the shoebox school of organizing. It is designed with the idea that all images will be stored in a single library file. Aperture, by contrast, can track photos stored anywhere and in multiple locations, including external hard drives and those archived on CDs and DVDs.

    Aperture's nondestructive editing system also consumes far less hard-drive space over time. IPhoto preserves its originals by duplicating the full image when it is edited. Aperture merely stores a compact set of instructions indicating how to alter the master image to recreate the edits.

    If Lightroom excels in navigation, Aperture leads the way in easy-to-use editing tools. Its only drawback is that the screen display can seem a bit crowded when on a laptop. As with iPhoto, however, users can easily toggle to a full-screen display that hides the editing and navigation accessories.

    Windows Software

    Even Microsoft acknowledges that the photo features supplied with earlier Windows versions did little more than allow users to get pictures out of their cameras and into their computers. The Windows Photo Gallery in Vista promises to improve that situation. As a bonus, like Apple's Aperture program, it can also keep tabs on pictures that have been moved to CDs, DVDs or external hard drives.

    For Windows users without Vista, one of the best options costs nothing to download: Google's Picasa (picasa.google.com). Unsurprisingly, it integrates well with other Google services and it offers efficient editing tools. While it can manage images on external hard drives, Picasa cannot deal with pictures on CDs or DVDs.

    Twelve years ago, ACDSee from ACD Systems (www.acdsee.com) was a pioneer of photo management. Today, the company offers a basic version of its latest software, ACDSee 9, for $40. For an extra $90, ACDSee Pro handles RAW file conversion more quickly and allows greater customization.

    Another software company, Corel (www.corel.com), bought Jasc Software, an early photo software developer, about two years ago. One result of the deal is Corel Snapfire, a free photo manager, although users must put up with a small, ever-changing ad for Corel products in one corner.

    It is much like iPhoto in its basic concept and includes some relatively advanced editing functions, like the ability to straighten off-kilter snapshots. For the benefit of complete novices, the software automatically analyzes images and suggests which ones might benefit from basic editing.

    The free version has a major shortcoming: it does not offer any direct way to back up photos. Doing that requires buying Snapfire Plus for $40, which adds a few editing features and allows users to switch off the ads. Neither version offers nondestructive editing because Corel decided that the concept was too confusing for novices.


     

    Celebrity Architects Reveal a Daring Cultural Xanadu for the Arab World

    Zaha Hadid

    Zaha Hadid's design for a performing arts center for an island in Abu Dhabi.

    Celebrity Architects Reveal a Daring Cultural Xanadu for the Arab World

    ABU DHABI, United Arab Emirates, Jan. 31 — In this land of big ambition and deep pockets, planners on Wednesday unveiled designs for an audacious multibillion-dollar cultural district whose like has never been seen in the Arab world.

    The designs presented here in Abu Dhabi, the capital of the United Arab Emirates and one of the world's top oil producers, are to be built on an island just off the coast and include three museums designed by the celebrity architects Frank Gehry, Jean Nouvel and Tadao Ando, as well as a sprawling, spaceshiplike performing arts center designed by Zaha Hadid.

    Mr. Gehry's building is intended for an Adu Dhabi branch of the Guggenheim Museum featuring contemporary art and Mr. Nouvel's for a classical museum, possibly an outpost of the Louvre Museum in Paris. Mr. Ando's is to house a maritime museum reflecting the history of the Arabian gulf.

    The project also calls for a national museum and a biennial exhibition space composed of 19 pavilions designed by smaller names and snaking along a canal that cuts through the island. Art schools and an art college are also planned.

    In all, the project, known as the Cultural District of Saadiyat Island, would create an exhibition space intended to turn this once-sleepy desert city along the Persian Gulf into an international arts capital and tourist destination. If completed according to plan sometime in the next decade, consultants predict, it could be the world's largest single arts-and-culture development project in recent memory.

    At times astonishing, at times controversial, the district is part of a far broader $27 billion development project on the island that includes hotels, resorts, golf courses and housing that could accommodate 125,000 residents or more.

    The museum designs, displayed at an exhibition attended by dignitaries and the United Arab Emirates leadership, are a striking departure from Abu Dhabi's crumbling 1970s-style concrete buildings and more modern glass-and-steel high-rises. Still, because Saadiyat Island is undeveloped, architects faced the unusual challenge of an aesthetic and contextual tabula rasa.

    The daring designs, some teeming with life and color, others more starkly formal, have one aspect in common: it probably would be hard to build them all in one district anywhere else.

    "It's like a clean slate in a country full of resources," said Mr. Gehry, who appeared at the exhibition to show off his model for the Guggenheim Abu Dhabi. "It's an opportunity for the world of art and culture that is not available anywhere else because you're building a desert enclave without the contextual constraints of a city."

    No cost estimates were given for the buildings unveiled on Wednesday, but each is certain to run into the hundreds of millions of dollars.

    For the Guggenheim Abu Dhabi, Mr. Gehry envisions a 320,000-square-foot structure with 130,000 square feet of exhibition space built around a cluster of galleries, a space far larger than his Guggenheim Bilbao in Spain, which cost about $100 million. A jumble of blocks, glass awnings and open spaces, the Abu Dhabi Guggenheim would be centered on a core of galleries of varying height atop one another and forming a courtyard. A second ring of larger galleries is followed by a third ring of galleries housing raw industrial-looking spaces with exposed lighting and mechanical systems.

    The design for the classical museum enters into a dialogue with its surroundings, suggesting a submerged archaeological field with a cluster of one-room buildings placed along a promenade. The complex is covered by a massive translucent dome etched in patterns that allow diffused light into the spaces below.

    Mr. Ando's maritime museum design borrows from the maritime history of the emirates, with a reflective surface merging sea and land and a shiplike interior with floating decks.

    Ms. Hadid's performing arts center concept, which seems part spaceship, part organism, is to house a music hall, concert hall, opera house and two theaters, one seating up to 6,300. Transparent and airy, the center hovers over the azure waters of the Persian Gulf.

    "It's an inspiration from nature and an organic design, with a fluid design, as well as a space with good sound," Ms. Hadid said.

    Abu Dhabi's sheiks dreamed up this sweeping cultural project in late 2004, after brainstorming ways to attract more tourism to the emirate, which is the richest of the seven in the United Arab Emirates confederation, but has largely missed out on the flood of visitors attracted by its neighbor Dubai.

    Flush with cash from the oil boom, the emirate has embarked on a development spree intended to update its infrastructure after years of limited development. Abu Dhabi's tourist board insists it is not trying to one-up Dubai, but instead wants to complement Dubai's emphasis on other forms of entertainment.

    "The real strategic decision here is that Dubai has established itself as a tourist destination, and Abu Dhabi is complementing what Dubai is doing," said Barry Lord, president of Lord Cultural Resources, which has helped manage the development of the cultural project. "Cultural tourists are wealthier, older, more educated, and they spend more. From an economic view, this makes sense."

    Abu Dhabi's Tourism Development and Investment Company announced a deal to build the Guggenheim Abu Dhabi last year. Recently it reached a $1 billion accord to rent the name, art and expertise of the Louvre for a museum to be built on the island. Protests quickly arose in France that that country was selling its patrimony to the highest bidder. The emirate's tourism officials played down the Louvre plan on Wednesday, insisting the deal was not final.

    Mr. Lord noted that the arts project was taking shape against the backdrop of continued turbulence in the Middle East.

    "They are very conscious here that this can change the cultural climate in the region," Mr. Lord said. "To be able to add high culture at the high end of international culture, this is a tremendous change."

    After oil booms in the 1970s and 80s in which their proceeds were not always used wisely, Persian Gulf governments are now focusing on spending their surpluses on infrastructure projects and real-estate development. A new generation of leaders in the gulf, especially in the emirates, where a new ruler was installed only in late 2004 and where several ministers are still in their 30s, has looked beyond traditional real-estate projects to efforts that would help their cities stand out on the world stage.

    Other Persian Gulf countries have turned to the arts too. In Qatar the final touches are being added to I. M. Pei's latest structure, the Qatar Museum, built just off the coast of the capital, Doha, to house a new Islamic arts collection. In Sharjah, another emirate, which has fashioned itself as the cultural capital of the Persian Gulf, the Sharjah Art Museum continues to expand its collection and is planning its eighth biennial. And even Dubai is building a Culture Village, centered on an opera house also designed by Ms. Hadid and other arts and culture institutions.

    "This is not just about tourism; it also has global cultural dimensions," Mubarak Muhairi, the director general of the Abu Dhabi tourism authority, said. "We believe the best vehicle for crossing borders is art. And this region is in need of such artistic initiatives."


     

    Should we buy Michael Pollan's nutritional Darwinism?Unhappy Meals

    Survival of the Yummiest
    Should we buy Michael Pollan's nutritional Darwinism?
    By Daniel Engber
    Posted Wednesday, Jan. 31, 2007, at 6:24 PM E.T.

    Adam and Eve must have been a healthy pair. They got some exercise, ate lots of locally grown fruits and vegetables, and while they may not have been thin by today's fashion standards, they certainly weren't ashamed of their bodies. Now look what's happened: In just 6,000 years, we've abandoned their sensible eating habits for a high-fat, sugar-loaded diet, and turned ourselves into a nation of lard-asses. Goodbye Garden of Eden; hello Olive Garden.

    Whence our fall from grace? According to Michael Pollan's essay in last Sunday's New York Times Magazine, the serpent wears a lab coat. For decades scientists have been analyzing the food we eat, breaking it down into component parts, and studying how each nutrient affects our health in controlled conditions. More often than not, the "expert advice" that emerged from this work did more harm than good, it seems. When the government told us to eat more low-fat foods, we ended up binging on carbs. We bought margarine when the gurus told us to avoid saturated fats; now city governments are telling us that margarine is against the law. Well-intentioned blunders like these have crowded out the ancient wisdom that once guided our culinary habits, Pollan argues.

    Blame the scientists. They "need individual variables they can isolate," Pollan explains. "Yet even the simplest food is a hopelessly complex thing to study, a virtual wilderness of chemical compounds, many of which exist in complex and dynamic relation to one another, and all of which together are in the process of changing from one state to another." We'll never understand the biology of eating because it's just too hard to study in the lab. Large-scale clinical investigations won't be much help, either: There's no good way to observe or control how people eat; when doctors ask us about our diets we either misremember or make up stuff.

    That much may be true, but it doesn't mean there's an inherent flaw in the scientific method. An optimist would say the worst years are behind us. Sure, we've made a few mistakes, but the science is getting stronger every day. Just as the discovery of vitamins made it easier to treat beriberi and scurvy, so will the latest research eventually help us to vanquish coronary heart disease and diabetes. That's how science works: You keep plugging away in the lab until you finally get somewhere.

    It would help me to accept Pollan's claim to the contrary if I could think of any other topic in the universe so complicated that it defies scientific investigation. Yes, there's a lot to consider when you're looking at nutrition. But is climatology any easier? Should we throw up our hands at the idea of studying global warming, simply because it reflects a wilderness of variables in complex and dynamic relation to one another? Once we might have charged psychology with the same crimes here ascribed to nutrition: The mind is too complex, and individuals too unreliable, for us ever to understand what goes on inside our heads. But surely we've now seen the benefits of opening the black box—and tinkering around with the 100 billion neurons of the human brain.

    Pollan presents the food scientist as a reductionist bogeyman, trampling willy-nilly over the delicate complexities of the natural world. (The illustrations assigned to his article convey dread at the notion that a fruit might be reduced—gasp—to its constituent parts.) It's a dangerous path, he argues, since those complexities have kept us alive over the course of human history. We don't have to identify which of the three-dozen antioxidants in a sprig of thyme, for example, will protect us from cancer; if we've always been eating fruits and vegetables, then they must be good for us. It's natural selection of the human diet: Thousands of years of trial and error must have pushed us toward increasingly wholesome foods. Any unhealthy eating habits would have gone extinct along the way. Why toss out these extraordinary evolutionary data in favor of a few decades' worth of lab experiments?

    But Pollan's nutritional Darwinism only makes sense if the selection pressures of the distant past were in perfect alignment with the health concerns of today. In other words, our food culture would have evolved to protect us from cancer, heart disease, and obesity only if those maladies had been a primary threat to reproduction in the ancient world. It's hard to imagine that the risks posed by these so-called "diseases of affluence"—which often strike late in life, after we've had babies—would have been as significant to our fast-living, sickly forebears as the dangers of, say, bacterial infections or the occasional drought. Indeed, for much of human history, natural selection might well have traded off the dangers of morbid obesity to mitigate the risk of starvation. There's just no way to know how the ancient culinary traditions will fare in the modern world until we try them.

    Modern nutrition may be more of an ideology than a science, but so is Pollan's nutritional Darwinism. The two ideologies stand in direct opposition to one another, with the science-minded progressives on one side and the culinary conservatives on the other. The Darwinists reject the idea that lab science can be used to engineer public health on a massive scale. They rely instead on the time-tested mores that have always been our guides. Pollan's reflections on the diet revolution could be an homage to Edmund Burke: Our radical eating habits have produced a swinish multitude.

    A conservative approach to eating seems very straightforward, which gives it an enormous appeal. We'd be healthier, Pollan argues, if we just stopped thinking and worrying so much about food and let nature take its course. (He takes several opportunities to congratulate the svelte, chain-smoking French for their pleasure-based cuisine.) But there's no reason to believe that nutritional Darwinism will give us any more clarity on its own terms.

    Health gurus routinely use the same language of ancient culinary traditions to sell fad diets that would make Pollan cringe. Barry Sears, author of the low-carb Zone diet, suggests a return to the traditional food culture of the "Neo-Paleolithic" period, when caveman "decathletes" consumed large amounts of meat and very little grain. In his version, we bungled up the natural selection of foodstuffs when we invented agriculture. Pollan says that happened during the Industrial Revolution. Two evolutionary stories offer very different nutritional advice. How can we know who's right?

    If we had only the rhetoric of natural selection to go by, we'd never know for sure. Lucky for us, humans have gradually developed the means—over centuries of cultural evolution, no less—to evaluate one claim against another on the basis of objective facts. For all its foibles, food science has given us a reliable set of data on what works and what doesn't. As Ben Goldacre points out in the New Statesman, solid epidemiological work has validated the standard advice we get from our doctors: Exercise more and eat your fruits and vegetables.

    Pollan cites the same scientific research to support what he describes as his "flagrantly unscientific" diet plan: "Eat food. Not too much. Mostly plants." I'm happy to follow those dicta if they'll help me to live a longer, happier life. But that doesn't mean I have to buy into the misleading, great-great-grandma-knew-best philosophy that spawned them. I'd rather stick to the science, warts and all.

    Daniel Engber is an associate editor at Slate. He can be reached at danengber@yahoo.com.

    Unhappy Meals

    Eat food. Not too much. Mostly plants.

    That, more or less, is the short answer to the supposedly incredibly complicated and confusing question of what we humans should eat in order to be maximally healthy. I hate to give away the game right here at the beginning of a long essay, and I confess that I'm tempted to complicate matters in the interest of keeping things going for a few thousand more words. I'll try to resist but will go ahead and add a couple more details to flesh out the advice. Like: A little meat won't kill you, though it's better approached as a side dish than as a main. And you're much better off eating whole fresh foods than processed food products. That's what I mean by the recommendation to eat "food." Once, food was all you could eat, but today there are lots of other edible foodlike substances in the supermarket. These novel products of food science often come in packages festooned with health claims, which brings me to a related rule of thumb: if you're concerned about your health, you should probably avoid food products that make health claims. Why? Because a health claim on a food product is a good indication that it's not really food, and food is what you want to eat.

    Uh-oh. Things are suddenly sounding a little more complicated, aren't they? Sorry. But that's how it goes as soon as you try to get to the bottom of the whole vexing question of food and health. Before long, a dense cloud bank of confusion moves in. Sooner or later, everything solid you thought you knew about the links between diet and health gets blown away in the gust of the latest study.

    Last winter came the news that a low-fat diet, long believed to protect against breast cancer, may do no such thing — this from the monumental, federally financed Women's Health Initiative, which has also found no link between a low-fat diet and rates of coronary disease. The year before we learned that dietary fiber might not, as we had been confidently told, help prevent colon cancer. Just last fall two prestigious studies on omega-3 fats published at the same time presented us with strikingly different conclusions. While the Institute of Medicine stated that "it is uncertain how much these omega-3s contribute to improving health" (and they might do the opposite if you get them from mercury-contaminated fish), a Harvard study declared that simply by eating a couple of servings of fish each week (or by downing enough fish oil), you could cut your risk of dying from a heart attack by more than a third — a stunningly hopeful piece of news. It's no wonder that omega-3 fatty acids are poised to become the oat bran of 2007, as food scientists micro-encapsulate fish oil and algae oil and blast them into such formerly all-terrestrial foods as bread and tortillas, milk and yogurt and cheese, all of which will soon, you can be sure, sprout fishy new health claims. (Remember the rule?)

    By now you're probably registering the cognitive dissonance of the supermarket shopper or science-section reader, as well as some nostalgia for the simplicity and solidity of the first few sentences of this essay. Which I'm still prepared to defend against the shifting winds of nutritional science and food-industry marketing. But before I do that, it might be useful to figure out how we arrived at our present state of nutritional confusion and anxiety.

    The story of how the most basic questions about what to eat ever got so complicated reveals a great deal about the institutional imperatives of the food industry, nutritional science and — ahem — journalism, three parties that stand to gain much from widespread confusion surrounding what is, after all, the most elemental question an omnivore confronts. Humans deciding what to eat without expert help — something they have been doing with notable success since coming down out of the trees — is seriously unprofitable if you're a food company, distinctly risky if you're a nutritionist and just plain boring if you're a newspaper editor or journalist. (Or, for that matter, an eater. Who wants to hear, yet again, "Eat more fruits and vegetables"?) And so, like a large gray fog, a great Conspiracy of Confusion has gathered around the simplest questions of nutrition — much to the advantage of everybody involved. Except perhaps the ostensible beneficiary of all this nutritional expertise and advice: us, and our health and happiness as eaters.

    FROM FOODS TO NUTRIENTS

    It was in the 1980s that food began disappearing from the American supermarket, gradually to be replaced by "nutrients," which are not the same thing. Where once the familiar names of recognizable comestibles — things like eggs or breakfast cereal or cookies — claimed pride of place on the brightly colored packages crowding the aisles, now new terms like "fiber" and "cholesterol" and "saturated fat" rose to large-type prominence. More important than mere foods, the presence or absence of these invisible substances was now generally believed to confer health benefits on their eaters. Foods by comparison were coarse, old-fashioned and decidedly unscientific things — who could say what was in them, really? But nutrients — those chemical compounds and minerals in foods that nutritionists have deemed important to health — gleamed with the promise of scientific certainty; eat more of the right ones, fewer of the wrong, and you would live longer and avoid chronic diseases.

    Nutrients themselves had been around, as a concept, since the early 19th century, when the English doctor and chemist William Prout identified what came to be called the "macronutrients": protein, fat and carbohydrates. It was thought that that was pretty much all there was going on in food, until doctors noticed that an adequate supply of the big three did not necessarily keep people nourished. At the end of the 19th century, British doctors were puzzled by the fact that Chinese laborers in the Malay states were dying of a disease called beriberi, which didn't seem to afflict Tamils or native Malays. The mystery was solved when someone pointed out that the Chinese ate "polished," or white, rice, while the others ate rice that hadn't been mechanically milled. A few years later, Casimir Funk, a Polish chemist, discovered the "essential nutrient" in rice husks that protected against beriberi and called it a "vitamine," the first micronutrient. Vitamins brought a kind of glamour to the science of nutrition, and though certain sectors of the population began to eat by its expert lights, it really wasn't until late in the 20th century that nutrients managed to push food aside in the popular imagination of what it means to eat.

    No single event marked the shift from eating food to eating nutrients, though in retrospect a little-noticed political dust-up in Washington in 1977 seems to have helped propel American food culture down this dimly lighted path. Responding to an alarming increase in chronic diseases linked to diet — including heart disease, cancer and diabetes — a Senate Select Committee on Nutrition, headed by George McGovern, held hearings on the problem and prepared what by all rights should have been an uncontroversial document called "Dietary Goals for the United States." The committee learned that while rates of coronary heart disease had soared in America since World War II, other cultures that consumed traditional diets based largely on plants had strikingly low rates of chronic disease. Epidemiologists also had observed that in America during the war years, when meat and dairy products were strictly rationed, the rate of heart disease temporarily plummeted.

    Naïvely putting two and two together, the committee drafted a straightforward set of dietary guidelines calling on Americans to cut down on red meat and dairy products. Within weeks a firestorm, emanating from the red-meat and dairy industries, engulfed the committee, and Senator McGovern (who had a great many cattle ranchers among his South Dakota constituents) was forced to beat a retreat. The committee's recommendations were hastily rewritten. Plain talk about food — the committee had advised Americans to actually "reduce consumption of meat" — was replaced by artful compromise: "Choose meats, poultry and fish that will reduce saturated-fat intake."

    A subtle change in emphasis, you might say, but a world of difference just the same. First, the stark message to "eat less" of a particular food has been deep-sixed; don't look for it ever again in any official U.S. dietary pronouncement. Second, notice how distinctions between entities as different as fish and beef and chicken have collapsed; those three venerable foods, each representing an entirely different taxonomic class, are now lumped together as delivery systems for a single nutrient. Notice too how the new language exonerates the foods themselves; now the culprit is an obscure, invisible, tasteless — and politically unconnected — substance that may or may not lurk in them called "saturated fat."

    The linguistic capitulation did nothing to rescue McGovern from his blunder; the very next election, in 1980, the beef lobby helped rusticate the three-term senator, sending an unmistakable warning to anyone who would challenge the American diet, and in particular the big chunk of animal protein sitting in the middle of its plate. Henceforth, government dietary guidelines would shun plain talk about whole foods, each of which has its trade association on Capitol Hill, and would instead arrive clothed in scientific euphemism and speaking of nutrients, entities that few Americans really understood but that lack powerful lobbies in Washington. This was precisely the tack taken by the National Academy of Sciences when it issued its landmark report on diet and cancer in 1982. Organized nutrient by nutrient in a way guaranteed to offend no food group, it codified the official new dietary language. Industry and media followed suit, and terms like polyunsaturated, cholesterol, monounsaturated, carbohydrate, fiber, polyphenols, amino acids and carotenes soon colonized much of the cultural space previously occupied by the tangible substance formerly known as food. The Age of Nutritionism had arrived.

    THE RISE OF NUTRITIONISM

    The first thing to understand about nutritionism — I first encountered the term in the work of an Australian sociologist of science named Gyorgy Scrinis — is that it is not quite the same as nutrition. As the "ism" suggests, it is not a scientific subject but an ideology. Ideologies are ways of organizing large swaths of life and experience under a set of shared but unexamined assumptions. This quality makes an ideology particularly hard to see, at least while it's exerting its hold on your culture. A reigning ideology is a little like the weather, all pervasive and virtually inescapable. Still, we can try.

    In the case of nutritionism, the widely shared but unexamined assumption is that the key to understanding food is indeed the nutrient. From this basic premise flow several others. Since nutrients, as compared with foods, are invisible and therefore slightly mysterious, it falls to the scientists (and to the journalists through whom the scientists speak) to explain the hidden reality of foods to us. To enter a world in which you dine on unseen nutrients, you need lots of expert help.

    But expert help to do what, exactly? This brings us to another unexamined assumption: that the whole point of eating is to maintain and promote bodily health. Hippocrates's famous injunction to "let food be thy medicine" is ritually invoked to support this notion. I'll leave the premise alone for now, except to point out that it is not shared by all cultures and that the experience of these other cultures suggests that, paradoxically, viewing food as being about things other than bodily health — like pleasure, say, or socializing — makes people no less healthy; indeed, there's some reason to believe that it may make them more healthy. This is what we usually have in mind when we speak of the "French paradox" — the fact that a population that eats all sorts of unhealthful nutrients is in many ways healthier than we Americans are. So there is at least a question as to whether nutritionism is actually any good for you.

    Another potentially serious weakness of nutritionist ideology is that it has trouble discerning qualitative distinctions between foods. So fish, beef and chicken through the nutritionists' lens become mere delivery systems for varying quantities of fats and proteins and whatever other nutrients are on their scope. Similarly, any qualitative distinctions between processed foods and whole foods disappear when your focus is on quantifying the nutrients they contain (or, more precisely, the known nutrients).

    This is a great boon for manufacturers of processed food, and it helps explain why they have been so happy to get with the nutritionism program. In the years following McGovern's capitulation and the 1982 National Academy report, the food industry set about re-engineering thousands of popular food products to contain more of the nutrients that science and government had deemed the good ones and less of the bad, and by the late '80s a golden era of food science was upon us. The Year of Eating Oat Bran — also known as 1988 — served as a kind of coming-out party for the food scientists, who succeeded in getting the material into nearly every processed food sold in America. Oat bran's moment on the dietary stage didn't last long, but the pattern had been established, and every few years since then a new oat bran has taken its turn under the marketing lights. (Here comes omega-3!)

    By comparison, the typical real food has more trouble competing under the rules of nutritionism, if only because something like a banana or an avocado can't easily change its nutritional stripes (though rest assured the genetic engineers are hard at work on the problem). So far, at least, you can't put oat bran in a banana. So depending on the reigning nutritional orthodoxy, the avocado might be either a high-fat food to be avoided (Old Think) or a food high in monounsaturated fat to be embraced (New Think). The fate of each whole food rises and falls with every change in the nutritional weather, while the processed foods are simply reformulated. That's why when the Atkins mania hit the food industry, bread and pasta were given a quick redesign (dialing back the carbs; boosting the protein), while the poor unreconstructed potatoes and carrots were left out in the cold.

    Of course it's also a lot easier to slap a health claim on a box of sugary cereal than on a potato or carrot, with the perverse result that the most healthful foods in the supermarket sit there quietly in the produce section, silent as stroke victims, while a few aisles over, the Cocoa Puffs and Lucky Charms are screaming about their newfound whole-grain goodness.

    EAT RIGHT, GET FATTER

    So nutritionism is good for business. But is it good for us? You might think that a national fixation on nutrients would lead to measurable improvements in the public health. But for that to happen, the underlying nutritional science, as well as the policy recommendations (and the journalism) based on that science, would have to be sound. This has seldom been the case.

    Consider what happened immediately after the 1977 "Dietary Goals" — McGovern's masterpiece of politico-nutritionist compromise. In the wake of the panel's recommendation that we cut down on saturated fat, a recommendation seconded by the 1982 National Academy report on cancer, Americans did indeed change their diets, endeavoring for a quarter-century to do what they had been told. Well, kind of. The industrial food supply was promptly reformulated to reflect the official advice, giving us low-fat pork, low-fat Snackwell's and all the low-fat pasta and high-fructose (yet low-fat!) corn syrup we could consume. Which turned out to be quite a lot. Oddly, America got really fat on its new low-fat diet — indeed, many date the current obesity and diabetes epidemic to the late 1970s, when Americans began binging on carbohydrates, ostensibly as a way to avoid the evils of fat.

    This story has been told before, notably in these pages ("What if It's All Been a Big Fat Lie?" by Gary Taubes, July 7, 2002), but it's a little more complicated than the official version suggests. In that version, which inspired the most recent Atkins craze, we were told that America got fat when, responding to bad scientific advice, it shifted its diet from fats to carbs, suggesting that a re-evaluation of the two nutrients is in order: fat doesn't make you fat; carbs do. (Why this should have come as news is a mystery: as long as people have been raising animals for food, they have fattened them on carbs.)

    But there are a couple of problems with this revisionist picture. First, while it is true that Americans post-1977 did begin binging on carbs, and that fat as a percentage of total calories in the American diet declined, we never did in fact cut down on our consumption of fat. Meat consumption actually climbed. We just heaped a bunch more carbs onto our plates, obscuring perhaps, but not replacing, the expanding chunk of animal protein squatting in the center.

    How did that happen? I would submit that the ideology of nutritionism deserves as much of the blame as the carbohydrates themselves do — that and human nature. By framing dietary advice in terms of good and bad nutrients, and by burying the recommendation that we should eat less of any particular food, it was easy for the take-home message of the 1977 and 1982 dietary guidelines to be simplified as follows: Eat more low-fat foods. And that is what we did. We're always happy to receive a dispensation to eat more of something (with the possible exception of oat bran), and one of the things nutritionism reliably gives us is some such dispensation: low-fat cookies then, low-carb beer now. It's hard to imagine the low-fat craze taking off as it did if McGovern's original food-based recommendations had stood: eat fewer meat and dairy products. For how do you get from that stark counsel to the idea that another case of Snackwell's is just what the doctor ordered?

    BAD SCIENCE

    But if nutritionism leads to a kind of false consciousness in the mind of the eater, the ideology can just as easily mislead the scientist. Most nutritional science involves studying one nutrient at a time, an approach that even nutritionists who do it will tell you is deeply flawed. "The problem with nutrient-by-nutrient nutrition science," points out Marion Nestle, the New York University nutritionist, "is that it takes the nutrient out of the context of food, the food out of the context of diet and the diet out of the context of lifestyle."

    If nutritional scientists know this, why do they do it anyway? Because a nutrient bias is built into the way science is done: scientists need individual variables they can isolate. Yet even the simplest food is a hopelessly complex thing to study, a virtual wilderness of chemical compounds, many of which exist in complex and dynamic relation to one another, and all of which together are in the process of changing from one state to another. So if you're a nutritional scientist, you do the only thing you can do, given the tools at your disposal: break the thing down into its component parts and study those one by one, even if that means ignoring complex interactions and contexts, as well as the fact that the whole may be more than, or just different from, the sum of its parts. This is what we mean by reductionist science.

    Scientific reductionism is an undeniably powerful tool, but it can mislead us too, especially when applied to something as complex as, on the one side, a food, and on the other, a human eater. It encourages us to take a mechanistic view of that transaction: put in this nutrient; get out that physiological result. Yet people differ in important ways. Some populations can metabolize sugars better than others; depending on your evolutionary heritage, you may or may not be able to digest the lactose in milk. The specific ecology of your intestines helps determine how efficiently you digest what you eat, so that the same input of 100 calories may yield more or less energy depending on the proportion of Firmicutes and Bacteroidetes living in your gut. There is nothing very machinelike about the human eater, and so to think of food as simply fuel is wrong.

    Also, people don't eat nutrients, they eat foods, and foods can behave very differently than the nutrients they contain. Researchers have long believed, based on epidemiological comparisons of different populations, that a diet high in fruits and vegetables confers some protection against cancer. So naturally they ask, What nutrients in those plant foods are responsible for that effect? One hypothesis is that the antioxidants in fresh produce — compounds like beta carotene, lycopene, vitamin E, etc. — are the X factor. It makes good sense: these molecules (which plants produce to protect themselves from the highly reactive oxygen atoms produced in photosynthesis) vanquish the free radicals in our bodies, which can damage DNA and initiate cancers. At least that's how it seems to work in the test tube. Yet as soon as you remove these useful molecules from the context of the whole foods they're found in, as we've done in creating antioxidant supplements, they don't work at all. Indeed, in the case of beta carotene ingested as a supplement, scientists have discovered that it actually increases the risk of certain cancers. Big oops.

    What's going on here? We don't know. It could be the vagaries of human digestion. Maybe the fiber (or some other component) in a carrot protects the antioxidant molecules from destruction by stomach acids early in the digestive process. Or it could be that we isolated the wrong antioxidant. Beta is just one of a whole slew of carotenes found in common vegetables; maybe we focused on the wrong one. Or maybe beta carotene works as an antioxidant only in concert with some other plant chemical or process; under other circumstances, it may behave as a pro-oxidant.

    Indeed, to look at the chemical composition of any common food plant is to realize just how much complexity lurks within it. Here's a list of just the antioxidants that have been identified in garden-variety thyme:

    4-Terpineol, alanine, anethole, apigenin, ascorbic acid, beta carotene, caffeic acid, camphene, carvacrol, chlorogenic acid, chrysoeriol, eriodictyol, eugenol, ferulic acid, gallic acid, gamma-terpinene isochlorogenic acid, isoeugenol, isothymonin, kaempferol, labiatic acid, lauric acid, linalyl acetate, luteolin, methionine, myrcene, myristic acid, naringenin, oleanolic acid, p-coumoric acid, p-hydroxy-benzoic acid, palmitic acid, rosmarinic acid, selenium, tannin, thymol, tryptophan, ursolic acid, vanillic acid.

    This is what you're ingesting when you eat food flavored with thyme. Some of these chemicals are broken down by your digestion, but others are going on to do undetermined things to your body: turning some gene's expression on or off, perhaps, or heading off a free radical before it disturbs a strand of DNA deep in some cell. It would be great to know how this all works, but in the meantime we can enjoy thyme in the knowledge that it probably doesn't do any harm (since people have been eating it forever) and that it may actually do some good (since people have been eating it forever) and that even if it does nothing, we like the way it tastes.

    It's also important to remind ourselves that what reductive science can manage to perceive well enough to isolate and study is subject to change, and that we have a tendency to assume that what we can see is all there is to see. When William Prout isolated the big three macronutrients, scientists figured they now understood food and what the body needs from it; when the vitamins were isolated a few decades later, scientists thought, O.K., now we really understand food and what the body needs to be healthy; today it's the polyphenols and carotenoids that seem all-important. But who knows what the hell else is going on deep in the soul of a carrot?

    The good news is that, to the carrot eater, it doesn't matter. That's the great thing about eating food as compared with nutrients: you don't need to fathom a carrot's complexity to reap its benefits.

    The case of the antioxidants points up the dangers in taking a nutrient out of the context of food; as Nestle suggests, scientists make a second, related error when they study the food out of the context of the diet. We don't eat just one thing, and when we are eating any one thing, we're not eating another. We also eat foods in combinations and in orders that can affect how they're absorbed. Drink coffee with your steak, and your body won't be able to fully absorb the iron in the meat. The trace of limestone in the corn tortilla unlocks essential amino acids in the corn that would otherwise remain unavailable. Some of those compounds in that sprig of thyme may well affect my digestion of the dish I add it to, helping to break down one compound or possibly stimulate production of an enzyme to detoxify another. We have barely begun to understand the relationships among foods in a cuisine.

    But we do understand some of the simplest relationships, like the zero-sum relationship: that if you eat a lot of meat you're probably not eating a lot of vegetables. This simple fact may explain why populations that eat diets high in meat have higher rates of coronary heart disease and cancer than those that don't. Yet nutritionism encourages us to look elsewhere for the explanation: deep within the meat itself, to the culpable nutrient, which scientists have long assumed to be the saturated fat. So they are baffled when large-population studies, like the Women's Health Initiative, fail to find that reducing fat intake significantly reduces the incidence of heart disease or cancer.

    Of course thanks to the low-fat fad (inspired by the very same reductionist fat hypothesis), it is entirely possible to reduce your intake of saturated fat without significantly reducing your consumption of animal protein: just drink the low-fat milk and order the skinless chicken breast or the turkey bacon. So maybe the culprit nutrient in meat and dairy is the animal protein itself, as some researchers now hypothesize. (The Cornell nutritionist T. Colin Campbell argues as much in his recent book, "The China Study.") Or, as the Harvard epidemiologist Walter C. Willett suggests, it could be the steroid hormones typically present in the milk and meat; these hormones (which occur naturally in meat and milk but are often augmented in industrial production) are known to promote certain cancers.

    But people worried about their health needn't wait for scientists to settle this question before deciding that it might be wise to eat more plants and less meat. This is of course precisely what the McGovern committee was trying to tell us.

    Nestle also cautions against taking the diet out of the context of the lifestyle. The Mediterranean diet is widely believed to be one of the most healthful ways to eat, yet much of what we know about it is based on studies of people living on the island of Crete in the 1950s, who in many respects lived lives very different from our own. Yes, they ate lots of olive oil and little meat. But they also did more physical labor. They fasted regularly. They ate a lot of wild greens — weeds. And, perhaps most important, they consumed far fewer total calories than we do. Similarly, much of what we know about the health benefits of a vegetarian diet is based on studies of Seventh Day Adventists, who muddy the nutritional picture by drinking absolutely no alcohol and never smoking. These extraneous but unavoidable factors are called, aptly, "confounders." One last example: People who take supplements are healthier than the population at large, but their health probably has nothing whatsoever to do with the supplements they take — which recent studies have suggested are worthless. Supplement-takers are better-educated, more-affluent people who, almost by definition, take a greater-than-normal interest in personal health — confounding factors that probably account for their superior health.

    But if confounding factors of lifestyle bedevil comparative studies of different populations, the supposedly more rigorous "prospective" studies of large American populations suffer from their own arguably even more disabling flaws. In these studies — of which the Women's Health Initiative is the best known — a large population is divided into two groups. The intervention group changes its diet in some prescribed manner, while the control group does not. The two groups are then tracked over many years to learn whether the intervention affects relative rates of chronic disease.

    When it comes to studying nutrition, this sort of extensive, long-term clinical trial is supposed to be the gold standard. It certainly sounds sound. In the case of the Women's Health Initiative, sponsored by the National Institutes of Health, the eating habits and health outcomes of nearly 49,000 women (ages 50 to 79 at the beginning of the study) were tracked for eight years. One group of the women were told to reduce their consumption of fat to 20 percent of total calories. The results were announced early last year, producing front-page headlines of which the one in this newspaper was typical: "Low-Fat Diet Does Not Cut Health Risks, Study Finds." And the cloud of nutritional confusion over the country darkened.

    But even a cursory analysis of the study's methods makes you wonder why anyone would take such a finding seriously, let alone order a Quarter Pounder With Cheese to celebrate it, as many newspaper readers no doubt promptly went out and did. Even the beginner student of nutritionism will immediately spot several flaws: the focus was on "fat," rather than on any particular food, like meat or dairy. So women could comply simply by switching to lower-fat animal products. Also, no distinctions were made between types of fat: women getting their allowable portion of fat from olive oil or fish were lumped together with woman getting their fat from low-fat cheese or chicken breasts or margarine. Why? Because when the study was designed 16 years ago, the whole notion of "good fats" was not yet on the scientific scope. Scientists study what scientists can see.

    But perhaps the biggest flaw in this study, and other studies like it, is that we have no idea what these women were really eating because, like most people when asked about their diet, they lied about it. How do we know this? Deduction. Consider: When the study began, the average participant weighed in at 170 pounds and claimed to be eating 1,800 calories a day. It would take an unusual metabolism to maintain that weight on so little food. And it would take an even freakier metabolism to drop only one or two pounds after getting down to a diet of 1,400 to 1,500 calories a day — as the women on the "low-fat" regimen claimed to have done. Sorry, ladies, but I just don't buy it.

    In fact, nobody buys it. Even the scientists who conduct this sort of research conduct it in the knowledge that people lie about their food intake all the time. They even have scientific figures for the magnitude of the lie. Dietary trials like the Women's Health Initiative rely on "food-frequency questionnaires," and studies suggest that people on average eat between a fifth and a third more than they claim to on the questionnaires. How do the researchers know that? By comparing what people report on questionnaires with interviews about their dietary intake over the previous 24 hours, thought to be somewhat more reliable. In fact, the magnitude of the lie could be much greater, judging by the huge disparity between the total number of food calories produced every day for each American (3,900 calories) and the average number of those calories Americans own up to chomping: 2,000. (Waste accounts for some of the disparity, but nowhere near all of it.) All we really know about how much people actually eat is that the real number lies somewhere between those two figures.

    To try to fill out the food-frequency questionnaire used by the Women's Health Initiative, as I recently did, is to realize just how shaky the data on which such trials rely really are. The survey, which took about 45 minutes to complete, started off with some relatively easy questions: "Did you eat chicken or turkey during the last three months?" Having answered yes, I was then asked, "When you ate chicken or turkey, how often did you eat the skin?" But the survey soon became harder, as when it asked me to think back over the past three months to recall whether when I ate okra, squash or yams, they were fried, and if so, were they fried in stick margarine, tub margarine, butter, "shortening" (in which category they inexplicably lump together hydrogenated vegetable oil and lard), olive or canola oil or nonstick spray? I honestly didn't remember, and in the case of any okra eaten in a restaurant, even a hypnotist could not get out of me what sort of fat it was fried in. In the meat section, the portion sizes specified haven't been seen in America since the Hoover administration. If a four-ounce portion of steak is considered "medium," was I really going to admit that the steak I enjoyed on an unrecallable number of occasions during the past three months was probably the equivalent of two or three (or, in the case of a steakhouse steak, no less than four) of these portions? I think not. In fact, most of the "medium serving sizes" to which I was asked to compare my own consumption made me feel piggish enough to want to shave a few ounces here, a few there. (I mean, I wasn't under oath or anything, was I?)

    This is the sort of data on which the largest questions of diet and health are being decided in America today.

    THE ELEPHANT IN THE ROOM

    In the end, the biggest, most ambitious and widely reported studies of diet and health leave more or less undisturbed the main features of the Western diet: lots of meat and processed foods, lots of added fat and sugar, lots of everything — except fruits, vegetables and whole grains. In keeping with the nutritionism paradigm and the limits of reductionist science, the researchers fiddle with single nutrients as best they can, but the populations they recruit and study are typical American eaters doing what typical American eaters do: trying to eat a little less of this nutrient, a little more of that, depending on the latest thinking. (One problem with the control groups in these studies is that they too are exposed to nutritional fads in the culture, so over time their eating habits come to more closely resemble the habits of the intervention group.) It should not surprise us that the findings of such research would be so equivocal and confusing.

    But what about the elephant in the room — the Western diet? It might be useful, in the midst of our deepening confusion about nutrition, to review what we do know about diet and health. What we know is that people who eat the way we do in America today suffer much higher rates of cancer, heart disease, diabetes and obesity than people eating more traditional diets. (Four of the 10 leading killers in America are linked to diet.) Further, we know that simply by moving to America, people from nations with low rates of these "diseases of affluence" will quickly acquire them. Nutritionism by and large takes the Western diet as a given, seeking to moderate its most deleterious effects by isolating the bad nutrients in it — things like fat, sugar, salt — and encouraging the public and the food industry to limit them. But after several decades of nutrient-based health advice, rates of cancer and heart disease in the U.S. have declined only slightly (mortality from heart disease is down since the '50s, but this is mainly because of improved treatment), and rates of obesity and diabetes have soared.

    No one likes to admit that his or her best efforts at understanding and solving a problem have actually made the problem worse, but that's exactly what has happened in the case of nutritionism. Scientists operating with the best of intentions, using the best tools at their disposal, have taught us to look at food in a way that has diminished our pleasure in eating it while doing little or nothing to improve our health. Perhaps what we need now is a broader, less reductive view of what food is, one that is at once more ecological and cultural. What would happen, for example, if we were to start thinking about food as less of a thing and more of a relationship?

    In nature, that is of course precisely what eating has always been: relationships among species in what we call food chains, or webs, that reach all the way down to the soil. Species co-evolve with the other species they eat, and very often a relationship of interdependence develops: I'll feed you if you spread around my genes. A gradual process of mutual adaptation transforms something like an apple or a squash into a nutritious and tasty food for a hungry animal. Over time and through trial and error, the plant becomes tastier (and often more conspicuous) in order to gratify the animal's needs and desires, while the animal gradually acquires whatever digestive tools (enzymes, etc.) are needed to make optimal use of the plant. Similarly, cow's milk did not start out as a nutritious food for humans; in fact, it made them sick until humans who lived around cows evolved the ability to digest lactose as adults. This development proved much to the advantage of both the milk drinkers and the cows.

    "Health" is, among other things, the byproduct of being involved in these sorts of relationships in a food chain — involved in a great many of them, in the case of an omnivorous creature like us. Further, when the health of one link of the food chain is disturbed, it can affect all the creatures in it. When the soil is sick or in some way deficient, so will be the grasses that grow in that soil and the cattle that eat the grasses and the people who drink the milk. Or, as the English agronomist Sir Albert Howard put it in 1945 in "The Soil and Health" (a founding text of organic agriculture), we would do well to regard "the whole problem of health in soil, plant, animal and man as one great subject." Our personal health is inextricably bound up with the health of the entire food web.

    In many cases, long familiarity between foods and their eaters leads to elaborate systems of communications up and down the food chain, so that a creature's senses come to recognize foods as suitable by taste and smell and color, and our bodies learn what to do with these foods after they pass the test of the senses, producing in anticipation the chemicals necessary to break them down. Health depends on knowing how to read these biological signals: this smells spoiled; this looks ripe; that's one good-looking cow. This is easier to do when a creature has long experience of a food, and much harder when a food has been designed expressly to deceive its senses — with artificial flavors, say, or synthetic sweeteners.

    Note that these ecological relationships are between eaters and whole foods, not nutrients. Even though the foods in question eventually get broken down in our bodies into simple nutrients, as corn is reduced to simple sugars, the qualities of the whole food are not unimportant — they govern such things as the speed at which the sugars will be released and absorbed, which we're coming to see as critical to insulin metabolism. Put another way, our bodies have a longstanding and sustainable relationship to corn that we do not have to high-fructose corn syrup. Such a relationship with corn syrup might develop someday (as people evolve superhuman insulin systems to cope with regular floods of fructose and glucose), but for now the relationship leads to ill health because our bodies don't know how to handle these biological novelties. In much the same way, human bodies that can cope with chewing coca leaves — a longstanding relationship between native people and the coca plant in South America — cannot cope with cocaine or crack, even though the same "active ingredients" are present in all three. Reductionism as a way of understanding food or drugs may be harmless, even necessary, but reductionism in practice can lead to problems.

    Looking at eating through this ecological lens opens a whole new perspective on exactly what the Western diet is: a radical and rapid change not just in our foodstuffs over the course of the 20th century but also in our food relationships, all the way from the soil to the meal. The ideology of nutritionism is itself part of that change. To get a firmer grip on the nature of those changes is to begin to know how we might make our relationships to food healthier. These changes have been numerous and far-reaching, but consider as a start these four large-scale ones:

    From Whole Foods to Refined. The case of corn points up one of the key features of the modern diet: a shift toward increasingly refined foods, especially carbohydrates. Call it applied reductionism. Humans have been refining grains since at least the Industrial Revolution, favoring white flour (and white rice) even at the price of lost nutrients. Refining grains extends their shelf life (precisely because it renders them less nutritious to pests) and makes them easier to digest, by removing the fiber that ordinarily slows the release of their sugars. Much industrial food production involves an extension and intensification of this practice, as food processors find ways to deliver glucose — the brain's preferred fuel — ever more swiftly and efficiently. Sometimes this is precisely the point, as when corn is refined into corn syrup; other times it is an unfortunate byproduct of food processing, as when freezing food destroys the fiber that would slow sugar absorption.

    So fast food is fast in this other sense too: it is to a considerable extent predigested, in effect, and therefore more readily absorbed by the body. But while the widespread acceleration of the Western diet offers us the instant gratification of sugar, in many people (and especially those newly exposed to it) the "speediness" of this food overwhelms the insulin response and leads to Type II diabetes. As one nutrition expert put it to me, we're in the middle of "a national experiment in mainlining glucose." To encounter such a diet for the first time, as when people accustomed to a more traditional diet come to America, or when fast food comes to their countries, delivers a shock to the system. Public-health experts call it "the nutrition transition," and it can be deadly.

    From Complexity to Simplicity. If there is one word that covers nearly all the changes industrialization has made to the food chain, it would be simplification. Chemical fertilizers simplify the chemistry of the soil, which in turn appears to simplify the chemistry of the food grown in that soil. Since the widespread adoption of synthetic nitrogen fertilizers in the 1950s, the nutritional quality of produce in America has, according to U.S.D.A. figures, declined significantly. Some researchers blame the quality of the soil for the decline; others cite the tendency of modern plant breeding to select for industrial qualities like yield rather than nutritional quality. Whichever it is, the trend toward simplification of our food continues on up the chain. Processing foods depletes them of many nutrients, a few of which are then added back in through "fortification": folic acid in refined flour, vitamins and minerals in breakfast cereal. But food scientists can add back only the nutrients food scientists recognize as important. What are they overlooking?

    Simplification has occurred at the level of species diversity, too. The astounding variety of foods on offer in the modern supermarket obscures the fact that the actual number of species in the modern diet is shrinking. For reasons of economics, the food industry prefers to tease its myriad processed offerings from a tiny group of plant species, corn and soybeans chief among them. Today, a mere four crops account for two-thirds of the calories humans eat. When you consider that humankind has historically consumed some 80,000 edible species, and that 3,000 of these have been in widespread use, this represents a radical simplification of the food web. Why should this matter? Because humans are omnivores, requiring somewhere between 50 and 100 different chemical compounds and elements to be healthy. It's hard to believe that we can get everything we need from a diet consisting largely of processed corn, soybeans, wheat and rice.

    From Leaves to Seeds. It's no coincidence that most of the plants we have come to rely on are grains; these crops are exceptionally efficient at transforming sunlight into macronutrients — carbs, fats and proteins. These macronutrients in turn can be profitably transformed into animal protein (by feeding them to animals) and processed foods of every description. Also, the fact that grains are durable seeds that can be stored for long periods means they can function as commodities as well as food, making these plants particularly well suited to the needs of industrial capitalism.

    The needs of the human eater are another matter. An oversupply of macronutrients, as we now have, itself represents a serious threat to our health, as evidenced by soaring rates of obesity and diabetes. But the undersupply of micronutrients may constitute a threat just as serious. Put in the simplest terms, we're eating a lot more seeds and a lot fewer leaves, a tectonic dietary shift the full implications of which we are just beginning to glimpse. If I may borrow the nutritionist's reductionist vocabulary for a moment, there are a host of critical micronutrients that are harder to get from a diet of refined seeds than from a diet of leaves. There are the antioxidants and all the other newly discovered phytochemicals (remember that sprig of thyme?); there is the fiber, and then there are the healthy omega-3 fats found in leafy green plants, which may turn out to be most important benefit of all.

    Most people associate omega-3 fatty acids with fish, but fish get them from green plants (specifically algae), which is where they all originate. Plant leaves produce these essential fatty acids ("essential" because our bodies can't produce them on their own) as part of photosynthesis. Seeds contain more of another essential fatty acid: omega-6. Without delving too deeply into the biochemistry, the two fats perform very different functions, in the plant as well as the plant eater. Omega-3s appear to play an important role in neurological development and processing, the permeability of cell walls, the metabolism of glucose and the calming of inflammation. Omega-6s are involved in fat storage (which is what they do for the plant), the rigidity of cell walls, clotting and the inflammation response. (Think of omega-3s as fleet and flexible, omega-6s as sturdy and slow.) Since the two lipids compete with each other for the attention of important enzymes, the ratio between omega-3s and omega-6s may matter more than the absolute quantity of either fat. Thus too much omega-6 may be just as much a problem as too little omega-3.

    And that might well be a problem for people eating a Western diet. As we've shifted from leaves to seeds, the ratio of omega-6s to omega-3s in our bodies has shifted, too. At the same time, modern food-production practices have further diminished the omega-3s in our diet. Omega-3s, being less stable than omega-6s, spoil more readily, so we have selected for plants that produce fewer of them; further, when we partly hydrogenate oils to render them more stable, omega-3s are eliminated. Industrial meat, raised on seeds rather than leaves, has fewer omega-3s and more omega-6s than preindustrial meat used to have. And official dietary advice since the 1970s has promoted the consumption of polyunsaturated vegetable oils, most of which are high in omega-6s (corn and soy, especially). Thus, without realizing what we were doing, we significantly altered the ratio of these two essential fats in our diets and bodies, with the result that the ratio of omega-6 to omega-3 in the typical American today stands at more than 10 to 1; before the widespread introduction of seed oils at the turn of the last century, it was closer to 1 to 1.

    The role of these lipids is not completely understood, but many researchers say that these historically low levels of omega-3 (or, conversely, high levels of omega-6) bear responsibility for many of the chronic diseases associated with the Western diet, especially heart disease and diabetes. (Some researchers implicate omega-3 deficiency in rising rates of depression and learning disabilities as well.) To remedy this deficiency, nutritionism classically argues for taking omega-3 supplements or fortifying food products, but because of the complex, competitive relationship between omega-3 and omega-6, adding more omega-3s to the diet may not do much good unless you also reduce your intake of omega-6.

    From Food Culture to Food Science. The last important change wrought by the Western diet is not, strictly speaking, ecological. But the industrialization of our food that we call the Western diet is systematically destroying traditional food cultures. Before the modern food era — and before nutritionism — people relied for guidance about what to eat on their national or ethnic or regional cultures. We think of culture as a set of beliefs and practices to help mediate our relationship to other people, but of course culture (at least before the rise of science) has also played a critical role in helping mediate people's relationship to nature. Eating being a big part of that relationship, cultures have had a great deal to say about what and how and why and when and how much we should eat. Of course when it comes to food, culture is really just a fancy word for Mom, the figure who typically passes on the food ways of the group — food ways that, although they were never "designed" to optimize health (we have many reasons to eat the way we do), would not have endured if they did not keep eaters alive and well.

    The sheer novelty and glamour of the Western diet, with its 17,000 new food products introduced every year, and the marketing muscle used to sell these products, has overwhelmed the force of tradition and left us where we now find ourselves: relying on science and journalism and marketing to help us decide questions about what to eat. Nutritionism, which arose to help us better deal with the problems of the Western diet, has largely been co-opted by it, used by the industry to sell more food and to undermine the authority of traditional ways of eating. You would not have read this far into this article if your food culture were intact and healthy; you would simply eat the way your parents and grandparents and great-grandparents taught you to eat. The question is, Are we better off with these new authorities than we were with the traditional authorities they supplanted? The answer by now should be clear.

    It might be argued that, at this point in history, we should simply accept that fast food is our food culture. Over time, people will get used to eating this way and our health will improve. But for natural selection to help populations adapt to the Western diet, we'd have to be prepared to let those whom it sickens die. That's not what we're doing. Rather, we're turning to the health-care industry to help us "adapt." Medicine is learning how to keep alive the people whom the Western diet is making sick. It's gotten good at extending the lives of people with heart disease, and now it's working on obesity and diabetes. Capitalism is itself marvelously adaptive, able to turn the problems it creates into lucrative business opportunities: diet pills, heart-bypass operations, insulin pumps, bariatric surgery. But while fast food may be good business for the health-care industry, surely the cost to society — estimated at more than $200 billion a year in diet-related health-care costs — is unsustainable.

    BEYOND NUTRITIONISM

    To medicalize the diet problem is of course perfectly consistent with nutritionism. So what might a more ecological or cultural approach to the problem recommend? How might we plot our escape from nutritionism and, in turn, from the deleterious effects of the modern diet? In theory nothing could be simpler — stop thinking and eating that way — but this is somewhat harder to do in practice, given the food environment we now inhabit and the loss of sharp cultural tools to guide us through it. Still, I do think escape is possible, to which end I can now revisit — and elaborate on, but just a little — the simple principles of healthy eating I proposed at the beginning of this essay, several thousand words ago. So try these few (flagrantly unscientific) rules of thumb, collected in the course of my nutritional odyssey, and see if they don't at least point us in the right direction.

    1. Eat food. Though in our current state of confusion, this is much easier said than done. So try this: Don't eat anything your great-great-grandmother wouldn't recognize as food. (Sorry, but at this point Moms are as confused as the rest of us, which is why we have to go back a couple of generations, to a time before the advent of modern food products.) There are a great many foodlike items in the supermarket your ancestors wouldn't recognize as food (Go-Gurt? Breakfast-cereal bars? Nondairy creamer?); stay away from these.

    2. Avoid even those food products that come bearing health claims. They're apt to be heavily processed, and the claims are often dubious at best. Don't forget that margarine, one of the first industrial foods to claim that it was more healthful than the traditional food it replaced, turned out to give people heart attacks. When Kellogg's can boast about its Healthy Heart Strawberry Vanilla cereal bars, health claims have become hopelessly compromised. (The American Heart Association charges food makers for their endorsement.) Don't take the silence of the yams as a sign that they have nothing valuable to say about health.

    3. Especially avoid food products containing ingredients that are a) unfamiliar, b) unpronounceable c) more than five in number — or that contain high-fructose corn syrup.None of these characteristics are necessarily harmful in and of themselves, but all of them are reliable markers for foods that have been highly processed.

    4. Get out of the supermarket whenever possible. You won't find any high-fructose corn syrup at the farmer's market; you also won't find food harvested long ago and far away. What you will find are fresh whole foods picked at the peak of nutritional quality. Precisely the kind of food your great-great-grandmother would have recognized as food.

    5. Pay more, eat less. The American food system has for a century devoted its energies and policies to increasing quantity and reducing price, not to improving quality. There's no escaping the fact that better food — measured by taste or nutritional quality (which often correspond) — costs more, because it has been grown or raised less intensively and with more care. Not everyone can afford to eat well in America, which is shameful, but most of us can: Americans spend, on average, less than 10 percent of their income on food, down from 24 percent in 1947, and less than the citizens of any other nation. And those of us who can afford to eat well should. Paying more for food well grown in good soils — whether certified organic or not — will contribute not only to your health (by reducing exposure to pesticides) but also to the health of others who might not themselves be able to afford that sort of food: the people who grow it and the people who live downstream, and downwind, of the farms where it is grown.

    "Eat less" is the most unwelcome advice of all, but in fact the scientific case for eating a lot less than we currently do is compelling. "Calorie restriction" has repeatedly been shown to slow aging in animals, and many researchers (including Walter Willett, the Harvard epidemiologist) believe it offers the single strongest link between diet and cancer prevention. Food abundance is a problem, but culture has helped here, too, by promoting the idea of moderation. Once one of the longest-lived people on earth, the Okinawans practiced a principle they called "Hara Hachi Bu": eat until you are 80 percent full. To make the "eat less" message a bit more palatable, consider that quality may have a bearing on quantity: I don't know about you, but the better the quality of the food I eat, the less of it I need to feel satisfied. All tomatoes are not created equal.

    6. Eat mostly plants, especially leaves. Scientists may disagree on what's so good about plants — the antioxidants? Fiber? Omega-3s? — but they do agree that they're probably really good for you and certainly can't hurt. Also, by eating a plant-based diet, you'll be consuming far fewer calories, since plant foods (except seeds) are typically less "energy dense" than the other things you might eat. Vegetarians are healthier than carnivores, but near vegetarians ("flexitarians") are as healthy as vegetarians. Thomas Jefferson was on to something when he advised treating meat more as a flavoring than a food.

    7. Eat more like the French. Or the Japanese. Or the Italians. Or the Greeks. Confounding factors aside, people who eat according to the rules of a traditional food culture are generally healthier than we are. Any traditional diet will do: if it weren't a healthy diet, the people who follow it wouldn't still be around. True, food cultures are embedded in societies and economies and ecologies, and some of them travel better than others: Inuit not so well as Italian. In borrowing from a food culture, pay attention to how a culture eats, as well as to what it eats. In the case of the French paradox, it may not be the dietary nutrients that keep the French healthy (lots of saturated fat and alcohol?!) so much as the dietary habits: small portions, no seconds or snacking, communal meals — and the serious pleasure taken in eating. (Worrying about diet can't possibly be good for you.) Let culture be your guide, not science.

    8. Cook. And if you can, plant a garden. To take part in the intricate and endlessly interesting processes of providing for our sustenance is the surest way to escape the culture of fast food and the values implicit in it: that food should be cheap and easy; that food is fuel and not communion. The culture of the kitchen, as embodied in those enduring traditions we call cuisines, contains more wisdom about diet and health than you are apt to find in any nutrition journal or journalism. Plus, the food you grow yourself contributes to your health long before you sit down to eat it. So you might want to think about putting down this article now and picking up a spatula or hoe.

    9. Eat like an omnivore. Try to add new species, not just new foods, to your diet. The greater the diversity of species you eat, the more likely you are to cover all your nutritional bases. That of course is an argument from nutritionism, but there is a better one, one that takes a broader view of "health." Biodiversity in the diet means less monoculture in the fields. What does that have to do with your health? Everything. The vast monocultures that now feed us require tremendous amounts of chemical fertilizers and pesticides to keep from collapsing. Diversifying those fields will mean fewer chemicals, healthier soils, healthier plants and animals and, in turn, healthier people. It's all connected, which is another way of saying that your health isn't bordered by your body and that what's good for the soil is probably good for you, too.

    Michael Pollan, a contributing writer, is the Knight professor of journalism at the University of California, Berkeley. His most recent book, "The Omnivore's Dilemma," was chosen by the editors of The New York Times Book Review as one of the 10 best books of 2006.


     

     

    Seventh and Final Potter Book Out July 21

    By Debbi Wilgoren
    Washington Post Staff Writer
    Thursday, February 1, 2007; 3:46 PM

    Mega-author J.K. Rowling today announced that the seventh -- and apparently final -- book in the blockbuster Harry Potter series would be released July 21, as soon as the clock ticks past midnight.

    "Harry Potter and the Deathly Hallows" will be available in bookstores at 12:01 a.m. July 21 in the United States, and at 12:01 a.m. British Standard Time (BST) in the United Kingdom and other English-speaking companies, according to Rowling's Web site.

    The middle-of-the-night publication of previous installments of the widely popular series, about a tousled boy wizard and his evil-fighting mates, has sparked long lines, elaborate book parties and frenzied expectations, all of which are expected only to grow in magnitude this time around.

    Bookseller and fan Web sites reacted immediately to the news of the publication date. Amazon.com and the site for Barnes & Noble posted banner headlines and urged readers to pre-order the book for at least 40 percent off the $34.99 sale price. Mugglenet.com set up a countdown clock, which as of 11 a.m. this morning showed 161 days, 11 hours and 59 minutes remaining until the magic moment.

    "OMG YAY!!!! SO EXCITING!!!!!!!" read one excited message from a fan on the site [for those uninitiated in digital shorthand, OMG stands for 'Oh my God.'].

    Another fan, posting under the name rachel9isfine, wrote: "This rocks!! I'm so excited! This made my month!"

    Rowling announced the title of the book on her Web site Dec. 21, prompting huge speculation as to what it might mean (Hallows refers to a holy person or saint, according to the officials at Scholastic, the book's U.S. publisher; it does not necessarily have anything to do with Godric's Hollow, the name of the place where, in the fictional series, Harry's parents are killed when he is a baby).

    The use of the adjective 'deathly' fueled the speculation about who would die in the book -- Rowling has said in the past that two characters will meet his or her demise, but she did not (of course) let slip who it would be.

    Book Six ended with Harry vowing not to return for his final year at Hogwarts School of Witchcraft and Wizardry, determined instead to hunt down his mortal enemy Voldemort and make a final, life-or-death attempt to vanquish him forever.

    When the title was released six weeks ago, Rowling was still working on the book, according to an entry she posted on her Web site. "I'm now writing scenes that have been planned, in some cases, for a dozen years or even more . . . I am alternately elated and overwrought. I both want, and don't want, to finish this book (don't worry, I will)."

    Scholastic said the interior and cover art for "Deathly Hallows" will be illustrated by Mary GrandPré, who has illustrated the previous six books.

    "Harry Potter and the Half-Blood Prince," the sixth installment in the series, was released in July of 2005, and was the fastest-selling book in history, with 6.9 million copies snapped up in the first 24 hours, Scholastic said.

    There are more than 120 million copies of the Harry Potter books in print in the United States alone. Each book published so far has topped the bestseller list in the United States, the United Kingdom and around the world.

     

    Today's Papers

    Compromise Accomplished
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Thursday, Feb. 1, 2007, at 5:53 AM E.T.

    The Washington Post leads with Democratic and Republican senators who oppose President Bush's plan to send more troops to Iraq announcing last night they have reached a compromise and will support a resolution put forward by Republican Sen. John Warner of Virginia. The nonbinding resolution isn't as strongly worded as the one Democrats preferred, but after Warner made some changes they decided it was their best chance to get Republican support. The Los Angeles Times leads with a look at how Iraq's northern city of Kirkuk "could develop into a third front in the country's civil war" as different groups vie to control the oil-rich region. The Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox with the latest quarterly report on Iraq reconstruction that found tens of millions of dollars were wasted. The paper also notes Iraq has stopped all flights to and from Syria and closed one border crossing with Iran as the government prepares for a security crackdown.

    The New York Times leads news that a German court issued arrest warrants for 13 people who were part of a CIA "abduction team" that detained a German citizen and held him for five months in Afghanistan. German authorities did not name the suspects, and said they were still trying to determine their true identities. The NYT notes the LAT was the first to report the story. USA Today leads with an early look at a study that says oil from the 1989 Exxon Valdez spill continues to cause problems to the ecosystem and wildlife. It's going to take longer for the oil to disappear than many predicted and it "will be readily detectable for decades," a scientist tells the paper.

    The basic gist of the resolution is the same: The Senate is opposed to the troop increase. Warner agreed to drop his initial wording that supported more troops for Anbar province. The resolution also won't state that Bush's plan goes against the national interest and includes language saying the Senate vows not to decrease funding for troops in the field. Democratic leaders in the House said they will write a resolution using the Senate's as a blueprint.

    Kirkuk residents say they don't want war, but everyone "appears to be preparing for it," says the LAT. Kurds are dominant in the area, but Sunnis and Shiites also want a piece of the action and insist they will fight if necessary. To make matters even more complicated, this goes beyond Iraq, as Turkey and Iran are worried that if the Kurds do take control of Kirkurk, it could lead to an independent Kurdish region, which might "embolden Kurdish militants." In advance of a constitutionally mandated referendum, some Kurdish officials are trying to remove voting rights of thousands of Arabs in the area, while pressuring them to leave. Officials in Turkey have vowed to intervene if necessary to maintain the population balance.

    Just in case you thought the details of the militia group that fought with Iraqi and American troops on Sunday couldn't get more confusing, the NYT goes inside with the latest. Some Iraqi officials are now saying the leader of the group was a Sunni who was pretending to be a Shiite. Meanwhile, the U.S. military announced the death of four more American servicemembers. The LAT reports figures from the ministries of defense and health that reveal at least 2,067 Iraqis were killed in January.

    All the papers note that after much wrangling back and forth, the Justice Department has agreed to turn over files about its eavesdropping program to a select group of lawmakers but not to the public. The documents should, at the very least, reveal whether the court overseeing the program will approve requests individually or if it issued a blanket warrant allowing eavesdropping on a group of people.

    The NYT fronts, and everyone mentions, Sen. Joseph Biden of Delawere announcing he will run for president. Everyone focuses on how Biden was forced to spend the day trying to explain an interview in which he said Sen. Barack Obama is "the first mainstream African-American who is articulate and bright and clean and a nice-looking guy."

    The NYT fronts a look at the fascinating story of a 29-year-old sex offender who pretended to be a 12-year-old for almost two years and lately had enrolled in a public school in Arizona for four months. He lived with three other men who passed themselves off as family members but were really a group of sex offenders. And, to make things even stranger, it seems two of the men he lived with and had sex with actually thought he was a minor.

    Everyone goes inside with the latest from the Libby trial, where, contrary to what most of the papers predicted yesterday, defense attorneys were able to question Judith Miller on her other sources. Turns out, she couldn't remember other officials with whom she had talked about Valerie Plame.

    Then it was Time's Matt Cooper's turn, and he testified that Karl Rove was the first to tell him about Joseph Wilson's wife. He then got confirmation from Libby. The defense homed in on what it characterized as Cooper's sloppy notes to attack his credibility. There was also discussion of how Cooper talked to Libby on a Saturday while "sprawled" on his bed after he had spent the morning swimming at a country club.

    In a separate Page One analysis, the LAT says that in "many respects it is the ugly mutual exploitation that goes on every day in Washington between powerful government officials and influential members of the media that is on trial."

    Everyone notes the death of Molly Ivins, the liberal syndicated columnist who dedicated much of her work to making fun of powerful politicians. President Bush, a fellow Texan, was one of her most frequent targets. The WP says more than 400 newspapers subscribed to her column. Ivins was 62.

    Daniel Politi writes "Today's Papers" for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.

     

    Renewal, in Real Estate and in Culture, for Ancient People

    Ashley Gilbertson for The New York Times

    A vast flock of sparrows is sprinkled above the ghetto of Rome, a Jewish community for 450 years, as a man examines the menu of a kosher falafel restaurant. Soaring real estate values are enticing many of the few remaining Jews to leave, but the Jewish identity of the district is being revived with new shops and restaurants.

    Renewal, in Real Estate and in Culture, for Ancient People

    ROME, Jan. 25 — As a boy, in October 1943, Pacifico Disegni watched from his window as two German trucks hauled people from the ghetto in Rome, a city where Jews have lived for 2,000 years.

    Last year, in blessedly more peaceful times, a rich visitor from Boston took in the view from that same window. A magnificent front-row view of the Theater of Marcellus, first planned by Julius Caesar, somehow salves the sting of history.

    Mr. Disegni, now 78, said the man produced a blank check and offered to buy the apartment on the spot.

    "He said, 'You write how many millions you want,' " Mr. Disegni said.

    Mr. Disegni, who is Jewish, refused. But these bookend events at his window cast light on a paradox in the city with the oldest Jewish population in Europe. High real estate prices, not violence or bias, are driving the last Jews from their homes in the old ghetto, which is slowly transforming itself into a trendy enclave for the rich and famous.

    Experts say only 200 or 300 Jews remain, in a neighborhood that numbered perhaps 9,000 after the deportation of 2,000 or more during World War II.

    But there is a second paradox. Even as the number of Jews living in the ghetto drops to near nothing, Jewish life is thriving.

    Rome's Jewish school recently moved to the ghetto from a neighboring area. Jewish shops, including the first kosher fast-food restaurants, are popular. Visits to the museum at the grand synagogue have doubled in two years.

    "Even if Jews no longer live in the area, they come to open their shops," said Daniela Di Castro, director of the Jewish Museum of Rome. "So there is always Jewish life around, to work, to go to the synagogue, to buy from the kosher market, bring their children to school.

    "You always have a reason to come here if you are Jew."

    It is a dynamic of complex layers, defying media alarmism about the loss of Jewish character in central Rome, but not quite assuring that character's ultimate survival.

    On the other hand, this is Italy, where history moves at its own unpredictable pace. For now, few locals can imagine the ghetto as having a soul that is anything other than Jewish.

    "It would be impossible to erase it," said Luciano Calò, 45, a Jew who owns Bartaruga, a bar next to one of Rome's most sublime fountains, featuring four boys playing with turtles, a whimsy Bernini added 83 years after the fountain was finished.

    "History was born here," Mr. Calò added. "And the tourists come here because of that history in the walls of these buildings. You feel the desperation of the people who lived here."

    Jews are documented in Rome as early as the second century B.C., first as respected guests from the empire's far reaches, later as slaves who helped build the Colosseum, finished in A.D. 80.

    In 1516 the Jews of Venice were the first in Europe to be segregated — and there the word "ghetto" was born, from the local dialect for the slag heaps in the area where Jews were forced to live.

    In 1555 a papal bull established a ghetto in Rome, laid out near the Tiber, amid the nubby, desiccated ruins, and locked at night. That entity was not abolished until Italy's unification in 1870, but Jews continued to live there, often in deep poverty, in buildings with inadequate heat and plumbing.

    Those conditions drove many Jews to leave the ghetto after World War II, settling in more modern apartments in Monteverde or near Viale Marconi, to the south. Many moved to Israel.

    As the years went on, the rich began buying up homes all around central Rome, including in the ghetto. Prices and quality went up — and then up much more when Italy converted to the euro in 2002.

    A real estate operator, Daniela Di Maulo, said apartments in the ghetto now cost as much as $1,000 a square foot.

    "It's only for tourists, for people on the magazine covers," she said.

    Speculation exploded, and the choicest properties were often those of the district's remaining Jews, many of them elderly. One is Roberto Calò, 75, who said he had fended off at least 10 offers for millions of euros.

    "I would never accept," said Mr. Calò, the uncle of the bar owner. "It's because I have old memories," among them of his father and brother, who were taken away by the Nazis in October 1943 (and who were among the few who returned). But many did sell. With prices so high, few are casting blame.

    "It could be that there is an offer you can't say no to," said Angelo Sermoneta, 58, who was born in the ghetto. "There is an even greater god, and that is the god of money."

    But money is not the only force in the ghetto. Mr. Calò and Mr. Sermoneta were sitting in a cozy social club in the heart of the ghetto, along with 11 older friends who were all born there. Only four of them still lived there.

    But they all go to the club regularly — to chat (about sports, and about politics in Italy and Israel) and to drink — basically to keep the ghetto alive and Jewish. So, too, Jews who live around Rome worship in the ghetto, socialize there, work there, because commercial space is not as pricey as apartments.

    "For us Jews to come here every night — it's something that's in our DNA," Mr. Sermoneta said. "It's where we were born, where we lived, where our friends are."

    Street life has become even more Jewish, with shops and restaurants with Jewish products and food that attract tourists, many of them American Jews, and that keep Rome's Jews anchored there. Seven years ago, Rafael Fadlon, now 36, opened the ghetto's first modern kosher restaurant, La Taverna del Ghetto, and last year, he started its first kosher fast-food restaurant — both of which, he reports, are doing well.

    "If you want to keep kosher, it's simpler now than 10 years ago," he said.

    "If you are talking about Jews living here, it's not so much," he added. "But it's much better equipped than other ghettos around the world."

    With prices as they are, he cannot see Jews coming back to live in the ghetto.

    "Jews are not stupid," he said. "They would like to move here, but they can't."

    Peter Kiefer contributed reporting.


     

    Berlusconi Flirts. His Wife’s Fed Up

    Ettore Ferrari/European Pressphoto Agency

    Silvio Berlusconi shown with Mara Carfagna, a lawmaker, in May. His wife wants a public apology for his behavior with her and other women.

    Berlusconi Flirts. His Wife's Fed Up. Read All About It.

    ROME, Jan. 31 — "Dear Editor," began a letter published Wednesday on the front page of La Repubblica, the newspaper that Silvio Berlusconi hates most. The scalding letter demanded an apology from Mr. Berlusconi for flirting publicly — and it was signed by his wife.

    And so, a nation bored and a little down at its return to semi-normal politics woke to a juicy news cycle with an inescapable conclusion: in or out of power, Mr. Berlusconi may behave reprehensibly, but Italy cannot keep its eyes off him.

    "We have had for eight months a notably boring government," said Giuliano Ferrara, an editor and informal aide to Mr. Berlusconi, referring to the stewardship of Prime Minister Romano Prodi, who beat Mr. Berlusconi in elections last spring.

    "And right now there is an explosion of strange and weird vitality, the heart that keeps on pumping," he said. "People miss very much that style. It's not healthy, but it's Italian."

    It turns out that the 70-year-old former prime minister, whose own heart now beats with a pacemaker, attended an awards ceremony last week and was overly friendly with two young and beautiful guests.

    "If I weren't already married, I would marry you right now," he told one, according to Italian news media accounts. To another, he said, "With you I would go anywhere."

    "These are statements I consider damaging to my dignity," wrote Veronica Lario, 50, who has been with Mr. Berlusconi for 27 years. His remarks could not be "reduced to jokes," she said.

    "To my husband and to the public man, I therefore ask for a public apology, not having received one privately."

    In divining what this could mean, Italians barely knew where to start.

    Feminists called it an overdue rallying cry for Italian women like Ms. Lario, who has endured years of supposed infidelity (and no end of sexual remarks, like when Mr. Berlusconi opened a political conference by praising the legs of the women in the front row). Political analysts said Mr. Berlusconi, who wants a third turn as prime minister, could never again win the votes of women — and so was finished.

    Then, in early evening, Mr. Berlusconi, who can never be counted out, wrote his own open letter, released by Forza Italia, his political party.

    "Your dignity should not be an issue: I will guard it like a precious material in my heart even when thoughtless jokes come out of my mouth," he wrote. "But marriage proposals, no, believe me, I have never made one to anyone.

    "Forgive me, however, I beg of you, and take this public testimony of private pride that submits to your anger as an act of love. One among many. A huge kiss. Silvio."

    In the end, it seemed an especially spicy episode in the long and complicated relationship not only between Silvio and Veronica, but also between Silvio and Italy. The private drama of Italy's richest man, the nation's shrewd, shady and irrepressible personification, became something public, possibly even relevant politically and psychically.

    There seemed little question here that Ms. Lario's letter deserved its spot on the front page. "It would be like Hillary Clinton asks for the public apology from Bill Clinton," said Ezio Mauro, La Repubblica's top editor.

    Indeed, Italy's top three evening talk shows devoted all their time to the unusual exchange of letters. Beppe Severgnini, one of the most discerning commentators on Italian mores, quickly churned out a column for Corriere della Sera summing up its import.

    "The man is a walking oxymoron, but it has not stopped him from working his way up," he wrote. "Why? Simple: because he embodies the Italian dream of being everything, of pleasing everyone (and indulging himself in everything), without giving up anything."

    Perhaps all marriages are mysteries on some level, but the drama also shed light on one of Italy's most visible but ambiguous couples. They met in 1980, when he was a budding, and married, builder and she was a beautiful B-movie actress appearing in a play in Milan. He saw her on stage, the story goes, and fell deeply in love.

    He left his first wife, they married and had three children (he already had two). He grew richer, entered politics in the mid-1990s, and the two seemed somehow together yet increasingly apart. No small amount of his public persona was linked to his constant, earthy joking about women and his mastery of them, amid rumors that monogamy was not among his virtues.

    "I lost my hair because I had too many girlfriends," he once said (he has since had implants). In 2003, he gave a reason foreigners should invest in Italy: "Aside from the good weather, we have beautiful businesswomen and also beautiful secretaries."

    Through it all, Ms. Lario remained largely silent — a fact she noted acidly in the letter, which she pointedly signed "Mrs. Berlusconi" though she routinely uses her own name. "I chose not to leave space for marital conflicts, even when his behavior created reasons to do so," she wrote.

    But not entirely: she made no secret over the years that her personal political views were more to the left than her husband's. Maria Latella, an Italian journalist who wrote a biography of Ms. Lario, recalled that during Mr. Berlusconi's first term as prime minister, in 1994, a newspaper article appeared saying that every day he sent flowers to someone.

    He contended they were to his wife. But Ms. Latella noted that Ms. Lario had sent the newspaper a brief letter saying that, in fact, she never received flowers from Palazzo Chigi, the prime minister's official residence.

    "She considered it humiliating that flowers sent to another person were attributed to her," Ms. Latella said. "It shows the character of the person."

    Ms. Lario also spoke candidly in the biography, saying that she rarely saw Mr. Berlusconi but that she considered their marriage stable and herself "the perfect kind of wife for the kind of man Silvio is."

    "He can concentrate on himself and his work knowing his wife won't create a fuss if he's away from his family," she said in the biography.

    As fate would have it, on the very same day that Ms. Lario fired off her letter, Mr. Berlusconi echoed his wife's comments, now possibly void, in an interview he gave, also to Ms. Latella, for her magazine, A.

    "Veronica has always been a total passion," he said. "When we met I lost my head for her. And she has been a marvelous mother.

    "She has never made me look bad, never — while the wives of certain other politicians...," he said, trailing off his thought. "And then she is so indulgent. What more could I want?"

    Ms. Latella said, "I think he was wrong this time."

    Peter Kiefer contributed reporting.


    Copyright 2007 The New York Times Company

     

    Peyton Manning Huckster

    Peyton Manning Overjoyed His Commercials Will Finally Appear In Super Bowl

    February 1, 2007 | Issue 43•05

    INDIANAPOLIS—Colts quarterback Peyton Manning took a moment during Super Bowl Media Day Tuesday to acknowledge his "deep, abiding joy and pride" that, after many years of attempting to make his presence felt on advertising's biggest stage, his commercials would finally be coming to the Super Bowl. "There's no greater honor for a major player in the endorsement game than to get to the Super Bowl," said Manning, a three-time AdWeek MVP who is attempting to prove once and for all that he can land the big campaign. "My dad was a great pitchman, but he never got here. People said I would never get here. But on Super Bowl Sunday, Sprint, DirecTV, MasterCard, Sony and I plan to prove them all wrong. I guarantee it." Manning will also be playing quarterback for the Colts during the game, although he is not expected to be televised nearly as much in that capacity.

    © Copyright 2006, Onion, Inc. All rights reserved.
    The Onion is not intended for readers under 18 years of age

     

    Wednesday, January 31, 2007

    Schoolboy Friedkin, Boxer, Dies at 89

    Bernie Friedkin in 1935.

    Schoolboy Friedkin, Boxer, Dies at 89

    Bernie Friedkin, a native of Brownsville, Brooklyn, who was known as Schoolboy and who as a professional boxer in the late 1930s and early '40s battled many of his opponents to a draw — including three former lightweight champions — died Jan. 18 in Brooklyn. He was 89.

    He died of natural causes at a hospice, his granddaughter Sabrina Saltz said.

    Given the nickname Schoolboy because of his baby face and 5-foot-3 height, and because he used his older brother's birth certificate to be admitted to local gyms when he was 14, Friedkin developed into a skilled tactical fighter, rather than a hard puncher, in a six-year professional career that began in 1935. He started as a featherweight, at less than 126 pounds, but bulked up to 135 as a lightweight.

    According to records at the International Boxing Hall of Fame in Canastota, N.Y., Friedkin won 48 fights, 9 by knockout, with 11 losses and 16 draws.

    "He has more draws than losses," the boxing historian Bert Sugar said. "Sixteen draws is almost an unheard-of number."

    In March 1937, Friedkin fought the former lightweight champion Eligio Sardiñas, known as Kid Chocolate, to a draw. In January 1940, he faced Mike Belloise, another former lightweight champion, twice, with both bouts ending in draws. Five months later, he stepped into the ring with a third former lightweight champion, Petey Scalzo; another draw.

    "That tells me he might have won some of these fights," Sugar said, "but they were protecting the bigger names."

    In November 1940, five months after their draw, Friedkin and Scalzo faced each other again. This time, Scalzo won an eight-round decision.

    Bernard Friedkin was born on July 10, 1917, one of seven children of Morris and Bessie Friedkin. Besides his granddaughter Sabrina Saltz of Brooklyn, he is survived by his wife of 60 years, the former Lenore Bennett; two daughters, Donna Saltz and Marilyn Saewitz, both of Staten Island; and two other grandchildren.

    On July 21, 1938, a bitter rivalry between Friedkin and Al Davis, known as Bummy, brought 6,000 fans to Madison Square Garden. Friedkin was knocked out in the fourth round.

    "This was a turf war," Sugar said, "two Jewish boxers from Brownsville."


January 31, 2007

  • Our Father, the Nazi Zealot

    Photographs by the National Center for Jewish Film

    Malte Ludin confronts his sister Barbel in his film "2 or 3 Things I Know About Him."

    Readers' Opinions

    Forum: Movies

    Photographs by the National Center for Jewish Film

    The subject of the film, Hanns Ludin, in 1935.

    MOVIE REVIEW | '2 OR 3 THINGS I KNOW ABOUT HIM'

    Our Father, the Nazi Zealot: A Family Grapples With Its Burdens and Blind Spots

    The Nazis ruled Germany for 12 years and inflicted their cruelty on other European nations for around 7. Coming to terms with what Hitler and his followers did has been a much longer project — involving Jews, Germans, other Europeans and just about everyone else in the world — and it is unlikely to end anytime soon. Like many other films and books, "2 or 3 Things I Know About Him," a new documentary directed by Malte Ludin, examines the impact of Nazism on a single family, in this case the family of a high-ranking member of Hitler's government. But if it tells, in Mr. Ludin's words, "a typical German story," the movie also offers an unusually matter-of-fact picture of the private and public effects of ordinary evil.

    The filmmaker's father, Hanns Ludin, who served as the Third Reich's ambassador to the Nazi vassal state of Slovakia, and who in that capacity signed deportation orders sending thousands of Jews to Auschwitz, was executed for war crimes in 1947. He left behind a wife, Erla, and six children.

    Malte, the youngest (born in 1942), waited until his mother died before embarking on this film, though it includes earlier interviews he did with her. The title, apart from its distracting and irrelevant nod in the direction of Jean-Luc Godard, suggests that Hanns Ludin remains, in his son's eyes, a mysterious, unknowable figure, and the younger Mr. Ludin's interviews with other family members contribute to the blurriness of the picture.

    Archival photographs and film clips of the father show a stout, smiling fellow, in and out of uniform, and Malte Ludin's surviving sisters recall him with some fondness. One sister, Barbel, emerges as her father's staunch defender, and the most wrenching scenes in the film show her and Malte Ludin on screen together, arguing doggedly about the nuances of guilt, responsibility and shame.

    Barbel insists that she feels none herself, and furthermore tries to mitigate the portrait of her father as a heartless monster. She resorts to some familiar rationalizations — that he couldn't have known the full truth about Auschwitz; that he tried to resist or subvert the most inhumane Nazi policies; that many slaughtered by the Nazis should be thought of as casualties of war who got what was coming to them — which all bolster her conviction that Hanns Ludin was, in the end, a victim.

    This startling conclusion is not altogether unheard of in postwar Germany. The idea that the German people were the victims of Hitler's madness rather than its sponsors has proven durable and convenient in that nation's postwar culture. Mr. Ludin's anxious, questioning, self-lacerating inquiry represents a powerful countertendency toward full acknowledgment of shared culpability, and his quarrel with Barbel is part of what makes this "a typical German story."

    Barbel's loyalty to her father's memory is both touching and appalling, but her refusal to admit the truth about his actions is something worse. Hanns Ludin joined the SA paramilitary organization in 1931; survived the 1934 Night of the Long Knives, in which Hitler's potential political rivals were massacred; and openly celebrated his Führer's birthday in April 1945, at a time when more than a few die-hard Nazis, glimpsing the Allies' armies over the horizon, underwent an expedient change of heart.

    All the evidence presented in "2 or 3 Things" suggests that Hanns Ludin served the National Socialist cause zealously, and the testimony of survivors — including a member of the Jewish family whose house in Slovakia the Ludins expropriated — leave no doubt regarding his central role in organized mass murder. To call him a victim is to strip all meaning from the word.

    What is it like to have such a man as a father or a grandfather? Even those whose parents and grandparents died because of his actions approach this question, in Mr. Ludin's presence, with something resembling pity. And while it is no real comfort, the victims and their descendants are able to regard the past with a moral clarity that eludes Mr. Ludin's siblings.

    His wife, Iva Svarcova, also the film's producer, was born in Czechoslovakia in the early 1960s, and the influence of her perspective on 20th-century European history, necessarily distinct from her husband's, is evident through much of the film.

    Mr. Ludin's nieces and nephews — Hanns Ludin's grandchildren — were all born after the war, and are the products of a sane, democratic and affluent society (apart from the ones who grew up in apartheid-era South Africa). They are thus less anguished by the family history, and their sensitive, sensible voices give "2 or 3 Things I Know About Him" a measure of earned and authentic optimism. It is possible for a nation to descend into evil, but over time, recovery is also possible.

    "2 or 3 Things I Know About Him," which opens today at Film Forum, is being shown along with Benjamin Ross's "Torte Bluma," an 18-minute vignette inspired by the true story of the relationship between a death camp commandant (Stellan Skarsgard) and the Jewish inmate (Simon McBurney) who works as his cook. Their relationship is touched by a degree of warmth, or at least courtesy, and the commandant's self-image is of a decent, even compassionate man doing his duty in bad circumstances.

    The washed-out colors are a bit of a cliché — sometimes, surely, the horror of the Holocaust unfolded in full color — but the episode nonetheless has a clammy, understated poignancy.

    2 OR 3 THINGS I KNOW ABOUT HIM

    Opens today in Manhattan.

    Written (in German and Slovak, with English subtitles) and directed by Malte Ludin; director of photography, Franz Lustig; edited by Mr. Ludin and Iva Svarcova; music by Werner Pirchner, Hakim Ludin and Jaroslav Nahovica; produced by Ms. Svarcova; released by the National Center for Jewish Film. Playing with Benjamin Ross's 18-minute English-language film, "Torte Blume," at Film Forum, 209 West Houston Street, west of Avenue of the Americas, South Village. Running time: 85 minutes. This film is not rated.


     

    Ralph Nader

    Greg Kafoury/IFC First Take

    "An Unreasonable Man" looks at both of Mr. Nader's public images.

    MOVIE REVIEW | 'AN UNREASONABLE MAN'

    The Endlessly Maddening (for Liberals) Case of Ralph Nader

    Early in the documentary "An Unreasonable Man," it is noted that Ralph Nader is more likely to be remembered for his 2000 presidential campaign than for the decades of advocacy that preceded it. And the movie, an admiring but hardly uncritical portrait of Mr. Nader, confirms this suspicion by devoting nearly half of its more than two-hour running time to the 2000 election and its aftermath.

    That event seems at once irrelevant and urgent, lost in the mists of pre-9/11 history and painfully topical. Certainly the passage of time has not cooled tempers or settled arguments. And so, much of the second half of "An Unreasonable Man," directed by Steve Skrovan and Henriette Mantel (a former associate of Mr. Nader, she is also interviewed on camera), consists of talking heads talking past one another.

    To liberal media critics like Eric Alterman and Todd Gitlin, Mr. Nader is "self-deluded," "intellectually dishonest," a "megalomaniac" and worse. His moral vanity, in their view (which is hardly theirs alone), cost Al Gore a decisive margin of victory over George W. Bush. Spoiling it for the Democrats, Mr. Nader's detractors (among them some former allies) contend, was his intention all along.

    This charge is disputed by members of his campaign staff, who also repeat his central claim that the Republicans and the Democrats are basically a two-headed corporate oligarchy, rather than genuinely distinct political forces.

    The argument goes in circles, and while it makes for interesting, vexing viewing, it also throws the film somewhat off balance. The family quarrel on the American left that Mr. Nader's candidacy continues to provoke threatens to overshadow the larger debates that his earlier career as a consumer advocate placed at the center of American civic life. These have to do with the power of corporations, the regulatory authority of government and the limits of the free market — issues that have hardly faded away, and that aren't readily summed up in "Did so!"/"Did not!" back-and-forthing.

    In promotional materials, "An Unreasonable Man" has the ungainly tagline "Ralph Nader: How Do You Define a Legacy?" — a question that Mr. Nader insists does not concern him in the least. While giving him and his supporters ample time to justify his run for the presidency, the filmmakers also seek to balance the historical ledger. Alongside those 97,000 contentious Florida votes, they suggest, must be reckoned the hundreds of thousands of lives saved by improvements in automobile safety, environmental protections and safeguards on consumer products, causes Mr. Nader and his colleagues championed for years.

    His impact on these areas of modern life is the focus of the movie's riveting first hour, which is as much the biography of a movement as the story of a single man. Not that there is much of a distinction: from the mid-1960s on, Mr. Nader's cause was his life. His exposé of the "designed-in" dangers of the Chevrolet Corvair, published first in The New Republic (in articles written by James Ridgeway) and later in "Unsafe at Any Speed" were followed by Congressional hearings that brought both fame and influence. Money from a settlement with General Motors — which had hired private detectives to snoop around Mr. Nader's personal life, something even his close associates doubt exists — became the seed for future advocacy and activism.

    Mr. Nader attracted a cadre of young idealists whose approach to politics was both a product of the times and a departure from it. The point, as they saw it, was not to overthrow the system, but rather to bring it into line with its stated principles, a goal that was rational rather than romantic and pursued by means of research and reporting rather than demonstrations or direct actions.

    For a while, especially during the Carter administration, Mr. Nader's commitment to using the legal system and the apparatus of government to check the influence of corporations brought him into alliance with the Democratic Party. His subsequent entry into electoral politics is presented in the movie, persuasively enough, as a result of the fraying of this concord. Some degree of disappointment was probably inevitable. For better or for worse, the engine of democracy is compromise, and Mr. Nader is uncompromising to the very core of his being.

    And "An Unreasonable Man," a conventional collage of archival clips and retrospective interviews, works hard to do him justice. Its ideological leanings are evident and unsurprising, but more screen time for Mr. Nader's pre-2000 (or pre-post-2000) adversaries would have made a richer film. As it is, the filmmakers and their interlocutors make much of Mr. Nader's popularity with the American public in the 1970s, but seem unable to acknowledge that, in the next decade, much of that same public embraced Ronald Reagan, whose ascendancy is treated, with wearying predictability, as the result of elite conspiracy and public delusion.

    The standoff over the 2000 presidential election is handled with a better feel for unresolved tensions and contradictions. To these must be added a curious and telling footnote. "An Unreasonable Man" was shown at the 2006 Sundance Film Festival, alongside another documentary featuring Mr. Gore, Davis Guggenheim's "Inconvenient Truth." That movie, now contending for an Academy Award, is almost entirely about the challenges of the future. This one, for all its invocations of the progressive spirit, concerns itself mainly with the battles of the past.


     

    Ever since the first Jew arrived in America, and Essay Linking Liberal Jews and Anti-Semitism

    A J Mast for The New York Times


    Alvin H. Rosenfeld is the author of an essay critical of liberal Jews that has generated heated debate

    Essay Linking Liberal Jews and Anti-Semitism Sparks a Furor

    The American Jewish Committee, an ardent defender of Israel, is known for speaking out against anti-Semitism, but this conservative advocacy group has recently stirred up a bitter and emotional debate with a new target: liberal Jews.

    An essay the committee features on its Web site, ajc.org, titled " 'Progressive' Jewish Thought and the New Anti-Semitism," says a number of Jews, through their speaking and writing, are feeding a rise in virulent anti-Semitism by questioning whether Israel should even exist.

    In an introduction to the essay, David A. Harris, the executive director of the committee, writes, "Perhaps the most surprising — and distressing — feature of this new trend is the very public participation of some Jews in the verbal onslaught against Zionism and the Jewish State." Those who oppose Israel's basic right to exist, he continues, "whether Jew or gentile, must be confronted."

    The essay comes at a time of high anxiety among many Jews, who are seeing not only a surge in attacks from familiar antagonists, but also gloves-off condemnations of Israel from onetime allies and respected figures, like former President Jimmy Carter, who titled his new book on the Mideast "Palestine Peace Not Apartheid." By spotlighting the touchy issue of whether Jews are contributing to anti-Semitism, both admirers and detractors of the essay agree that it aggravates an already heated dispute over where legitimate criticism of Israel and its defenders ends and anti-Semitic statements begin.

    The essay, written by Alvin H. Rosenfeld, an English professor and the director of the Institute for Jewish Culture and the Arts at Indiana University in Bloomington, castigates a number of people by name, including the Pulitzer Prize-winning playwright Tony Kushner, the historian Tony Judt, the poet Adrienne Rich and the Washington Post columnist Richard Cohen, in addition to a number of academics.

    Mr. Judt, whose views on Israel and the American Jewish lobby have frequently drawn fire, is chastised for what Mr. Rosenfeld calls "a series of increasingly bitter articles" that have "called Israel everything from arrogant, aggressive, anachronistic, and infantile to dysfunctional, immoral, and a primary cause of present-day anti-Semitism."

    A historian at New York University, Mr. Judt said in a telephone interview that he believed the real purpose of outspoken denunciations of him and others was to stifle harsh criticism of Israel. "The link between anti-Zionism and anti-Semitism is newly created," he said, adding that he fears "the two will have become so conflated in the minds of the world" that references to anti-Semitism and the Holocaust will come to be seen as "just a political defense of Israeli policy."

    The essay also takes to task "Wrestling With Zion: Progressive Jewish-American Responses to the Israeli-Palestinian Conflict" (Grove Press), a 2003 collection of essays edited by Mr. Kushner and Alisa Solomon. Mr. Kushner said that he and Ms. Solomon took great care to include a wide range of voices in their collection, including those of Ms. Rich, the playwright Arthur Miller and various rabbis.

    "Most Jews like me find this a very painful subject," Mr. Kushner said, and are aware of the rise in vicious anti-Semitism around the world but feel "it's morally incumbent upon us to articulate questions and reservations."

    Over the telephone, the dinner table and the Internet, people who follow Jewish issues have been buzzing over Mr. Rosenfeld's article. Alan Wolfe, a political scientist and the director of the Boisi Center for Religion and American Public Life at Boston College, said, "I'm almost in a state of shock" at the verbal assaults directed at liberal Jews.

    On H-Antisemitism (h-net.org), an Internet forum for scholarly discussions of the subject, Michael Posluns, a political scientist at the University of Toronto, wrote, "Sad and misbegotten missives of the sort below make me wonder if it is not the purpose of mainstream Jewish organizations to foster anti-Jewishness by calling down all who take from their Jewish experience and Jewish thought a different ethos and different ways of being as feeding anti-Semitism."

    Others have praised Mr. Rosenfeld's indictment and joined the fray. Shulamit Reinharz, a sociologist who is also the wife of Jehuda Reinharz, the president of Brandeis University, wrote in a column for The Jewish Advocate in Boston: "Most would say that they are simply anti-Zionists, not anti-Semites. But I disagree, because in a world where there is only one Jewish state, to oppose it vehemently is to endanger Jews."

    Although many of the responses to the essay have referred to its subject as "Jewish anti-Semitism," Mr. Rosenfeld said in a telephone interview that he was very careful not to use that phrase. But whatever it is called, he said, "I wanted to show that in an age when anti-Semitism is resurgent, Jews thinking the way they're thinking is feeding into a very nasty cause."

    In his essay he says that "one of the most distressing features of the new anti-Semitism" is "the participation of Jews alongside it." Like others, Mr. Cohen of The Washington Post complained that the essay cherry-picked quotations. "He mischaracterized what I wrote," he said. "I've been critical of Israel at times, but I've always been a defender of Israel." He did add, however, that a wide range of writers were named, some of whom have written inflammatory words about Israel. "He has me in a very strange neighborhood," Mr. Cohen said.

    The dispute goes beyond the familiar family squabbling among Jews that is characterized by the old joke about two Jews having three opinions on a single subject. Bitter debates over anti-Israel statements and anti-Semitism have entangled government officials, academics, opinion-makers and others over the past year, particularly since fervent supporters and tough critics of Israel can be found on the right and the left.

    Mr. Wolfe, who has written about a recent rise in what he calls "Jewish illiberalism," traces the heated language to increasing opposition to the Iraq war and President Bush's policy in the Middle East, which he said had spurred liberal Jews to become more outspoken about Israel.

    "Events in the world have sharpened a sense of what's at stake," he said. "Israel is more isolated than ever," causing American Jewish defenders of Israel to become more aggressive.

    On this point Mr. Rosenfeld and Mr. Wolfe are in agreement. "It's going up a notch or four or five," Mr. Rosenfeld said in an interview. "One of the things that is clear," he said of anti-Semitic and anti-Israel attacks, "is that what used to be on the margin and not very serious is becoming more and more mainstream."

    Mr. Rosenfeld, who has written and edited more than half a dozen books as well as other publications for the committee, emphasized that policy disagreements were natural and expected. Opposing Israel's settlement of the West Bank or treatment of Palestinians "is, in itself, not anti-Semitic," he writes; it is questioning Israel's right to exist that crosses the line.

    But Mr. Judt said, "I don't know anyone in a respectable range of opinion who thinks Israel shouldn't exist." (Mr. Judt advocates a binational state that is not exclusively Jewish, something that many Jews see as equivalent to dissolving Israel). He contends that harsh complaints about Israel's treatment of Palestinians are the real target.

    Last year Mr. Judt came to the defense of two prominent political scientists, Stephen M. Walt at Harvard and John J. Mearsheimer of the University of Chicago, after they were besieged for publishing a paper that baldly stated (among other things) that anyone critical of Israel or the American Jewish lobby "stands a good chance of being labeled an anti-Semite."

    David Singer, the committee's director of research, said the attention Mr. Rosenfeld's essay had drawn was not unexpected. "We certainly thought that it would raise eyebrows in some quarters," he said.

    "I think it's an act of courage" on the part of the American Jewish Committee and the author, he added. "It obviously deals with matters of great sensitivity."


    ..>

     

    The Wailing Wall In Jerusalem

    By ALAN WOLFE

    Ever since the first Jew arrived on American shores 350 years ago, one question has persistently been asked but never definitively answered. Should Jews accommodate themselves to the culture of the United States, even if so doing carries the risk of serious, sometimes fatal revisions to the traditions that have long defined Judaism? Or should preservation of the traditions come first, even if that means never really fitting into American culture as other groups, primarily Christian, have done?

    In recent times, from roughly the 1940s to the 1970s, the predominant response among American Jews was assimilation and cultural adaptation. For many that process continues unabatedindeed, to the point of intermarriage, conversion to Buddhism, adherence to nonbelief, or any one of the myriad ways in which Jewish identity has come to be an ethnic marker, at best, and a label to be avoided, at worst.

    But there has also taken place in recent years a searching inquiry about the costs of assimilation. By no means confined to the ultra-Orthodox, some American Jews have wondered out loud what it means to be Jewish unless one takes one's obligations to the traditions seriously. Among those for whom Jewish identity is first and foremost, there exists a palpable sense that American culture is, on the one hand, too seductive and, on the other, too frivolous. People of this persuasion are inclined to believe that earlier generations of assimilated Jews were too willing to leave their heritage behind and too sanguine about what modern, secular, liberal, and, above all else, assimilationist America offered.

    While insisting that Jews as individuals offer an American success story, for example, the law professor Alan M. Dershowitz argued as the last century came to a close, in The Vanishing American Jew: In Search of Jewish Identity for the Next Century (Little, Brown, 1997), that "American Jews -- as a people -- have never been in greater danger of disappearing through assimilation, intermarriage, and low birthrates." The distinguished group of scholars who contributed to Manfred Gerstenfeld's American Jewry's Challenge: Addressing the Twenty-First Century (Rowman & Littlefield, 2004) also say that Jews face a set of new problems -- including increasing anti-Semitism, hostility toward Israel on the campuses, and secularization among younger Jews -- that make older models of assimilation problematic. Suggestions about what to do about all that differ according to the suggester: Focus more of Jewish philanthropic efforts on Jewish-community building, turn more attention to efforts to halt intermarriage, put resources into defending Israel, and so on.

    As much as I appreciate that effort to insist on Jewish identity, I want to make a case for all the things that American culture would lose if American Jews were to turn their backs on it. Jews made so many contributions to American culture during their "Golden Age" of assimilation that it is difficult to imagine what American life would have been without them. Those contributions, furthermore, raise the question of what kind of culture the United States would have if American Jews turn increasingly inward in the future. Four cultural contributions stand out.

    The first was in the arts, especially in the musical theater. It remains a fact of still surprising significance that Jews played a role in celebrating the statehood of a frontier territory like Oklahoma: As Andrea Most points out in her lively history of the Jewish contribution to musicals, Making Americans: Jews and the Broadway Musical (Harvard University Press, 2004), Richard Rodgers and Oscar Hammerstein drew on the themes of Jewish exile to depict the evolution of American culture in Oklahoma! According to Most, the message they conveyed was: "Cowboys must settle down and become farmers; the frontier must be 'tamed' into a useful agricultural resource; young people must marry and bring up new Americans."

    Together with others like Irving Berlin and George and Ira Gershwin, Rodgers and Hammerstein transformed the American musical from dancing chorus lines to something resembling European opera. Still, one wonders how many Americans who woke up to a beautiful morning understood that their entertainment was being created by people who, not that long before in America's past, would have been viewed as suspicious because of the mere fact that they were not Christian.

    In her book, Most calls attention to the political liberalism that shaped the themes of so much of Broadway musical comedy, culminating in the sermon against racial discrimination put to unforgettable melody in South Pacific. By the time Jews began to arrive in the United States in significant numbers in the early 20th century, they had already established an affinity with political liberalism in Europe. In the United States, the fit was even more perfect. Was it because the United States took such a significant shift to the left during the Great Depression and the New Deal that Jews began to feature so prominently in the liberal life of the nation? Or was it because Jews featured so prominently in the liberal life of the nation that the country shifted to the left?

    In either case, a second way Jews had an impact on America was by exercising influence in the Democratic Party, as well as in the interest groups and ideological configurations closely associated with it. Early in the 20th century, Louis Brandeis weaned America from its faith in laissez-faire with legal briefs documenting the actual conditions workers faced on the job. By mid-century, Jews had become prominent actors in the struggle for civil rights. And during the 1960s and 1970s, Jewish organizations like the Anti-Defamation League played a role in protecting the First Amendment's commitment to separation of church and state. Identifying so closely with liberal causes, Jews became, along with African-Americans, the most reliable Democratic voters in America. Ultimately, for the first time in American history, a Jew, Joseph Lieberman, became the party's candidate for vice president in 2000.

    A third distinctive contribution made by Jews to American culture was psychoanalysis, which in many ways was linked to Jewish liberalism just as Jewish liberalism was linked to Broadway theater. Psychoanalysis, as Eli Zaretsky has written in Secrets of the Soul: A Social and Cultural History of Psychoanalysis (Knopf, 2004), contains both an element of social control and an element of liberation, but it was primarily the latter strain that influenced American culture in the 1950s and 1960s. Through the work of thinkers like Herbert Marcuse, Lionel Trilling, and Philip Rieff, the ideas of Sigmund Freud permeated the very fabric of American popular and academic culture. Large numbers of Americans began to find in Freud what they increasingly failed to discover in Marx: a way to transform oppressive institutions and practices into an expansion of the sense of personal fulfillment.

    Without the arrival of psychoanalysis on these shores, it is hard to imagine how the popular-front politics of the 1930s could have been turned into the identity politics of the 1990s. Each new group that found itself victimized -- women and homosexuals most significant among them -- looked to the Freudian tradition for explanations of the problem that, as Betty Friedan famously put it, had no name. (Although Friedan herself, I hasten to point out, dismissed Freud as hopelessly biased against women.)

    All of these contributions made by Jews to American culture were accompanied by a fourth overlapping trend: the transformation of American academic life. Whether you admire his policies or consider him a dangerous threat to the republic, you have to recognize, as he himself does, that George W. Bush might not have gotten into Yale if he had been born a few years later. To their eternal credit, beginning in the 1960s academic leaders like Yale's president, Kingman Brewster Jr., understood that their institutions could not continue to be great universities unless they looked beyond a small number of WASPy prep schools and began to admit students based on merit.

    Jews would not only be admitted to universities that had once excluded them; they would also, by the fact of their admission, make the academic research university into a new kind of institution. Peer review, strict standards for tenure, highly selective admissions processes, financial aid based on need -- all those facts of the sociological life in the modern research university follow from the decision to use achievement, rather than background, as the basis for the distribution of academic rewards. When research universities came under attack in the 1960s by radical students, many of whom were Jewish, those who rose to defend the university -- Nathan Glazer, Seymour Martin Lipset, and Daniel Bell, among others -- were also Jewish.

    A t the present moment all four of those cultural venues, which once seemed to reflect the Jewish contribution to American culture, are in either serious decline or in the process of transforming themselves into something radically different from what they were during the decades from the 1940s to the 1970s. Let me proceed in reverse order.

    The effort to establish merit as the main operating principle by which American academic life would be governed lasted about one generation. Ascription has once again become an important element in the way universities understand their mission, even if the ascribed circumstances that give preference these days tend to be those marked by experiences of racial discrimination and poverty more than by breeding and class. There are many sides to the affirmative-action issues -- and Jews have been predominantly featured on all of them. But there is also a way in which the decision by elite universities to open themselves up to underrepresented groups is perceived by many Jews as an effort to establish quotas, raising the question of whether the kind of university they had come to love still exists.

    Freud could never have known that pharmacology would be able to perform, at lower cost and with more rapid results, what his method promised, but once it did, psychoanalysis lost much of the mystique that had made it so popular in the post-World War II era. Not only did Freudian methods lose scientific credibility, but they also lost their cultural cachet. To be sure, thinkers like Jacques Lacan continued to inspire theorists in both Europe and the United States, but the great moments of Freudian literary criticism and historical speculation had come to an end. One of the most popular kinds of therapy these days can be found in the self-help books written by Christian evangelicals, not exactly a terrain in which a specifically Jewish contribution can be noted.

    Jewish liberalism continues to flourish; not even President Bush's strong support of Ariel Sharon produced a significant shift in the 2004 presidential election. Yet there is no doubt that American politics has turned decidedly more conservative in the years since 1980 -- or that Jewish intellectuals of a neoconservative bent have played a major role in that change.

    There are many explanations for the rise of neoconservatism. Race was clearly a factor; important Jewish intellectuals, including the future best-selling author Allan Bloom, left Cornell University in the early 1970s, for example, in dismay over what, in their view, was the president's failure to confront armed black students. And no one can doubt the importance of foreign-policy considerations to the rise of neoconservatism, especially as the Middle East has assumed such importance for American national security. Still, it would have been difficult to predict that the near axiomatic association between liberalism and America identified by Louis Hartz and Trilling would be broken -- or that Jews would play such a prominent role in breaking it.

    The Jewish contribution to the Broadway stage is an exception to many of the trends I have been describing here; it has lasted well beyond South Pacific, culminating in the astonishing work of Leonard Bernstein, Stephen Sondheim, and, most recently, Tony Kushner. Still, as vibrant as the works of those musical and artistic geniuses are, Broadway theater itself is increasingly running revivals of the successful musicals of the Jewish golden age, including Oklahoma! Broadway today is having a difficult time finding what Jewish composers and lyricists of yesterday mastered: music that is neither highbrow and inaccessible nor lowbrow and unfulfilling.

    I do not claim to be making a causal argument here, to the effect that an increasing tendency among Jews to withdraw from mainstream American culture in favor of Jewish identity is responsible for the artistic collapse of Broadway, the accession to power of Tom DeLay and J. Dennis Hastert, Freudianism's collapse of credibility, and the turn to affirmative action. Some areas of American life in which Jews once played a major role -- the kind of comedy that produced Sid Caesar and Mel Brooks, for example -- are even more alive now than a few decades past, as the success of a Jerry Seinfeld or a Joan Rivers testifies. No one could seriously claim, moreover, that Jewish contributions to literature are poorer because writers like Allegra Goodman and Nathan Englander pursue specifically Jewish themes.

    Each of the developments I have traced has independent causes: Pharmacology did more to harm psychoanalysis than any cultural transformations, for example, and neoconservatism became more attractive because liberals, Jews and non-Jews alike, really did become elitist in the way they treated issues like crime, race, and poverty.

    Still, the decline of so many cultural arenas in which Jews once played such a crucial role is more than coincidental. Jews from Central Europe brought the United States forms of high culture -- philosophy, classical music and opera, literary modernism -- that, when blended with American concerns, produced something entirely new. Who today could envision a philosopher of Hannah Arendt's accomplishments writing for what was a quintessential WASP magazineThe New Yorkeror a character like the late Saul Bellow's Herzog writing letters to Arendt's teacher, Martin Heidegger? Jews from Eastern Europe gave us movie classics like Casablanca, an all-American love story taking place in one foreign country occupied by another one. That kind of blending would be threatened if Jews become so focused on their own identity that they lose a zest for blending with the non-Jewish culture around them.

    Each of the facets of American culture upon which I have focused was to one degree or another marginal to American life before massive Jewish immigration in the 20th century. We were generally an anti-intellectual culture that looked to Europe for the idea of the research university; our political system was more likely to have been dominated by Harding-Coolidge-Hoover conservatives than FDR or JFK liberals; psychoanalysis was too foreign to be viewed as attractive to Americans; and our styles of popular theater lacked musical and lyrical sophistication. Jews transformed themselves by adapting to American culture so enthusiastically, but they also helped transform America. There really was a golden age of American culture, and it was a direct product of the blending of immigrant experience with classic American themes.

    New ways will be found to revitalize American culture as new immigrants arrive; we are already witnessing an extraordinary flourishing of literature produced by Indian and Asian writers, a blending of Latino and American culture in popular music, and fascinating examples of religious syncretism. There are many golden ages, and a new one is growing out of the multicultural energies unleashed in the wake of the immigration reforms of 1965.

    Still, there is something to be said for the particular kind of contribution that earlier generations of Jews brought here. Shaped by Enlightenment ideals, it was liberal in the best sense of the term. One need not subscribe to Freud's ideas to recognize the importance of helping individuals to shape lives under their own control. It gave a whole new meaning to middlebrow art. It helped make American universities the model for the rest of the world to follow. It would be a great shame if such cultural contributions were lost.

    No matter how important it may be for Jews to focus on their own identity so that their Judaism does not disappear, I hope they do not do so in ways that would further undermine the survival of a form of American culture that speaks to the mind and the heart the way the culture of the great Jewish-American synthesis did over the past half-century.

    Alan Wolfe is director of the Boisi Center for Religion and American Public Life and professor of political science at Boston College. His most recent book is Return to Greatness: How America Lost Its Sense of Purpose and What It Needs to Do to Recover It (Princeton University Press, 2005).

  •  

    Jacques Brinon/Associated Press

    The biggest Adidas store in the world is on the Champs-Élysées.

    Megastores March Up Avenue, and Paris Takes to Barricades

    PARIS, Jan. 30 — There was a time when the Champs-Élysées stood for grand living, high style and serendipity. With the Arc de Triomphe on one end and the Tuileries Gardens on the other, you could discover an underground jazz band at midnight and down oysters and Champagne at dawn.

    But the road where de Gaulle celebrated France's liberation from the Nazis, the one known as "the most beautiful avenue on earth," has, like Times Square and Oxford Street in London, turned into a commercialized money trap.

    Most of the music clubs are gone. Movie theaters are closing. Sometimes, all that seems to be left on the 1.2-mile stretch are the global chain stores that can afford the rent.

    And so, in a truly French moment, the Paris city government has begun to push back, proclaiming a crisis of confidence and promising a plan aimed at stopping the "banalization" of the Champs-Élysées. The question is whether it is too late.

    The first step was a decision last month to ban the Swedish clothing giant H&M from opening a megastore on the avenue.

    The decision is intended to slow the invasion of retail clothing stores and to preserve what is left of the diverse character of the most visited site in France, after the Eiffel Tower.

    "We were losing our sense of balance," said François Lebel, a deputy mayor who administers the part of the city that includes the Champs-Élysées. "Drastic action was needed. We don't have anything against H&M. It just happens to be the first victim."

    In a sense, the avenue is a victim of its own success. With rents as high as $1.2 million a year for 1,000 square feet of space, the Champs-Élysées is the most expensive strip of real estate in Europe and the third most expensive in the world, after Fifth Avenue in New York and Causeway Bay in Hong Kong, making it impossible for most small businesses to even consider setting up shop there.

    Multinationals have no such problem. Adidas opened its largest store in the world on the Champs-Élysées last fall. Gap, Benetton, Naf Naf, the Disney Store, Nike, Zara, a Virgin Megastore and Sephora occupy major spaces. Car manufacturers including Toyota, Renault and Peugeot have huge showrooms that display flashy prototypes and serve largely as walk-in advertisements. Low-end fast-food chain restaurants like McDonald's and Quick do high-volume business.

    And things seem only to be getting more expensive. The opening of luxury showpieces like Cartier in 2003, Louis Vuitton's five-story flagship store in 2005 and the Fouquet's Barrière hotel last year (the least expensive room is nearly $900 a night) have given the avenue new glitter.

    Round-the-clock saturation of the street by teams of uniformed and plainclothes police officers — in buses and cars, on in-line skates and foot — has made it safer for its up to 500,000 visitors a day. Armies of street cleaners compensate for the scarcity of garbage bins, a grim reminder of the terrorist bombings on the avenue two decades ago.

    Only seven movie theaters are left, however, half the number of a dozen years ago. The UGC Triomphe has announced that it will close in the next few months unless its landlord backs down from the rent increase it has demanded.

    Jean-Jacques Schpoliansky, the owner of the independent Le Balzac movie theater just off the Champs-Élysées, greets customers seven days a week to give his business a personal touch.

    His rent is 15 times what it was in 1973. But the three-screen theater shows "artistic" movies, so the city gives it an annual subsidy of almost $39,000 to help it stay in business. He says he still doesn't break even.

    "My grandfather founded the Balzac in 1935," Mr. Schpoliansky said. "This place, the human contact with my customers — this is my life."

    Many other merchants lament that the move to save the avenue has come too late. "High-class Parisians don't want to come to the Champs-Élysées," said Serge Ghnassia, owner of the fur shop Milady, which opened on the Champs-Élysées in 1933. "It's not prestigious; it's not pleasant. The people who come are very common, very ordinary, very cheap. They come for a kebab sandwich and a five-euro T-shirt."

    He said he kept the store largely for sentimental reasons, as a sort of shop window to advertise his more upscale stores on the Rue du Faubourg St.-Honoré and in the ski resort of Courchevel.

    Underlying some of that resentment is that groups of young people descend on the Champs-Élysées from the working-class immigrant suburbs on weekend nights. The police keep a close watch on them, monitoring their moves.

    But some old-timers praise the avenue as a sort of democratic — and free — tourist destination for the underprivileged. "The kids coming from the suburbs are coming from the suburbs to look, to see, to escape the places where they live," Mr. Schpoliansky said. "We are a multiethnic country, and that reality is reflected on our street."

    The Champs-Élysées was conceived in 1667 as a grand approach to the royal palace at the Tuileries in what were then fields and swampland on the outskirts of Paris. In the 19th century, it was planted with elms, renamed after the Elysian Fields of Greek mythology and lined with hotels, cafes and luxurious private residences.

    But the divide between the landmark avenue's mythic image and its gritty commercialism has troubled Parisians for much of the last century.

    The prosperity of the 1960s in France attracted airline companies, car dealerships, fast-food restaurants, panhandlers, streetwalkers and badly parked cars. Rents plummeted and many commercial spaces stayed empty.

    In 1990, Jacques Chirac, who was then the mayor of Paris, began a $45 million renovation project that broadened sidewalks, planted more trees, eliminated parking lanes and added elegant streetlamps and bus stops.

    Some of the older enterprises use creative ways to stay in business. The 24-hour restaurant L'Alsace is on the ground floor of the Maison de l'Alsace, a tourism and promotion bureau financed by the Alsace regional government.

    Fouquet's, one of the avenue's few remaining belle époque restaurants, resisted a nasty takeover bid years ago and has been officially designated by the city of Paris as a "place of memory" to preserve its position on the avenue.

    Louis Vuitton is so popular that its customers (most of them tourists) often have to line up outside for entry.

    All that activity has made the unanimous decision by the city's commerce committee to block admission to H&M particularly stunning.

    H&M, which already has nine stores in Paris, had hired Jean Nouvel, a leading French architect, to design the 37,000-square-foot space in what once housed offices of Club Med.

    The company has suggested that it will appeal.

    But the ruling followed a study for the city of Paris last November that found that 39 percent of the avenue's street-front retail space was filled with clothing stores.

    "The avenue progressively is losing its exceptional and symbolic character, thus its attractiveness," the study warned, predicting that if the trend continued, the Champs-Élysées would become as tacky as Oxford Street.

    That gloomy assessment is not shared by Christophe Pinguet, the director of the Shortcut public relations agency and one of the two dozen remaining residents of the Champs-Élysées. From the terrace of his top-floor apartment, Mr. Pinguet looks out on the Eiffel Tower, the Place de la Concorde and the Arc de Triomphe.

    "I know shops nobody knows," he said. "I know the butcher who delivers meat to Jacques Chirac. I know the police who dress like spies. Sure, the Champs-Élysées can be cheap. But it's not a museum. The battle shouldn't be to keep H&M out. It should be to make sure it's fabulous."


     

    Feminist Art Finally Takes Center Stage

    Ruby Washington/The New York Times


    The artist Coco Fusco, in combat fatigues, addressing the symposium.

    Ruby Washington/The New York Times


    The critic Lucy Lippard, left, spoke with members of the audience.

    Feminist Art Finally Takes Center Stage

    "Well, this is quite a turnout for an 'ism,' " said the art historian and critic Lucy Lippard on Friday morning as she looked out at the people filling the Roy and Niuta Titus Theater at the Museum of Modern Art and spilling into the aisles. "Especially in a museum not notorious for its historical support of women."

    Ms. Lippard, now in her 70s, was a keynote speaker for a two-day symposium organized by the museum that was titled "The Feminist Future: Theory and Practice in the Visual Arts." The event itself was an unofficial curtain-raiser for what is shaping up as a watershed year for the exhibition — and institutionalization, skeptics say — of feminist art.

    For the first time in its history this art will be given full-dress museum survey treatment, and not in just one major show but in two. On March 4 "Wack! Art and the Feminist Revolution" opens at the Museum of Contemporary Art in Los Angeles, followed on March 23 by "Global Feminisms" at the Brooklyn Museum. (On the same day the Brooklyn Museum will officially open its new Elizabeth A. Sackler Center for Feminist Art and a permanent gallery for "The Dinner Party," Judy Chicago's seminal proto-feminist work.)

    Such long-withheld recognition has been awaited with a mixture of resignation and impatient resentment. Everyone knows that our big museums are our most conservative cultural institutions. And feminism, routinely mocked by the public media for 35 years as indissolubly linked with radicalism and bad art, has been a hard sell.

    But curators and critics have increasingly come to see that feminism has generated the most influential art impulses of the late 20th and early 21st century. There is almost no new work that has not in some way been shaped by it. When you look at Matthew Barney, you're basically seeing pilfered elements of feminist art, unacknowledged as such.

    The MoMA symposium was sold out weeks in advance. Ms. Lippard and the art historian Linda Nochlin appeared, like tutelary deities, at the beginning and end respectively; in between came panels with about 20 speakers. The audience was made up almost entirely of women, among them many veterans of the women's art movement of the 1970s and a healthy sprinkling of younger students, artists and scholars. It was clear that people were hungry to hear about and think about feminist art, whatever that once was, is now or might be.

    What it once was was relatively easy to grasp. Ms. Lippard spun out an impressionistic account of its complex history, as projected images of art by women streamed across the screen behind her, telling an amazing story of their own. She concluded by saying that the big contribution of feminist art "was to not make a contribution to Modernism." It rejected Modernism's exclusionary values and authoritarian certainties for an art of openness, ambiguity, reciprocity and what another speaker, Griselda Pollock, called "ethical hospitality," features now identified with Postmodernism.

    But feminism was never as embracing and accessible as it wanted to be. Early on, some feminists had a problem with the "lavender menace" of lesbianism. The racial divide within feminism has never been resolved and still isn't, even as feminism casts itself more and more on a globalist model.

    The MoMA audience was almost entirely white. Only one panelist, the young Kenyan-born artist Wangechi Mutu, was black. And the renowned critic Geeta Kapur from Delhi had to represent, by default, all of Asia. "I feel like I'm gate-crashing a reunion," Ms. Mutu joked as she began to speak, and she wasn't wrong.

    At the same time one of feminism's great strengths has been a capacity for self-criticism and self-correction. Yet atmospherically the symposium was a very MoMA event, polished, well executed, well mannered, even cozy. A good half of the talks came across as more soothing than agitating, suitable for any occasion rather than tailored to one onto which, I sensed, intense personal, political and historical hopes had been pinned.

    Still, there was some agitation, and it came with the first panel, "Activism/Race/Geopolitics," in a performance by the New York artist Coco Fusco. Ms. Fusco strode to the podium in combat fatigues and, like a major instructing her troops, began lecturing on the creative ways in which women could use sex as a torture tactic on terrorist suspects, specifically on Islamic prisoners.

    The performance was scarifyingly funny as a send-up of feminism's much-maligned sexual "essentialism." But its obvious references to Abu Ghraib, where women were victimizers, was telling.

    In the context of a mild-mannered symposium and proposed visions of a "feminist future" that saw collegial tolerance and generosity as solutions to a harsh world, Ms. Fusco made the point that, at least in the present, women are every bit as responsible for that harshness — for what goes on in Iraq for example — as anyone.

    Ms. Kapur's talk was also topical, but within the framework of India. It is often said that the activist art found in early Western feminism and now adopted by artists in India, Africa and elsewhere has lost its pertinence in its place of origin. Yet in presenting work by two Indian artists, Rummana Hussain (1952-1999) and Navjot Altaf (born in 1949), Ms. Kapur made it clear that they have at least as much to teach to the so-called West as the other way around.

    Ms. Hussain, a religious secularist, used images from her Muslim background as a critical response to sectarian violence; Ms. Altaf (known as Navjot), though based in Mumbai, produces art collaboratively with tribal women who live difficult lives in rural India.

    Collaborative or collective work of the kind Navjot does has grown in popularity in the United States and Europe in the past few years. And several of the symposium's panelists — Ms. Lippard, the Guerrilla Girls, Carrie Lambert-Beatty, Catherine de Zegher — referred to it as a potential way for feminist art to avoid being devoured and devitalized by an omnivorous art market.

    It was Ms. Fusco again who brought utopian dreams to earth. While sympathetic to the idea of collective work as an alternative to the salable lone-genius model, she suggested that the merchandising of art is at present so encompassing, and the art industry so fundamentally corrupted by it, that even collectives tend to end up adhering to a corporate model.

    The power of the market, which pushes a few careers and throws the rest out — the very story of feminist art's neglect — was the invisible subtext to the entire symposium. It was barely addressed, however, nor was the reality that the canonization of feminist art by museums would probably suppress everything that had made the art radical. Certainly no solutions for either problem was advanced, except one, incidentally, by Connie Butler, MoMa's drawings curator, who is also the curator of the Los Angeles show.

    In her panel talk she said that when she was agonizing over what choices of work to make for the "Wack!" exhibition, the art historian Moira Roth suggested, brilliantly, that she just eliminate objects altogether. Instead, Ms. Roth said, why not invite all the artists who made them to come the museum for a group-consciousness-raising session, film the session, and then make the film the show?

    Somewhat unexpectedly, signs of a raised consciousness were evident among young people in the MoMA audience, the kind of people we are told either have no knowledge of feminism or outright reject it. In the question-and-answer sessions after each panel, the most passionate, probing and agitating questions and statements came from young women who identified themselves as students or artists.

    When they spoke; when Richard Meyer, a gay art historian, spoke about queer feminism; and when Ms. Mutu ended her presentation by simply reading aloud a long list of curators, scholars and artists — all of them women, all of them black — who, could and should have been at the MoMA symposium, I had a sense that a feminist future was, if not secure, at least under vigilant consideration.


     

    Giants to Name Palmer as Quarterbacks Coach

    Mark Duncan/Associated Press

    Chris Palmer, who was the head coach of the Cleveland Browns from 1999 to 2000, spent last season as the quarterbacks coach for the Dallas Cowboys.

    January 29, 2007

    Giants to Name Palmer as Quarterbacks Coach

    In trying to create a brighter future for quarterback Eli Manning, Giants Coach Tom Coughlin continues to reach into his own past.

    In 1997, Coughlin, then the coach of the Jacksonville Jaguars, hired Chris Palmer as his offensive coordinator. Palmer replaced Kevin Gilbride, who had taken the head-coaching position with the San Diego Chargers.

    Coughlin has made a similar move now, hiring Palmer as the Giants' quarterbacks coach to replace Gilbride, who was elevated to offensive coordinator. An announcement is expected today.

    Palmer, 57, spent last season as the quarterbacks coach for the Dallas Cowboys, who changed to the inexperienced quarterback Tony Romo from the veteran Drew Bledsoe at midseason, with good results.

    Palmer was the offensive coordinator of the Jaguars in 1997 and 1998. In 1997, Mark Brunell led the American Football Conference in passer rating and was named to the Pro Bowl.

    In 1999, Palmer became the coach of the expansion Cleveland Browns. He was fired after two seasons; quarterback Tim Couch, chosen with the first overall pick in the 1999 draft, struggled to live up to expectations.

    From 2002 to 2005, Palmer was the offensive coordinator of the Houston Texans, helping develop another No. 1 overall pick, quarterback David Carr.

    The tie between Palmer and Gilbride runs deep. Each played quarterback at Southern Connecticut State — Palmer graduated in 1972, two years before Gilbride. Both are in the university's Sports Hall of Fame.

    Palmer's first coaching experience in the N.F.L. was as the receivers coach for the Houston Oilers from 1990 to 1992. Gilbride was the team's offensive coordinator.

    The Giants were 8-8 in 2006 and lost six of their final eight regular-season games. They made the National Football Conference playoffs as a wild-card team, but lost to the Philadelphia Eagles in the first round.

    Before the final regular-season game, Coughlin stripped the offensive coordinator John Hufnagel of his responsibilities and handed them to Gilbride.

    Manning, the first choice in the 2004 draft, was inconsistent most of the season and showed few signs of progress from the previous season.

    "I've only had one quarterbacks coach in the N.F.L.," Manning said during a conference call Thursday when asked about his ideal coach. "I'm just looking for someone who's obviously smart, intelligent. Someone who we can have a good relationship and just really communicate well together and be on the same page with things. Someone who has good drills and is going to be hard on me and coach me and make sure that everything that I'm doing, I'm doing to get better."


     

    The magazine repeats the myth of the gobbed-upon Vietnam vet.

    Newsweek Throws the Spitter
    The magazine repeats the myth of the gobbed-upon Vietnam vet.
    By Jack Shafer
    Posted Tuesday, Jan. 30, 2007, at 4:09 PM E.T.

    The myth of the spat-upon Vietnam veteran refuses to die. Despite Jerry Lembcke's debunking book from 1998, Spitting Image: Myth, Memory, and the Legacy of Vietnam, and my best efforts to publicize his work, the press continues to repeat the fables as fact.

    Earlier this month, Newsweek resuscitated the vet-spit myth in a dual profile of John McCain and Chuck Hagel. Newsweek reports: "Returning GIs were sometimes jeered and even spat upon in airports; they learned to change quickly into civilian clothes."

    Nexis teems with such allegations of spat-upon vets and even includes testimonials by those who claim to have been gobbed upon. But Lembcke—a Vietnam vet himself—cites his own research and that of other academics to assert that he has never uncovered a single news story documenting such an incident.

    Lembcke writes:

    If spitting on veterans had occurred all that frequently, surely some veteran or soldier would have called it to the attention of the press at the time. … Indeed, we would imagine that news reporters would have been camping in the lobby of the San Francisco airport, cameras in hand, just waiting for a chance to record the real thing—if, that is, they had any reason to believe that such incidents might occur.

    In researching the book, Lembcke found no news accounts or even claims from the late 1960s or early 1970s of vets getting spat at. He did, however, uncovered ample news stories about anti-war protesters receiving the saliva shower from anti-anti-war types.

    Then, starting around 1980, members of the Vietnam War generation began sharing the tales, which Lembcke calls "urban myths." As with most urban myths, the details of the spat-upon vets vary slightly from telling to telling, while the basic story remains the same. The protester almost always ambushes the soldier in an airport (not uncommonly the San Francisco airport), after he's just flown back to the states from Asia. The soiled soldier either slinks away or does nothing.

    One of the early vet-spit stories appears in First Blood, the 1982 film that was the first of the Rambo stories. John Rambo, played by Sylvester Stallone, claims to have been spat upon by protesters at the airport when he returned from Vietnam. "Protesting me. Spitting. Calling me baby killer," Rambo says. "Who are they to protest me?"

    Like other urban myths, the spit story gains power every time it's repeated and nobody challenges it. Repeated often enough, it finally sears itself into the minds of the writers and editors at Newsweek as fact.

    Now, it's possible that a Vietnam veteran was spat upon during the war years. Lembcke concedes as much because nobody can prove something never happened. Indeed, each time I write about the spit myth, my inbox overflows with e-mail from readers who claim that a spitting protester targeted them while they were in uniform. Or the e-mail writer claims it happened to a brother or a friend at the airport or bus station.

    I expect similar e-mails this time, and I will share with readers any account that comes with some sort of evidence—such as a contemporaneous newspaper story or an arrest report—that documents the sordid event.

    ******

    My e-mail address is slate.pressbox@gmail.com. (E-mail may be quoted by name unless the writer stipulates otherwise. Disclosure: Slate and Newsweek are owned by the Washington Post Co.)

    Slate's machine-built RSS feed.

     

     

    Alonso leads the way again for McLaren

    Wed 31 Jan, 8:09 PM

    Fernando Alonso's impressive pace continued today behind the wheel of the McLaren Mercedes MP4-22 as the Spaniard lapped less than a tenth off his best lap recorded yesterday.

    Once again early running was limited but as the day wore on, the Spanish testing venue dried out allowing the 16 runners to bolt on dry weather Bridgestone tyres.

    Alonso led the way with a best lap of 1:12.582s but the new McLaren signing did not enjoy the comfortable one second gap over his rivals as was the case on Tuesday.

    The Renault duo of Giancarlo Fisichella and Heikki Kovalainen were second and third fastest in the new R27, both lapping within two-tenths of the ultimate pace but having extended the test to include Friday, did not complete as many laps as many of its rivals.

    Kimi Raikkonen also upped his pace in the new Ferrari, setting the fourth fastest time, while team-mate Felipe Massa joined the test in last year's 248 F1.

    Nick Heidfeld and Robert Kubica were back on track for BMW Sauber with the fifth and seventh best times while Jarno Trulli was sixth best in the new Toyota.

    Rubens Barrichello was ninth fastest in the Honda RA107 while test driver James Rossiter rounded out the top ten in interim Honda.

    Ralf Schumacher joined the test for Toyota, setting the 11th best time today ahead of Pedro de la Rosa while Kazuki Nakajima put in an impressive 116 laps in the interim Williams Toyota and was 13th fastest.

    Takuma Sato was 14th fastest ahead of David Coulthard in the Red Bull Renault while Giedo Van Der Garde made his test debut for Super Aguri Honda, completing four timed laps.

    Testing in Valencia continues on Thursday.

    Valencia* - 31/01/2007

    1 . F. Alonso - McLaren Mercedes MP4-22 - 1:12.582 (+ 0.000 ) - 86 laps

    2 . G. Fisichella - Renault R27 - 1:12.737 (+ 0.155 ) - 37 laps

    3 . H. Kovalainen - Renault R27 - 1:12.770 (+ 0.188 ) - 43 laps

    4 . K. Raikkonen - Ferrari F2007 - 1:12.860 (+ 0.278 ) - 51 laps

    5 . N. Heidfeld - BMW Sauber F1.07 - 1:13.012 (+ 0.430 ) - 50 laps

    6 . J. Trulli - Toyota TF107 - 1:13.297 (+ 0.715 ) - 47 laps

    7 . R. Kubica - BMW Sauber F1.07 - 1:13.310 (+ 0.728 ) - 42 laps

    8 . F. Massa - Ferrari 248 F1 - 1:13.574 (+ 0.992 ) - 48 laps

    9 . R. Barrichello - Honda RA107 - 1:13.690 (+ 1.108 ) - 72 laps

    10 . J. Rossiter - Honda RA106 - 1:13.732 (+ 1.150 ) - 28 laps

    11 . R. Schumacher - Toyota TF107 - 1:13.839 (+ 1.257 ) - 31 laps

    12 . P. de la Rosa - McLaren Mercedes MP4-22 - 1:14.286 (+ 1.704 ) - 41 laps

    13 . K. Nakajima - Williams Toyota FW28 B - 1:14.401 (+ 1.819 ) - 116 laps

    14 . T. Sato - Super Aguri Honda RA106 - 1:14.812 (+ 2.230 ) - 36 laps

    15 . D. Coulthard - Red Bull Renault RB3 - 1:15.939 (+ 3.357 ) - 26 laps

    16 . G. Van Der Garde - Super Aguri Honda RA106 - 1:26.348 (+ 13.766 ) - 4 laps

     

    Today's Papers

    Resolution Dreams
    By Daniel Politi
    Posted Wednesday, Jan. 31, 2007, at 5:47 AM E.T.

    The Los Angeles Times leads with word that German investigators have recommended arrest warrants be issued for 13 American intelligence operatives who were involved with the "extraordinary rendition" of a German citizen. Investigators say Khaled Masri was kidnapped and sent to Afghanistan, where he was allegedly beaten and secretly detained for five months before he was released without charges. The Washington Post and New York Times lead with the increasing debate among Republican senators on how best to respond to President Bush's plan to send more troops to Iraq.

    USA Today leads with a look at how at least a dozen states are discussing whether they should use their budget surpluses to decrease business taxes to lure investors. The paper says this is a change since states traditionally have preferred to target personal taxes. The Wall Street Journal tops its world-wide newsbox with news that at least 58 people were killed in Iraq yesterday "during rites" on the Shiite holy day of Ashura. The NYT notes that last year there were fewer than a dozen people killed on the holiday, but in 2004 at least 180 people died.

    German officials said indictments could be filed as early as next week. The LAT notes the news comes at a time when an Italian court is considering whether to put 26 Americans and nine Italians on trial for the abduction of an Egyptian cleric. The paper notes it is unlikely the U.S. government would agree to extradite suspects.

    At first, GOP senators wanted to propose one resolution that would strike a balance between supporting President Bush and voicing concern about the war's direction. Now, according to the Post, there are at least five competing drafts going around, and senators can't agree which one best expresses their interests. A "raucous debate" about the different resolutions erupted during a lunch Republican senators had with Vice President Cheney and military leaders. "Resolutions are flying like snowflakes around here," Sen. Arlen Specter, R-Pa., said.

    Couldn't the lack of a unifying resolution ultimately help the White House? On Saturday, the Post reported that senators hadn't seen a particularly aggressive lobbying effort by the administration, which could benefit from a bunch of resolutions that dilute any message Congress wants to send President Bush. All this debate probably pleases Vice President Cheney, who was widely quoted when he declared: "[Y]ou cannot run a war by committee."

    The NYT does a good job of summarizing the events regarding Iraq that took place on Capitol Hill yesterday. There was a confirmation hearing for Adm. William Fallon, who was nominated to lead U.S. forces in the Middle East and yesterday said that "what we've been doing is not working." Meanwhile, in another hearing, the leaders of the Iraq Study Group said the diplomatic efforts put forth by the White House in the Middle East have been insufficient.

    The WSJ mentions up high that after initial resistance, Democrats have agreed to President Bush's idea of forming a bipartisan working group on Iraq and terrorism.

    USAT fronts an interview with the No. 2 U.S. general in Iraq, who says Iran is giving weapons to militias in Iraq. According to Lt. Gen. Raymond Odierno, U.S. officials can "trace back" weapons to Iran through serial numbers. Among the weapons is a new type of roadside bomb that is being used to attack U.S. troops. "Properly handled, it goes through armor like a hot knife through butter," said a military expert.

    The LAT gets word from military officials that the Air Force's role in Iraq could increase. Among its tasks would be a stepped up effort to monitor the Iran-Iraq border to prevent arms smuggling.

    The WP and NYT front, while everyone else goes inside with, the testimony of former NYT reporter Judith Miller at the Libby trial. Miller said Libby first told her that Valerie Plame worked at the CIA almost three weeks before Cheney's former chief of staff claims he got the information from a journalist. Miller also testified that Libby "appeared to be agitated and frustrated" when he told her the news, a contrast with his usual demeanor, which she described as "very low-key and controlled." Everyone notes Miller testified for the prosecutor who sent her to jail for 85 days.

    Miller then "began to sigh frequently and grow testy in her responses" (NYT) when Libby's attorney began his aggressive questioning. The defense tried to target her memory and credibility by wondering how it was possible Miller now knew so many details of a meeting when she claimed that she could not even remember it when she first testified before the grand jury in 2005. The WSJ says at one point Miller "turned to jurors, rolling her eyes and shaking her head in frustration." The day ended with the defense trying to question Miller about other sources with whom she might have discussed Joe Wilson or his wife. The judge said he will hear arguments about whether to allow these questions, but everyone notes he didn't seem inclined to permit them.

    USAT fronts word that a major international report on climate change to be released on Friday will say that with "virtual certainty" fossil fuels are to blame for global warming. "Virtual certainty" means scientists are 99 percent sure, which is a change from 2001 when the group described the connection as "likely" (66 percent).

    The WP's Al Kamen points out that former associate attorney general and convicted felon Webb Hubbell is now promoting life insurance for people who smoke marijuana and are "responsible" about it. Typically those who smoke have had to lie on forms or pay high premiums to get life insurance. To target this "underserved market" Hubbell has teamed up with two insurance companies that agreed to write policies for those who enjoy a good toke.

    Daniel Politi writes "Today's Papers" for Slate. He can be reached at todayspapers@slate.com.

     

     

     

    AP Blog: Traffic, Hype Launch Super Week

    Filed at 2:56 p.m. ET

    AP National Writer Paul Newberry is covering the sights and sounds surrounding Super Bowl XLI in Miami and filing daily reports:

    ------

    Wednesday, Jan. 31.

    FORT LAUDERDALE, Fla. (AP) -- Decisions, decisions.

    The Indianapolis Colts have just finished their media availability -- you know, the daily round-table where guys answer the same ol' questions for about the 50th time this week -- and I'm faced with a quandary.

    Should I head back to Miami Beach for another round of scintillating news conferences ... or, should I hang out at the Colts' hotel for the rest of the afternoon?

    Let me tell you, Indianapolis has favored status at this Super Bowl in more ways than one. While the Chicago Bears are assigned to a hotel near Miami International Airport, with glorious views of planes landing and taking off, the Colts are trying to get by at a beachside resort in Fort Lauderdale.

    At this very moment, I'm looking out on the sparkling blue waters of the Atlantic Ocean. It's got to be at least 70 degrees. There's not a cloud in the sky. A gentle breeze is rolling onshore.

    I could go parasailing. Or rent a jet ski. Or just hang out on one of those comfy looking beach chairs, getting some much-needed sun for my pale winter skin.

    I'm sure there's a way to justify this as real work. What if Peyton Manning got a sunburn? I could spring into action for the exclusive interview (assuming I haven't dozed off myself). What if Adam Vinatieri gets a sand spur in that valuable right foot? That scoop would belong to me.

    So, should I stay or should I go?

    I guess it's time to go.

    Who says this isn't a tough job?

    ------

    TUESDAY, Jan. 30:

    MIAMI -- It's Super Bowl Media Day -- time to play my own version of ''Mission: Impossible.''

    Peyton Manning is the target. The goal? Ask a question of the Indianapolis Colts' star quarterback.

    This will require some advanced planning, so I grab a chart handed out by the NFL. Drawing on the expertise gained during my aborted career as a CIA spy (disclaimer: not everything you read in this blog is true), I deduce that Manning will hanging out for a full hour on podium No. 4, which is set up near the 25-yard line of Dolphin Stadium.

    Granted, I'm not actually writing a story on Manning. I don't really need to ask him anything. But if the Super Bowl is for the players (along with the TV networks and corporate sponsors), then Super Bowl Media Day is for the journalists.

    This is our chance to shine. This is a chance to show that we really belong. This is our chance to show that we can ask the hard questions, along with the questions that are hard to ask.

    What's that you say? Getting off one question in one hour doesn't sound all that tough? Well, it's obvious that you've never been to this human traffic jam on steroids, having an elbow jammed in your ribs or a camera banged off the side of your head.

    As a veteran of past Super Bowls, I know this one solitary question is hardly a shoe-in. Manning is the most prominent player in the title game. I'll have lots of competition, hundreds of would-be interrogators ranging from serious journalists -- hey, there's Pulitzer Prize-winner Dave Anderson of The New York Times -- to the folks just milking their moment in the spotlight. Yep, those two guys who were dissed by Simon on ''American Idol'' somehow got through the gate, one wearing Manning's No. 18 jersey, the other decked out in the No. 54 of Chicago Bears linebacker Brian Urlacher.

    For my purposes, they're all the enemy, the sort of people who will be vying for Manning's precious attention. I'll need to bring my A-game. I'll need to give 110 percent. I know there's no tomorrow (well, actually, both teams will be available Wednesday and Thursday at their team hotels, but that doesn't count).

    Always one to arrive fashionably late, I saunter toward Manning's spot about 10 minutes into this 60-minute affair, hoping that some of the weaklings will already have given up. No such luck -- he's engulfed by a horde of reporters, cameras and recorders.

    One of the more resourceful devices is a long metal pole with a camera taped to the top. Too bad I can't mount myself on top of a pole.

    Right away, I'm able to maneuver directly in front of the quarterback, a seemingly prime spot though I'm stuck behind a five-deep pileup. No need to start shouting yet. I'll bide my time, let the others tire themselves out, then move in for the kill.

    Five minutes after I arrive, I'm able to slide into the four-deep position. Should I start yelling? Not yet.

    Soon, I'm distracted by a cameraman, clicking away at 7 o'clock (right behind my left ear). I turn and give him the look of death. He apologizes and backs away.

    Then, a correspondent from ''Entertainment Tonight'' steals the spotlight, just sauntering right up to announce that he's come to present Manning with some sort of mock award. The quarterback is clearly distracted by the shiny glass trophy, because he turns toward the ET camera right away.

    Dang, I should have brought a present to give Manning.

    The minutes are ticking away -- literally, in large numbers on the stadium scoreboard. Thirty-five minutes to go. Thirty minutes to go. I'm going to have to make my move.

    ''Pey ...!'' That's all I get off before someone else out-hollers me.

    ''Peyton ...!'' A little better, but he still doesn't look.

    Another problem has arisen. I had several potential questions to fire at Manning, but most of them have already been asked. I need some fresh material. Fortunately, my co-worker from Chicago walks up from behind, asking if Manning has said anything about Urlacher.

    What a break! I volunteer to ask the question.

    And what's this? A spot right up front has opened, but Sal Paolantonio from ESPN cuts me off at the pass. And, in a brilliant maneuver, he also interrupts my next attempt -- after I've already gotten out, ''Hey Peyton, how do you account ...''

    Damn those TV guys, with their perfect hair and pressed suits!

    But I don't miss my next chance, getting off the inquiry in its entirety. It's taken a full half hour, but I've made it with 22 minutes to go. Manning looks duly impressed at my interrogating techniques, responding with a long, thoughtful answer.

    When he's finished, I mouth the words ''thank you'' and walk away. I should have brought a ''Mission Accomplished'' banner to unfurl on top of the stadium.

    Looking back, I spot an attractive woman positioned on top of a riser, shrieking toward the podium: ''Peyton! Peyton! Peyton!'' He doesn't even look up.

    Rookie.

    ------

    MONDAY, Jan. 29:

    MIAMI (AP) -- We turned right, sped up the ramp ... and saw nothing but red lights staring back at us as we merged onto Interstate 95. Welcome to South Florida and all its glorious sprawl.

    Riding with a colleague to the Indianapolis Colts' hotel in nearby Fort Lauderdale, I got my first sustained glimpse of this area's notorious traffic. Even though the expected 30-minute drive wound up taking more than an hour, it wasn't that big a deal for someone who's based in Atlanta, where gridlock is an accepted way of life.

    Besides, we made it to the hotel with a few minutes to spare, wading through fans and groupies camped out in the lobby for the Colts' arrival Monday evening.

    Security officers were everywhere -- guarding elevators, searching bags and checking credentials at the entrance to the massive tent where interviews were held with coach Tony Dungy and a small assortment of players (Sorry, no Peyton Manning. He won't be available until Tuesday's media confab at Dolphin Stadium).

    One woman tried to pull a fast one just before the interviews started, arriving at the door without a credential and proclaiming that she was with a journalist who had just walked in.

    The guard wasn't buying her story. He shouted out to the reporter, asking if they were together. ''I've never seen her before'' was the reply.

    Nice try.

    Taking the podium first, Dungy was asked if his players might be tempted by the myriad of opportunities for getting into trouble during Super Bowl week. Good question. Remember what happened the last time the NFL played its championship game in Miami?

    In 1999, Atlanta safety Eugene Robinson was arrested the night before the big game, charged with soliciting sex from an undercover police officer. Not surprisingly, the Falcons were whipped 34-19 by the Denver Broncos.

    ''We did talk about what happened to some other guys at the Super Bowl,'' Dungy said, without naming names.

    Meanwhile, plenty of journalists have been complaining about their digs at the main media hotel, sharing their supposed horror stories when they weren't listening to cliches. The rooms are shabby. It's inconvenient. Heck, they don't even have HBO.

    Of course, this is par for the course when it comes to sportswriters, who must have to take a course in Whining 101 on their way through college. They have one of the best jobs in the world -- if you can call it a job -- but all they do is talk about their hardships.

    They won't get much sympathy from those folks who don't get an all-expenses-paid trip to the country's biggest sporting event.

    ------

    MIAMI (AP) -- Let the press conferences begin!

    A steady stream of talking heads paraded through the Super Bowl media center, discussing everything from the coolest weather of the season (it's dipping into the low 50s) to the state of security (which is ''Level 1,'' in case you were wondering).

    This being Miami, it didn't take long for someone to bring up that ailing leader to the south. Cuban expatriates are making plans for an official celebration whenever Fidel Castro dies, but what happens if he passes away DURING the Super Bowl?

    Not to worry. Robert Parker, who runs the Miami-Dade Police Department, said the city has come up with a plan for just such an occurrence and even rehearsed it. ''We did a tabletop exercise just this morning,'' he said.

    Whew, that's a relief.

    Next to Castro, the most pressing security issue involved that most American of pastimes. Call this one Tailgating -- er -- Gate, because the NFL won't be letting anyone grill brats in the parking lot before the game. Yep, you heard me right. At the biggest football game of the season, tailgating is actually BANNED.

    The NFL's security honcho, Milt Alherich, pointed to a lack of parking space and a need to maintain tight control over the area around Dolphin Stadium. And listen to this spin on things: ''It's for the fans,'' he said. ''It's for the convenience of the fans and the safety of the fans.''

    Hmmm. Somehow, I don't think the fans will see it that way.

    One other thing stood out during the news conference on security. Julie Torres, an ATF agent who's leading the federal effort on behalf of the Department of Homeland Security, was asked just what it means to be a ''Level 1'' event.

    Well, she explained, the Iraqi elections were ''Level 2,'' which means the feds didn't assign as many agents to watch over things as they'll have at the Super Bowl. Doesn't that sound like a strange sense of priorities?

    ^------

    SUNDAY, Jan. 28:

    MIAMI (AP) -- The Super Bowl countdown has started -- yep, only one week to go -- but the hype is still at the lukewarm stage.

    Other than a few signs hanging at Miami International Airport (''One Game, One Dream,'' they proclaimed with typical NFL melodrama), it seemed like just another day in this winter mecca. Snowbirds arriving for some much-needed Sun & Surf. A British couple on vacation, not at all interested in this American brand of football. And, of course, the airline delivering a broken piece of luggage on the carousel, along with this infuriating disclaimer.

    ''We're not responsible for any damage to the wheels and handles,'' an agent said. Oh well, I guess I'll be dragging this one the rest of the way.

    The media enclave is set up in the Miami Beach Convention Center, which is right next to the Jackie Gleason Theatre (an ode to another glorious era of partying and debauchery in this town). Out front, a cadre of orange-jacketed security officers stood ready to search every computer bag that came through the doors. Mostly, they just stood around. The cavernous hall was largely empty, the literal calm before the storm in what has become a de facto American holiday. The only signs of life were provided by the NFL Network, blaring from every television as they breathlessly marked the arrival of the Chicago Bears.

    And what about the Indianapolis Colts? Join us again Monday night -- that's when they'll be touching down.

    It wasn't until I turned the corner onto Ocean Drive in search of my hotel that I got my first taste of what's to come. The South Beach traffic was bumper to bumper (OK, so it's probably that way most nights in this land of roped-off clubs and scanty attire, but work with me here). And what's that creeping along in the opposite lane? Yep, it's a white stretch Hummer.

    Ahhh, now it feels like a Super Bowl.


     

    White House Order Tightens Grip

     

    By JOHN D. MCKINNON
    January 31, 2007; Page A6

    WASHINGTON -- A White House move to tighten its control over federal regulations is providing fresh evidence of the Bush administration's intent to leave its conservative imprint on government over the next two years.

    The White House action, in the form of an executive order, is a reminder that despite Democrats' success in November's congressional elections, Mr. Bush retains control of the basic machinery of government that often decides how corporations and citizens go about their business. It is a power that Congress has limited ability to affect.

      What's New: President Bush extended White House oversight of agency regulation to include more informal guidance and more data on costs.
     
      What's at Stake: Businesses are hoping they've gained new tools to avoid costly regulation, while consumer and liberal groups worry about a conservative power grab.
     
      What's Next: Democrats in Congress are likely to take a look, but have few options.
     

    Now Mr. Bush aims to exercise more sway.

    Most notably, the White House has given itself more review authority over many informal agency dictates known as guidance. Critics say the executive order gives the White House a chokehold over new guidance it dislikes. White House officials deny that, saying it is simply strengthening a review process that already occurs in many instances.

    Even defenders of the administration say this change is likely to give the White House more say in how to interpret federal rules. As the White House has assumed more oversight on formal rulemaking, many critics say agencies have done more regulation through informal guidance, such as letters or manuals. Because these aren't formal regulations, the agencies don't have to go through the same elaborate procedures. Labor officials in recent years have issued guidance on hundreds of occupational-safety issues, critics note.

    "I think that's important," James Gattuso, an expert on regulation at the conservative Heritage Foundation, said of the change. "If you believe in review of regulations to ensure they're consistent with administration policy, and no more costly than necessary, you really want guidance documents to be included as well."

    Administration officials say the principal aim of the new policies isn't to stifle regulation but to clarify a process that can appear confusing and opaque to the people affected. Several of the changes are aimed at making sure that regulated companies and individuals get more of an opportunity to comment in advance on planned policies, said Jeffrey Rosen, general counsel of the White House Office of Management and Budget.

    "Bad, bad, bad," Gary Bass, executive director of liberal advocacy group OMB Watch, said of the changes. He predicted they would hamper the government's ability to respond to regulatory crises -- such as the recent E. coli outbreaks on fresh vegetables.

    The House Oversight and Government Reform Committee is considering a hearing on the issue. The administration's new approach "interferes with the ability of agencies to make decisions based on their expert opinions, and is something Congress should carefully review," Chairman Henry Waxman (D., Calif.) said in a statement. Sen. Joseph Lieberman of Connecticut, chairman of the Senate Homeland Security and Governmental Affairs Committee, said in a statement that his panel would monitor the situation to "make sure that essential federal protections are not being undermined."

    Mr. Rosen said it's "ironic that a measure that increases availability of guidance documents to the public and allows input by the public would be seen as a problem instead of a benefit." He also said there is an exception for emergencies.

    [Susan Dudley]

    The executive order has three other main parts. It sets a new standard for formal rulemaking that requires agencies to find a "market failure" before proceeding with formal regulation. That's a concept that has been championed by Susan Dudley, the academic Mr. Bush nominated to oversee regulatory matters for the White House. Her nomination has been blocked in the Senate, and the White House has said she instead will be tapped for a senior adviser post.

    Public Citizen, a liberal advocacy group, said that provision could derail much new regulation. But Mr. Rosen says it is an attempt to clarify a provision that has governed executive-branch rulemaking since the Clinton administration issued its executive order on regulations in 1993. That 1993 provision called for an agency undertaking a rulemaking to identify the problem it intends to address, including "the failures of private markets," he said.

    The new Bush order also requires agencies to put a senior official -- technically, a presidential appointee -- in charge of regulatory policy. Critics say that will extend the reach of the White House further into agencies' operations. But White House officials say it's just institutionalizing a longstanding practice. Most agencies already have designated a presidential appointee as their regulatory policy chief, Mr. Rosen said.

    Another change requires agencies to develop annual plans for weighing the combined costs and benefits of all regulation planned for the year. Liberal critics say such analyses are biased against regulation and will cause agencies to postpone new rules

     

     

    President Lincoln and Ford's Theater

    JANE ANN MORRISON: Visit to Ford's Theatre provides intimate connection to Lincoln's legacy

    WASHINGTON -- Who knew that Ford's Theatre, where President Lincoln was shot by an assassin/actor, is still a working theater? Certainly not me. I didn't even know it still was standing.

    ..>..> ..> ..>..>..>


    It's not one of the big attractions in Washington. It's no Air and Space Museum or Vietnam Veterans War Memorial. But it's one of those little jewels of living history that encourage the imagination, bringing to life the death of a great president. Was that a movement in the box? Could it be the spirit of John Wilkes Booth preparing to jump on the stage below after shooting Lincoln?

    The theater and the home across the street where Lincoln died are both open to the public (and free), and the basement of the theater houses a small Lincoln museum showcasing such grim memorabilia as the coat he was wearing when he was shot, the derringer used and Booth's diary, in which he explained his plan to kill the man who freed the slaves.

    Ford's Theatre was closed after Lincoln's death because an outraged public didn't want the murder site used for entertainment. The building was used for business but reopened as a theater in 1968 after the historical value came to outweigh the concern that it wouldn't be respectful to put on shows there.

    Lincoln enjoyed theater as an escape from his day job and had gone to see a comedy with his wife and another couple on April 14, 1865. It was about 10:15 p.m. when Booth entered the presidential box to the right of the stage just as the audience was laughing at a line in "Our American Cousin." He shot the president, stabbed Maj. Henry Rathbone and chose as his route of escape to leap onto the stage below, a flamboyant move sure to bring more drama to his act. However, he got entangled with the flags and decorations that marked this as a presidential box. Booth broke a bone in his left leg when he landed on the stage but still fled to his horse waiting in the alley.

    Lincoln was taken to the house across the street, where he died the next morning. You can see the sitting room where Mary Todd Lincoln and son Robert waited through the night. The bed in the back room of this modest boarding house owned by a tailor is not the actual bed Lincoln died in -- that bed is now owned by the Chicago Historical Society -- but you can envision the lanky Lincoln stretched diagonally across the bed, his hand held by the 23-year-old doctor first to respond to "Is there a doctor in the house?"

    Booth, a Southern sympathizer, was captured and killed April 26 in a Virginia farmhouse. I had forgotten he had six co-conspirators, including Mary Surratt, a woman who ran a boarding house where the murder was plotted.

    On my visit to the capital, I trudged to Ford's Theatre through a snowstorm, much like a 19th-century heroine (but with better boots) clutching not a baby, but a ticket to August Wilson's play "Jitney." From where I sat, there was a clear view of the presidential box, with its faded flags draped across the front. Honestly, at one time out of the corner of my eye, I thought I saw a movement.

    A strong sense of the presence of a man who had fought for civil rights commingled with the play about blacks in Pittsburgh in the 1970s, men struggling to provide for their families and provide transportation for their poor neighborhood.

    The play hammered home the slow progress of equality in the United States. Seeing "Jitney" at Ford's Theatre, in a city where multicultural is no misnomer, where my cabbies came from India, Ethiopia, Nigeria and Haiti, made it as relevant today as it was 30 years ago and made the death of a man a century and a half ago seem even more tragic.

    When Lincoln died, Secretary of War Edwin Stanton said, "Now he belongs to the ages." His massive memorial on the National Mall in Washington brings that message home, but so does a more intimate and human visit to Ford's Theatre.

    Jane Ann Morrison's column appears Monday, Thursday and Saturday. E-mail her at Jane@reviewjournal.com or call 383-0275.

     
     
    ..
     

     

    Iraq

    This article brings into stark reality what is happening every day in Iraq. There must be a complete re-evaluation and coming together of all Americans so this kind of senseless killing will stop.

     

    Robert Nickelsberg/Getty Images for The New York Times

    American and Iraqi soldiers on Haifa Street in Baghdad. There, a sergeant was shot last week, and one bullet changed

    January 29, 2007

    'Man Down': When One Bullet Alters Everything

    BAGHDAD, Jan. 28 — Staff Sgt. Hector Leija scanned the kitchen, searching for illegal weapons. One wall away, in an apartment next door, a scared Shiite family huddled around a space heater, cradling an infant.

    It was after 9 a.m. on Wednesday, on Haifa Street in central Baghdad, and the crack-crack of machine-gun fire had been rattling since dawn. More than a thousand American and Iraqi troops had come to this warren of high rises and hovels to disrupt the growing nest of Sunni and Shiite fighters battling for control of the area.

    The joint military effort has been billed as the first step toward an Iraqi takeover of security. But this morning, in the two dark, third-floor apartments on Haifa Street, that promise seemed distant. What was close, and painfully real, was the cost of an escalating street fight that had trapped American soldiers and Iraqi bystanders between warring sects.

    And as with so many days here, a bullet changed everything.

    It started at 9:15 a.m.

    "Help!" came the shout. "Man down."

    "Sergeant Leija got hit in the head," yelled Specialist Evan Woollis, 25, his voice carrying into the apartment with the Iraqi family. The soldiers from the sergeant's platoon, part of the Third Stryker Brigade Combat Team, rushed from one apartment to the other.

    In the narrow kitchen, a single bullet hole could be seen in a tinted glass window facing north.

    The platoon's leader, Sgt. First Class Marc Biletski, ordered his men to get down, away from every window, and to pull Sergeant Leija out of the kitchen and into the living room.

    "O.K., everybody, let's relax," Sergeant Biletski said. But he was shaking from his shoulder to his hand.

    Relaxing was just not possible. Fifteen feet of floor and a three-inch-high metal doorjamb stood between where Sergeant Leija fell and the living room, out of the line of fire. Gunshots popped in bursts, their source obscured by echoes off the concrete buildings.

    "Don't freak out on me, Doc," Sergeant Biletski shouted to the platoon medic, Pfc. Aaron Barnum, who was frantically yanking at Sergeant Leija's flak jacket to take the weight off his chest. "Don't freak out."

    Two minutes later, three soldiers rushed to help, dragging the sergeant from the kitchen. A medevac team then rushed in and carried him to a Stryker armored vehicle outside, around 9:20. He moaned as they carried him down the stairs on a stretcher.

    The men of the platoon remained in the living room, frozen in shock. They had a problem. Sergeant Leija's helmet, flak jacket, gear and weapon, along with that of at least one other soldier, were still in the exposed area of the kitchen. They needed to be recovered. But how?

    "We don't know if there's friendlies in that building," said Sgt. Richard Coleman, referring to the concrete complex a few feet away from where Sergeant Leija had been shot. Sergeant Biletski, 39, decided to wait. He called for another unit to search and clear the building next door.

    The additional unit needed time, and got lost. The men sat still. Sergeant B, as his soldiers called him, was near the wall farthest from the kitchen, out of sight from the room's wide, shaded window. Sergeant Woollis, Private Barnum, Sergeant Coleman and Specialist Terry Wilson sat around him.

    Together, alone, trapped in a dark room with the blood of their comrade on the floor, they tried to piece together what had happened. Maybe the sniper saw Sergeant Leija's silhouette in the window and fired. Or maybe the shot was accidental, they said, fired from below by Iraqi Army soldiers who had been moving between the buildings.

    Sergeant Woollis cited the available evidence — an entrance wound just below the helmet with an exit wound above. He said the shot must have been fired from the ground.

    The Iraqis were not supposed to even be there yet. The plan had been for Sergeant Leija's squad to work alongside an Iraqi Army unit all day. But after arriving late at the first building, the Iraqis jumped ahead, leaving the Americans and pushing north without searching dozens of apartments in the area.

    The Iraqi soldiers below the kitchen window had once again skipped forward. An American officer later said the Iraqis were brave to push ahead toward the most intense gunfire.

    But Sergeant Leija's squad had no communication links with their Iraqi counterparts, and because it was an Iraqi operation — as senior officers repeatedly emphasized — the Americans could not order the Iraqis to get back in line. There was nothing they could do.

    9:40 a.m.

    An Iraqi soldier rushed in and then stopped, seemingly surprised by the Americans sitting around him. He stood in the middle of the darkened living room, inches away from bloody bandages on the carpet.

    "Get away from the window!"

    The soldiers yelled at their interpreter, a masked Iraqi whom they called Santana. Between their shouts and his urgent Arabic, the Iraqi soldier got the message. He slowly walked away.

    A few minutes later it happened again. This time, the Iraqi lingered.

    "What part of 'sniper' don't you understand?" Sergeant Biletski yelled. The other soldiers cursed and called the Iraqis idiots. They were still not sure whether an Iraqi soldier was responsible for Sergeant Leija's wound, but they said the last thing they wanted was another casualty. In a moment of emotion, Private Barnum said, "I won't treat him if he's hit."

    When the second Iraqi left, an airless silence returned. The dark left people alone to grieve. "You O.K.? " Sergeant B asked each soldier. A few nods. A few yeses.

    Private Barnum stood up, facing the kitchen, eager to bring back the gear left. One foot back, the other forward, he stood like a sprinter. "I can get that stuff, Sergeant," he said. "I can get it."

    The building next door had still not been cleared by Americans. The answer was no.

    "I can't lose another man," Sergeant B said. "If I did, I failed. I already failed once. I'm not going to fail again."

    The room went quiet. Faces turned away. "You didn't fail, sir," said one of the men, his voice disguised by the sound of fighting back tears. "You didn't fail."

    9:55 a.m.

    The piercing cry of an infant was easily identifiable, even as the gunfire outside intensified. It came from the apartment next door. The Iraqi Army had been there, too. In an interview before Sergeant Leija was shot, the three young Iraqis there said that their father had been taken by the soldiers.

    "Someone from over there" — they pointed back away from Haifa Street, toward the rows of mud-brick slums — "told them we had weapons," said a young man, who seemed to be about 18.

    He was sitting on a couch. To his right, his older sister clutched an infant in a blanket; his younger sister, about 16, sat on the other side.

    The young man said the family was Shiite. He said the supposed informants were Sunni Arabs who wanted their apartment.

    The truth of his claim was impossible to verify, but it was far from the day's only confounding tip. Earlier that morning, an Iraqi boy of about 8 ran up to Sergeant Leija. He wanted to tell the Americans about terrorists hiding in the slums behind the apartment buildings on Haifa Street's eastern side.

    Sergeant Leija, an easygoing 27-year-old from Raymondville, Tex., ignored him. He and some of his soldiers said it was impossible to know whether the boy had legitimate information or would lead them to an ambush.

    That summed up intelligence in Iraq, they said: there is always the threat of being set up, for an attack or an Iraqi's own agenda.

    The Iraqi Army did not seem worried about such concerns, according to the family. The three young Iraqis said they were glad that the Americans had come. Maybe they could help find their father.

    10:50 a.m.

    Sergeant. Coleman tried using a mop to get the gear, and failed. It was too far away. With more than an hour elapsed since the attack, and after no signs of another shot through the kitchen window, Sergeant B agreed to let Private Barnum make a mad dash for the equipment.

    Private Barnum waited for several minutes in the doorway, peeking around the corner, stalling. Then he dove forward, pushing himself up against the wall near the window to cut down the angle, pausing, then darting back to the camouflaged kit.

    Crack — a single gunshot. Private Barnum looked back at the kitchen window, his eyes squeezed with fear. His pace quickened. He cleared the weapons' chambers and tossed them to the living room. Then he threw the flak jackets and bolt cutters.

    He picked up Sergeant Leija's helmet, cradled it in his arms, then made the final dangerous move back to the living room, his fatigues indelibly stained with his friend's blood. There were no cheers to greet him. It was a brave act borne of horror, and the men seemed eager to go.

    As Private Barnum gingerly wrapped the helmet in a towel, it tipped and blood spilled out.

    11:15 a.m.

    Sergeant B sat down on a chair outside the two apartments and used the radio to find out if they would be heading back to base or moving forward. He was told to stay put until after an airstrike on a building 500 yards away.

    The platoon, looking for cover, returned to the Iraqis' apartment, where they found the family as they were before — on the couch, in the dark, around the heater.

    Specialist Wilson continued the conversation he started before the gunshot two hours earlier. The young Iraqi man said again that the Iraqi Army had taken his father. "Will you come back to help?" he asked.

    "We didn't take him," Specialist Wilson said. "The I.A. took him. If he didn't do anything wrong, he should be back."

    The Iraqi family nodded, as if they had heard this before.

    Speaking together — none of them gave their names — they said they had lived in the apartment for 16 years. Ten days ago, before the Americans arrived, Sunnis told them they would kill every Shiite in the building if they did not leave immediately. So they fled to a neighborhood in southern Baghdad where some Shiites had started to gather in abandoned homes. But again, a threat came: leave or die. So less than a week ago, the family returned to Haifa Street.

    And now the airstrike was coming.

    Sergeant B told the family that they should go into a back room for safety. He asked if they wanted to take the heater with them (they did not), and he reminded everyone to keep their mouths open to protect their inner ears against the airstrike's shockwave.

    A boom, then another even louder explosion hit, shaking dust from the walls. One of blasts came from a mortar shell that hit the building, the soldier said. The family stayed, but for the Americans, it was time to go.

    12:30 p.m.

    Over the next few hours, the platoon combined sprints across open alleyways with bouts of rest in empty makeshift homes. Under what sounded like constant gunfire, the soldiers moved behind the Iraqi soldiers, staying close.

    At one point, the Iraqis detained a man who they said had videos of himself shooting American soldiers. The Iraqi soldiers slapped him in the head as they walked him past.

    About an hour later, a sniper wounded two Iraqi soldiers who were mingling outside a squat apartment like teenagers at a 7-11. Private Barnum wrapped their wounds with American bandages. He and the rest of the platoon had been inside, taking cover.

    "Stay away from the windows," Sergeant B kept repeating. The point was clear: don't let it happen again. Don't fail.

    4 p.m.

    Downstairs in the lobby of a mostly abandoned high rise on Haifa Street, the sergeant and his men sat on the floor, exhausted. They were waiting for their Stryker to return so they could head back to base. In 14 hours, they had moved through a stretch of eight buildings on Haifa Street. They had been scheduled to clear 18.

    Upstairs, Iraqi soldiers searched rooms and made themselves at home in empty apartments. Many were spacious, even luxurious, with elevators opening into wide hallways and grand living rooms splashed with afternoon sun.

    Under Saddam Hussein, Haifa Street had been favored by Baath Party officials and wealthy foreigners. The current residents seemed to have fled in an instant; in one apartment, a full container of shaving cream was left in the bathroom. In that apartment's living room, a band of Iraqi soldiers settled in, relaxing on blue upholstered couches and listening to a soccer game on a radio they found in a closet.

    They looked comfortable, like they were waiting to be called to dinner.

    Sergeant B and Specialist Woollis, meanwhile, talked about what they would eat when they got back to their homes in California. The consensus was chili dogs and burgers.

    Sergeant B also said he missed his 13-year-old son, who was growing up without him, playing football, learning to become a man with an absentee father. After 17 years in the Army, he said, he was thinking that maybe his family had put up with enough.

    "I don't see how you can do this," he said, "and not be damaged."

    A few hours later, the word came in: Sergeant Leija had died.


     

    Readers strike back

     From Salon.com

    Massive online feedback has rocked writers and changed journalism forever. This brave new world is filled with beautiful minds and nasty Calibans and everything in between. Its benefits are undeniable. But do they outweigh its insidious effects?

    By Gary Kamiya

    Jan. 30, 2007 | You, gentle and not-so-gentle readers, have been on my mind lately. You vast and invisible online throng, slouched in front of thousands of computer monitors, have done something revolutionary. You have forever altered the relationship between writer and audience. The Internet has turned what was once primarily a one-way communication into a dialogue -- or maybe a melee. From a cultural perspective, the new democracy of voices online is a wonderful thing. But writers have an odd and ambiguous relationship with their readers, and the reader revolution is having massive consequences we can't even foresee. Writers are being pulled, or lured, down from their solitary perches and into the madding throng. This has opened useful debate and made writers accountable. But it has also thrown open the gate to creeps, narcissists and wannabe Byrons who threaten to damage the fragile, half-permeable membrane writers use to keep the world from being too much with them.

    This is all brand new. Until the Internet came along, actual readers barely dented a writer's consciousness. Before the whole world got wired, the only way readers could respond to a piece was by writing a letter to the editor, or (much less frequently) to the author, putting it in a stamped envelope, and sticking it in a mailbox. As a result, the number of letters was a tiny fraction of what it is in the age of e-mail. And that number was further diminished by an editor who trimmed the few selected letters to meet space considerations and winnowed out the cranks. An article might have been read by 10,000 people, but the writer never knew it. A dozen letters constituted a deluge.

    Most writers have a love-hate relationship with reader mail. I'm no exception. When I started out, back in the snail-mail days, I looked eagerly forward to getting letters -- as long as they compared my prose to Stendhal's. However, I was quickly disabused of the dream that I was destined to be the literary version of Santa Claus. For every letter that compared my prose to Stendhal's, there were 10 that were the epistolary equivalent of a decaying vegetable, hurled with unerring accuracy at my cranium. (Actually, since no one was ever deluded enough to compare my prose to Stendhal's, the ratio was even worse.) This would have bummed me out, but there weren't enough letters, good or bad, to affect me one way or the other. Since there was no evidence that I had any readers -- and considering some of the publications I wrote for, that may have been true -- I was able to put my audience pretty much out of my mind.

    Then Al Gore invented the Internet and everything changed. Pieces that in the olden days would have garnered five or six letters suddenly inspired more commentary than a rerun of "Gilligan's Island" in a cultural studies class. The floodgates opened, and in charged the masses -- some filled with fulsome praise, others waving scimitars and dragging siege machinery into place, others ranting about their ex-wives.

    For its part, Salon has thrown in its lot, for better and worse, with reader democracy. Until about 15 months ago, readers could post comments only by e-mail, and Salon editors culled the most interesting and representative ones -- in effect, a compromise between the restrictive old print approach and the open-the-floodgates Web one. No more. Now readers can post letters directly and they go up on the site unedited. (We do remove posts that contain gratuitous insults, ad hominem attacks, obscenities and the like.)

    Like most sites that have gone to an open letters forum, we wanted to democratize, to showcase all the letters we receive. We also did it because we wanted to attract more readers. Online journalism is a highly competitive business. Major newspapers like the New York Times and the Washington Post are competing with popular blogs like Daily Kos and established Web sites like Salon for readers. Salon editor in chief Joan Walsh says, "We talked for years about how to get the great letters from readers we all had in our in boxes onto the site and finally set out to do it. But clearly there was also the influence of the blogosphere, where readers expect to participate in the conversation and respond to posts and articles themselves. And we wanted to increase our page views, reader participation and loyalty. Readers come back now not just to see what else we've posted on Salon, but to see what other letter writers have said about their letter."

    Salon's new letters policy is a tiny part of a larger online trend toward massive reader feedback. All of us -- writers and editors and readers alike -- are still struggling to get used to this cacophonous cornucopia of communication. It is a brave new world, filled with beautiful minds and nasty Calibans and everything in between. Its benefits are undeniable. But it has some downsides, too -- not all of them obvious.

    Let's start with the good news. Ideas and perspectives that never found an outlet before are now shouted from every corner that has a phone line and a computer. This has rocked the journalistic world. The violent uprising of the previously voiceless plebeians has disturbed the perfumed slumber of media gatekeepers, forcing journalists to immediately correct glaring mistakes or abandon insupportable positions. One well-known example was the brouhaha at the Washington Post over its Jack Abramoff coverage, when readers posting on the Post's blog forced ombudsman Deborah Howell to admit that her assertion that Abramoff had "directed' contributions to both parties" -- implying that the Abramoff scandal was bipartisan -- was a mistake. The Post, whose initial response to the attacks on Howell was to shut down its blog on the grounds that many attacks were abusive, later, to its credit, restored the blog.

    And, of course, there has been an explosion of expertise. The information revolution has set off a million car bombs of random knowledge at once, spraying info fragments through the marketplace of ideas. Sometimes it feels as if the Internet has turned the whole country, indeed the whole world, into a virtual New York City, a dense, antimatter-like place where within any four-block grid there are hundreds of people who know more about Miles Davis or Linux or Giorgio de Chirico or the Ruy Lopez opening or Peyton Manning's attack on the two-deep zone than you do. (As a starry-eyed provincial, I like to think of New York this way, even though it's probably an illusion.)

    The reader revolution has also provided an unprecedented snapshot of America. Anyone who surfs the Web looks out over democratic vistas that Walt Whitman could only imagine. The switchboard is lit up and behind each light is a real human being whose opinions and interests can now be heard by all. Is this a good thing? It depends on whether your commitment to democracy, transparency and openness outweighs your desire not to be flooded with noise about Paris Hilton, Brazilian bikini waxing and the profiles on MySpace.

    In some ways, this debate, and indeed the larger argument about the reader revolution, recapitulates venerable debates, which go back to the ancient Greeks, about the virtues of democracy versus aristocracy and oligarchy. This is an age of massive feedback, but it's hard to deny that the collective American mind, now that its amp is turned up to 11, sounds a lot like Mötley Crüe.

    For a writer, this huge, suddenly vocal audience has some significant advantages. For one thing, it serves as an enormous fact-checker. If you make a mistake in a piece, some eagle-eyed reader will let you know, often within minutes. But a far more important effect of the reader revolution is that it has forced writers to immediately deal with substantive arguments and critique. Like most writers who publish a lot online, I've written pieces that a letter writer has sliced up so surgically, with such superior logic and style, that I began searching furtively for a "do over" button on my computer. And the sheer quantity of even less sophisticated arguments, like water poured onto a leaky roof, reveal a piece's weak points. Many writers have told me about extraordinary e-mail exchanges with readers that sometimes develop into ongoing relationships.

    At its best, then, the active audience sharpens thinking and advances the discussion. Even when not at its best, it gives a valuable sense of the range of perspectives that are out there -- at least in the possibly skewed demographic of those who write letters online.

    And, of course, for a writer there is the guilty narcissistic pleasure, which can become an addiction, of wallowing in what other people have to say about you. If you have a blog, as New York Times media writer David Carr noted recently, this temptation is even more powerful. In the Balzacian -- some would say baboonlike -- game of status-affirmation that we are all tempted to play from time to time, the number of letters you get, blogs that deal with you, or the number of times your name comes up on Google is an index of higher rank.

    These are some of the good, or at least furtively pleasurable, aspects of the reader revolution. But there are also a number of bad ones. And like an iceberg, the bulk of them may be below the surface.

    First, and most obviously, is the reality that the newly vocal masses contain not only thoughtful and respectful readers but also large numbers of fools, knaves, blowhards and nuts. Moreover -- and this is a crucial point -- the percentage of letter writers who are fools, knaves, blowhards and nuts has exponentially increased. In the old stamped-letter days, the difficulty of writing in weeded out more of these types; letters tended to be somewhat more thoughtful, and letter writers usually adhered to certain conventions of etiquette and decorum governing communications between reader and writer. Not forelock-tugging subservience to their betters, but simple courtesy. There was a tacit acknowledgment of the implicit contract between writer and reader, one characterized by at least a modicum of idealization and respect on both sides. I don't want to exaggerate this -- certainly there were plenty of ad hominem and intemperate letters back then. But having edited several magazines in the print-only era, I can say that there were far, far fewer. Perhaps the unseen presence of an editor, the slightly formal nature of writing a "letter to the editor," led readers to be on their better behavior.

    Now, in the glorious days of "disintermediation," when writing a letter or posting a blog is as easy as banging away on a keyboard for a few seconds and clicking "Send," that contract has been trashed. Formality? The context of online communication is more like being in your car in a traffic jam than sitting across a table from someone and having a talk -- and it's easy to flip somebody off through a rolled-up window. As a result, the kind of people who are prone to flipping others off, braying obscenities and ranting pointlessly are disproportionately represented in online letters sections and reader blogs. A friend of mine once commented, apropos of drivers who festoon the bumpers of their cars with stickers announcing their political and philosophical beliefs, "I am not interested in the opinions of my fellow motorists." Reading some online discussions, I know exactly what he meant.

    The letters pages of Salon, like every other online magazine that doesn't filter its posts, is a classic spaghetti western -- the good, the bad and a really heavy dose of Eli Wallach. To pull out only one of thousands of possible examples, let's look at a particularly egregious discussion that followed an article by Lori Leibovich about the Yaskulka family of New York, whose father lost his mother on 9/11, and their painful struggle to overcome depression and put their lives back together. A number of readers criticized Salon for running the piece, arguing that it placed 9/11 victims on a pedestal and played into Bush's 9/11-is-sacred agenda. But several went further, criticizing the family itself. "Seems like all they are doing is letting the past rule them," wrote "SR." "They seem to be unwilling or unable to get past it. That's not 'recovery' it's 'wallowing.'" Another writer, "EM," criticized "these showy displays of forced grief" and commented, "The Yaskulkas would probably benefit from focusing more on their futures and less on their past losses, too."

    Other readers jumped in to express outrage at these responses. One wrote that "for others to think that they have the moral right to judge and ridicule a grieving family's coping methods is absolutely disgusting. It makes me so furious that I'm surprised that I can even sit here and type this. Another poster who expressed similar anger to this situation, wrote, "'Christ, we're horrid.' I completely agree. Human nature at its finest." In the end, the family's mother responded herself, writing, "Judge us if you will ... We were not asked by Salon.com to be the 'Poster Family' for 9/11. We were asked how we are doing 5 years later. We are doing the best we can."

    That other readers came to the defense of the Yaskulkas, and Louise Yaskulka responded, shows that letters forums can be self-correcting. But they are not always self-correcting: Sometimes the trolls drive everyone else out. In any case, the damage had been done. This example shows that online, nothing -- not even a grieving family -- is off-limits. Why should it be? An anonymous posting is a communication without consequence. Want to tell someone who lost their mom that they're not grieving the right way? Step right up! They'll never know who you are.

    What should be noted about the Yaskulka comments is that, removed from their context as responses to an article about real people, in a forum where those people are sure to read them, they are legitimate. People are at liberty to judge others, and do so all the time, even regarding matters as intimate as grieving. We've all played amateur psychologist in private about people we know, and writers pronounce judgment on public figures all the time. What made this discussion different, and what many readers rightfully found offensive, is that it was a public discussion of a deeply private matter -- the very definition of callousness. But the letter writers who criticized the Yaskulkas clearly did not see the family as being private anymore: Because they were the subjects of an online story, they were fair game.

    The fact is that anyone who posts anything on the Internet is opening himself or herself up to every conceivable response -- from thoughtful comments to irrelevant ramblings to savage personal attacks. And, in a dynamic unique to discussion threads, those responses have a logic of their own, one that often has far less to do with the piece ostensibly being discussed than with the posters' obsessions and their quarrels with each other. A thread that starts out reading like an exchange in the New York Review of Books quickly degenerates into a brawl on "The Jerry Springer Show."

    Open letter forums create and abet an insider-ish mentality where a certain species of poster can flaunt their egos and sense of superiority. These worthies may see themselves as keen-witted literary arbiters, but in fact they more closely resemble the extras who play outraged townspeople in low-budget vampire movies, oafs in lederhosen milling around angrily and waving burning torches. Besotted with their petty power and egging each other on, they often gang up on a single demonized writer. And if you happen to be that writer, you'd better have a really thick skin -- or have learned to stop reading your mail and Googling yourself.

    The problem is, it's very hard for writers, who want to be read and want to know what readers are saying about them, to ignore letters or blogs about themselves. "Practically every writer I know has gone through the mill with this," says Salon senior writer Laura Miller. "Blogs, often written by idiots, are bad-mouthing you. You go through this cycle where you get interested, then you get angry, then you just stop reading them." But as Miller points out, even nasty comments are addictive. "There's a great Trollope quote from 'Phineas Finn': 'But who is there that abstains from reading that which is printed in abuse of himself?'"

    Miller, who says the tendency of discussion threads to degenerate is an example of "the tragedy of the commons," believes that the worst online abuse is directed at writers who make themselves vulnerable by revealing intimate things about their lives. "I don't think people who write stuff like that should read their letters," Miller says. "If you write something revealing, people mob up and become predatory." Miller attributes this to a rampant cultural self-righteousness: "It's like a virus in society -- the policing of norms." As every online editor knows, pieces about child-rearing, sexual mores and the like provoke remarkably virulent outbursts of reader self-righteousness.

    Novelist and former Salon columnist Ayelet Waldman is a case in point: Her pieces about child-rearing and sexuality caused a group of readers to become angrily obsessed with her. "For some reason there's a tendency for the very worst of people to be expressed online," Waldman says. "I've done it myself -- I once wrote something really snarky about a writer, and I got back a very thoughtful and hurt letter from them, and I felt really bad."

    Waldman no longer Googles herself or reads reader letters. "From early on I realized that their bile said much more about them than about me," she says. "But inevitably, despite yourself, that viciousness does affect you. It makes me feel bad about myself, and I try to avoid things that make me feel bad about myself. It's too bad because I've also had amazing experiences online -- connecting with women who have lost children, things that have helped me as human being."

    Waldman sums it up succinctly: "The entire blogosphere is a first draft."

    It should be noted that some of these attacks have an ugly misogynistic aspect. At Salon, but I believe not just at Salon, a disproportionate number of nasty posts are directed at women writers. Often, the letter writers delight in using cutesy nicknames to belittle women authors, a tactic seldom used against male writers. It's hard to say whether this is a result of the tendency of women to write more personal essays than men, or simple misogyny (though many of the abusive posters are themselves female).

    It's easy to say writers should just ignore these letters, but it isn't so easy to do it. For one thing, it isn't as if the posts are all simply cretinous vomitings by mouth-breathers; often they make some more or less legitimate point, then launch into their ugly attacks. And the relentless viciousness of the attacks -- a phenomenon that never existed on the same scale before the Internet -- is profoundly demoralizing to writers: They can make their job miserable and affect their writing. "In the old days, the mail had a completely different tenor," says Salon staff writer Rebecca Traister. "Even the hate mail was pretty well thought-out. But this has become about creating a spectacle of hate that everyone will notice. I did laugh at it for a long time. But to open yourself up to it every single time, to wake up at night imagining how someone is going to take what you have written and turn it into a personal attack on you -- it wears away at you." Traister adds, "I cannot say that it does not affect my writing."

    Nasty and ignorant letters affect the reader, too. A few ugly or stupid comments in a discussion thread have a disproportionate impact. Like drops of iodine in a glass of water, they discolor the whole discussion and scare more thoughtful commentators away. They also degrade the image of a publication's readership: Several Salon contributors and staffers have complained to me that our open letters policy leaves the impression that our readership is much stupider and coarser than it really is.

    The larger issue, however, is the effect of massive feedback itself -- not just abusive feedback, or dumb comments on blogs, but all of it -- on writers. Here we approach the ambiguous heart of the issue. It's ambiguous because a writer's relationship with the imagined readership is itself inherently unstable. Writing is an unstable, hybrid form of communication, at once a soliloquy and a conversation. And the sudden onslaught of responding readers has profoundly changed that relationship, in ways that may improve the communal, two-way aspects of writing but may damage its intimate, meditative and one-way nature. Writers may begin questioning themselves, anticipating criticism, internalizing external pressures -- all things that can be positive but that can also lead to creative paralysis.

    Of course, different kinds of writing are more autonomous than others. At one extreme, there is literary fiction. Fiction writers do not aim to communicate facts, make an argument or convince anyone of anything; indeed, it is questionable whether fiction is a "communication" in the sense that a conversation is at all. At the other extreme is a straight "just the facts, ma'am" news story, in which all voice and point of view has been excised. All other kinds of journalistic writing fall somewhere in between.

    Fiction writers are not exposed to as much online feedback as journalists, but they too are exposed. And some fiction writers are beginning to register this in their work. In Richard Powers' latest novel, "The Echo Maker," one of the main characters is a neurologist and writer whose recent books have been criticized. Looking at comments about him on Amazon, he thinks: "Somehow, when he wasn't looking, private thought gave way to perpetual group ratings. The age of personal reflection was over. From now on, everything would be haggled out in public feedback brawls."

    For his part, Powers seems to welcome the age of "public feedback brawls" -- at least as they affect his work. "What's liberating is my books are being talked about by a lot of people in a lot of different forums, from esoteric literary quarterlies to blogs," he said in an interview with Salon's Kevin Berger in the Los Angeles Times. "It's now possible to feel that you're just part of a conversation that's veering and weaving all the time. In a way, it parallels the issues in 'The Echo Maker.' We want to believe the self is a single and a solid thing. But we need to stop thinking about the self as a kind of solid art sculpture and start thinking of it as a river, flowing and changing. Maybe many years ago, I had the idea that a book had an innate quality and was a solid, identifiable monument of unchanging value. But it's clear to me that books, like people, are works in progress. They are constantly being transformed."

    But Powers' view of fiction as constantly in flux is probably not shared by most novelists, who are more apt to see their creations as immutable objects, "artifices of eternity" like Yeats' golden bird in "Sailing to Byzantium." In one sense, this sense of fiction as autonomous shields it from the reader revolution -- but it also leaves it potentially open to being undercut, whittled away. If all the cultural noise and audience feedback is about either nonfiction or the more blatantly attention-getting elements in fiction, will fiction writers have an incentive to stop dreaming?

    Journalism is inherently more communicative, information-driven and dialogic than fiction -- but not entirely so. As a result, the reader revolution has left journalists in a complicated position. They need to respond to their critics more than fiction writers do -- but they, too, sometimes need earplugs.

    The most obvious danger, for a journalist, is that he or she will respond to criticism by avoiding certain subjects or pulling punches. Except in cases of reader abuse, this is the journalist's problem, not the readers'. A writer privileged enough to publish has to be thick-skinned to accept fair criticism, no matter how harsh. Bloggers' denunciation of the "imperial media" can be overblown and paranoid, but it's legitimate to expect journalists to accept criticism. Once you write something and send it out into the world, you don't own it anymore: You offered it to the reader, and the reader has the right to respond as he or she wants. Before the Internet, it was easy for a journalist to behave like a sniper, rising furtively out of a foxhole, firing off a shot, then ducking back down to safety. Now, people are shooting back, and it's a bit much for the sniper to complain. The tale of New Republic critic Lee Siegel, who was so enraged by his online detractors that he adopted a pseudonym, went into the comments section of his blog and began slurring his critics and praising himself, is cautionary. (Siegel was suspended from writing for TNR.)

    But in reality, journalists are human beings who range from bomb-throwing tough guys to tender-hearted wimps. And the reader revolution has definitely made it harder for the wimps. If you want to write polemically about a subject that people feel passionately about, you'd better be ready for a rumble. Whether this is a good development or not is unclear: It's good that journalists can't hide as easily, but there are probably some great stories that introverted writers are less likely to do now.

    However, the real danger posed by the reader revolution is subtler. As writing becomes more of a dialogue and less of a soliloquy, the risk is that it will flatten out. That the new ideals of consensus and saturated information will replace the old ones of creativity and individuality -- what Powers called "the age of personal reflection." A different but equally problematic outcome is also possible: That pugnacity and contentiousness will become the supreme writerly virtues, and journalism will become a gladiatorial enterprise. Again, there is nothing wrong with either rational consensus or pugnacity. But they should not be the only flowers growing in the literary garden.

    Someone might ask, why should massive audience feedback threaten creativity? After all, none of those millions of readers, no matter how nasty or hyper-rational, have the power to prevent a writer from choosing a subject. I think there are several reasons.

    First, writers are increasingly rewarded for provoking noise. The more responses you get, the more impact you have, the more money you make for your publication, and the more editors will reward you. But getting a lot of letters is not necessarily a good sign: It sometimes just means that you pushed an obvious button. It's easier to bitch than praise. Some of the best pieces -- the most thoroughly investigated, clearly argued, beautifully written -- generate very few letters. The reader revolution extends the power of the market into literature and journalism. And disciples of Adam Smith notwithstanding, capitalism is a very equivocal patron of the arts. Just ask our new goddesses, Britney and J.Lo.

    Second, writers are sensitive plants. It's hard to find a good ivory tower these days. If Montaigne was alive today, he might be just another hyperactive blogger.

    There is no easy answer to this problem. The Wikipedia model of journalism, in which a vast community of readers functions as a self-correcting machine, is an incredibly powerful development, and much of it is positive. Who would return to the days when dictatorial journalists handed down pronouncements ex cathedra? There's an old New Yorker cartoon in which a Führer-like figure, standing onstage in front of a huge "Triumph of the Will" crowd, says, "I think I may say, without fear of contradiction..." That pretty much sums up the elite media's relation with its audience before the Internet. We all need to be contradicted when we're wrong -- and we're all wrong a lot. The Führer is dead -- long live the people!

    And yet, it's too easy simply to celebrate the downfall of the elite media and glory in the toppling of the gatekeepers. Yes, they -- we -- could and can be smug and arrogant. Yes, we should be summoned to account when we screw up. And yes, the online revolution has made it easier to do that. But to be part of an elite doesn't mean you're divinely anointed. It simply means you have some aptitude for what you do and have spent years learning to do it, and so you're probably better at it than most people. Not smarter, not a better human being -- just better at your craft. This is true of football players, surgeons, chefs and auto mechanics -- why shouldn't it be true of journalists as well? Forget the word "elite": In our laudable all-American haste to trash bogus royalty, let's not forget there's a completely different category. It's called professionalism.

    And it isn't all about right and wrong, anyway. It's about poetry. It's about cadences and music and allusion and metaphor, about words that someone spends hours weighing until they balance perfectly. A world without soliloquies, without idiosyncratic essays, without pieces that don't know where they're going, without unanswerable questions, without language that bravely stands on its own like a tree or a Coltrane note, would be a barren one. It would be hyperbolic to claim that the reader revolution, one of the great advances in human history, is hurling us into that world. But it would be myopic not to recognize the danger signs.

    Publications will doubtless come up with ways to filter the reader dreck. (At Salon, we have a few simple changes in the works.) But the new paradigm is here to stay. Perhaps the best we can hope for is that the newly vocal audience learns to respect the implicit, always fragile contract between writer and reader. For a writer, that contract simply means trying to do your best. It means bringing honesty, hard work, knowledge and passion to what you write -- and expecting that your readers will approach your work in the same spirit. "Write with blood," Nietzsche's Zarathustra proclaimed, "and you will experience that blood is spirit." The ultimate elitist, Nietzsche dismissed his readers outright: "Whoever knows the reader will henceforth do nothing for the reader. Another century of readers -- and the spirit itself will stink." Nietzsche's wounded and grandiose pronouncement, as usual, contains a grain of truth. Writing is extremely hard work, and it exposes the writer to the world. No one expects the reader to work as hard as the writer did. But the pell-mell rush of information flooding across a million screens has made it too easy for readers to forget that the info-byte they just swallowed was a handcrafted object.

    Pro athletes have a saying: "Respect the game." It may be too much to expect the mouse-wielding masses to embrace that credo. But a little respect would go a long way to restoring the heft of the written word, its shape and dignity. And in an age of weightless information, that would be good for readers and writers alike.

    -- By Gary Kami

     

     

    Houses Found Buried Beneath Stonehenge Site

    By Marc Kaufman
    Washington Post Staff Writer
    Tuesday, January 30, 2007; 2:36 PM

    New excavations near the mysterious circle at Stonehenge in South England have uncovered dozens of homes where hundreds of people lived -- at roughly the same time 4,600 years ago that the giant stone slabs were being erected.

    The finding strongly suggests that the monument and the settlement nearby were a center for ceremonial activities, with Stonehenge likely a burial site while other nearby circular earthen "henges" were areas for feasts and festivals.

    The houses found buried beneath the grounds of the Stonehenge World Heritage Site are the first of their kind from that late Stone Age period in Britain, suggesting a surprising level of social gathering and ceremonial behavior, in addition to impressive engineering. The excavators said their discoveries together constitute an archeological treasure.

    "This is evidence that clarifies the site's true purpose," said Michael Parker Pearson of Sheffield University, one of the main researchers. "We have found that Stonehenge itself was just half of a larger complex," one used by indigenous Britons whose beliefs centered around ancestor and sun worship.

    The roughly 90 original slabs of Stonehenge, researchers have long known, were carefully placed to align with the rising and setting of the sun during the summer and winter solstices. The new research, funded in part by the National Geographic Society, concludes that a complementary and larger circle about two miles from Stonehenge had timber posts aligned to mark the solstice in reverse. That monument, called Durrington Walls, was in line with sunset at the summer solstice sunset, while Stonehenge was aligned with the sunrise on that day.

    In addition, the excavation -- undertaken by a team of 100 archeologists from universities around Britain -- uncovered an avenue 100 feet wide that led from the second circle down to the River Avon. That mirrors a similar, but considerably longer, wide path downstream at Stonehenge, leading the team to conclude that the two sites were connected, most likely as part of funerary rituals.

    That finding, said Parker Pearson, is supported by the earlier discovery of cremated remains at Stonehenge and new work indicating that as many as 250 cremated bodies are there. It is also supported by the layout of the Durrington Walls avenue, which leads from the giant circle down to a small cliff along the river.

    "My guess is that they were throwing ashes, human bones and perhaps even whole bodies into the water, a practice seen in other river settings," Parker Pearson said. Of Stonehenge, he said "it was our biggest cemetery of that time."

    The researchers said recent carbon dating has fixed the time of Stonehenge's construction at between 2640 to 2480 B.C. with 95 percent probability -- around the same time that Egyptians were constructing the giant pyramid of Giza. As with the pyramid, the building of Stonehenge was a remarkable engineering feat that involved moving stones weighing many tons as much as several hundred miles.

    The six newly excavated houses within the Durrington Walls were dated to the same period, Parker Pearson said, leading the team to conclude they housed the men and women who worked on the structures, as well as people who came to the site for ceremonies.

    Each house was about 16 feet by 16 feet, had a central hearth and remains of wooden box beds. All of the houses were scattered with human debris of all kinds. The only other similar houses from the Neolithic, or late Stone Age period, found in the region are on the Orkney Islands, off northern Scotland.

    Among the remains found at the Durrington Walls site are many domesticated pigs surrounded by arrowheads -- suggesting a midwinter festival and feast. Whereas the Durrington circle was an area for living, Thomas said, Stonehenge appears to be a monument to the ancestors.

    Two other ancient clay floors were found within Durrington Walls on a slightly elevated section, but they were different in a potentially significant way -- they were entirely cleared of human debris. Another leader of the excavation team, Julian Thomas of Manchester University, said they may have been the homes of tribal leaders or wise women, or perhaps temples for ancestor and sun worship. The eight floors were identified through a survey with magnetomers, which detect unusual magnetic patterns underground, that located the hearths -- a survey that suggests many more undiscovered homes are scattered through the area.

    Earlier Stonehenge investigators have theorized that the structure was built by Celts, Gauls, or even Egyptians. But the current team said the builders appear to indigenous, migratory Britons who used the upland site for only part of the year. But there was at least one exception: Parker Pearson said that one of the cremated remains at Stonehenge is of a man from the foothills of the Alps.

January 30, 2007

  • Family Photographs of Happy Days
    A Family Picture From Another Era. Mayor Whelan and His Children
    On The Ferry in the Long Island Sound
    OLivia Frances Whelan
    Olivia at the Palm, Caesar's Palace, November 1995
    Mikey slip slidin' away
    And All Of A Sudden, The Young Lady
    The bundled up Baby Olivia

  • Family Photographs
    Triathlon In New York Harbor

    Triathlon Racing Bicycle stage Pennsylvania. My first race 1983

    Mike Taylor and I on the construction of The Eiffel Tower as part of the Paris Hotel and Casino Construction, Las Vegas. 2000

    Olivia and Da Christmas 2003

    Christmas 2003 Mikey and Olivia

    Viewed 30 times
    Mikey and Olivia Talent Show, 2004.
    Olivia and Da. Talent Show Tap Dancing
    Mikey Pat, The best son a man could ever have
    Palm Desert, California, Olivia Frances, The best daughter a man could ever have.

    Olivia at Oasis Pointe during our first year here in Las Vegas, 1995

    .

    This is Michael Patrick Whelan, age 3, and already a very large fan of cake and ice cream, with candles added to celebrate his birthday.

    Olivia Frances Whelan at 3 years old, our home on Tropicana Avenue in Las Vegas, Nevada.
    Olivia at age 4, opening up her Birthday Gifts, Oasis Pointe, 1999.
    Olivia Frances Whelan, in the garden by our home on Tropicana Ave. Las Vegas. The young lady is the picture of contentment in this picture.
    This photograph of Michael Patrick was taken on the day he was Baptized in February, 2002. We were having a little celebration at a place called Metro Pizza.
    Olivia 1997, Oasis Pointe, Las Vegas, Nevada.
    High Chair which lasted through Olivia and Mikey. Oasis Pointe, Las Vegas. 1999.
    Michael Patrick and Olivia Frances, Las Vegas, 2002
    Michael Patrick Whelan in the kitchen of our home on Tropicana avenue, in Las Vegas , Nevada. 2001
    Tags: familyphotographs | Edit Tags
    Wednesday December 20, 2006 - 03:27pm (PST) Edit | Delete | Permanent Link | 0 Comments
    Family Photographs
    Birthday Celebrations with some gravy on my mouth, I am much more careful now...
    Olivia Frances and DA 1995 Las Vegas

    My Son. Michael Patrick Whelan 2001

    Christmas In Las Vegas

    Family Picture My Daughter Olivia Frances Whelan

    Olivia 1995 Palm Desert California

    Olivia Wearing Elton John's Glasses, 1995, Palm Desert, California

    Olivia and Mikey Playhouse Oasis
    Mikey Olivia and Da Encinitas California, 2000.
    Mikey Pat and Da. Las Vegas 2002

    Tags: familyphotographs | Edit Tags
    Wednesday December 20, 2006 - 03:04pm (PST) Edit | Delete | Permanent Link | 0 Comments
    Family Photographs

    Easter 2001

    Mikey 6 Months Old

    Mikey Pat and his Tae Kwan Do uniform
    Mikey in one of his trademark abbreviated forays into his crib.
    Frank Frega. He is an Ironworker in Jersey City New Jersey, and I owe him my life. Hi Frankie. Frank Frega, IW Local 45, Jersey City, New Jersey.
    Sibling Love in front of Bagels and More in Las Vegas 2001
    My Son And I
    Living in California .Christmas 1994
    John Curley, Seattle's finest and most humorous Television personality.
    John Curley and Michael P. Whelan, John is the Host of Evening Magazine on King 5 in Seattle.
    Jersey City once again.
    The old industrial city of Jersey City, New Jersey. It is the second largest city in New Jersey.
    Olivia Frances Whelan
    Tags: familyphotographs | Edit Tags
    Wednesday December 20, 2006 - 02:49pm (PST) Edit | Delete | Permanent Link | 0 Comments
    Happy Days Family Alblun
    Mayor Whelan and his son Michael

    Michael P. Whelan in San Bernardino, Ca. Feb. 1994

    Michael p. Whelan San Diego 1994

    Frankie Donatoni Chester County, PA. 1980

    Myself, my Dad, and the most adored Granddaughter

    Olivia Frances at 6 months old.
    Sportsmans Residence, Christmas 1995
    City Hall in Jersey City, New Jersey
    Statue of Liberty, in the distance, Ellis Island and the Liberty State Park

    Jersey Shore, Margate 1982
    Birthday Celebrations at Golden Nugget. 2000. February.
    Baby, Baby, Mikey Pat 1997
    Olivia, The Ballerina

    In my Christmas Tree selling days in Southern California, Moreno Valley
    1993
    Family Photographs
    A wonderful Life
    Olivia at school
    The Time goes so quickly, and at each stage I wished that time would stop.
    Superlatives cannot help me describe the way I feel when I look at these photos.
    Dreams can come true
    Olivia Jodi Michael Patrick, Australian Swim
    Olivia Favorite of Mine
    Mom and Kids at ST. Viator 2001. Michael Patrick Graduation from Pre School.
    Olivia
    Encinitas, California...The Best
    Dreams Come True
    Birthdays are for kids, cakes, candles and presents

  • Family Photographs

    Michael Patrick, Olivia Frances, and Da 1997

    Olivia Frances Whelan. Easter 2001 Jodi's Mom's House

    .

    Mikey Pat. Easter 2001

    .

    Olivia's First Easter. The Photographer will snap you..

    Easter Bonnet. Olivia Frances Whelan

    My sister Eilleen Whelan and my Father Thomas J. Whelan. Eilleen's wedding in Saint John The Baptist Church, Jersey City, New Jersey.1994

    Playing in the Bathtub? 2000 Oasis Pointe

    Time passes much too quickly.

    Viewed 22 times

    Michael Driving Olivia...Well Done Lad!

    Michael Patrick Whelan. Christmas Time 2003, The Venetian Hotel, Las Vegas.

    Christmas 2003. Michael and Olivia

    Our Front Door, Santa is always Welcome!

    Michael Patrick and Olivia Frances Whelan Christmas 2003

    Birthday Party February 12,2004. Jodi, Mikey and Olivia.

    The Good Times Roll. Christmas 1998

    Mikey Pat at the Park

    Mikey Pat Swimming Team

    Kindergarten Graduation.That would be me, and it would be Saint John The Baptist School in Jersey City, New Jersey

    This is a favorite of mine.

    This is the chapel on Villanova University Campus, outside of Philadelphia, on the Main Line.I earned my undergraduate degree there in 1974. BA. in Political Science.

    Olivia in her Tap Dance Talent Show appearance. 2004.

    There is a patriotic spirit to this photograph taken at Mandalay Bay, Las Vegas. 2001.

    Doesn't appear as though I had missed too many meals up to this point. Michael P. Whelan. This is ME.

    My ex wife in the living room of our home on Tropicana Aveneue in Las Vegas with Mikey only days after his birth

    Michael Patrick Whelan in the Fall of 1999. Las Vegas, Nevada.

    Olivia Frances Whelan in her initial months of life.1995. San Diego, California.

    This is a photograph taken in New Jersey just a few hours before the Northridge earthquake of 1994.

    Birthday week in 1999.

    Jodi Prosch, on the first morning

    Olivia Frances and I at Oasis Pointe, 1998
    Olivia at her recital in the Galeria Mall, Henderson , Nevada. 2001
    A picture made at Jodi's Mom's house around Christmas time in 2001, Olivia Frances, Jodi Prosch, Michael Patrick and yours truly.
    Michael Patrick in his Tae Kwan Do Class.

    The first day of school at Saint Viator for Michael and Olivia. Jodi and DA.

    Michael Patrick and Olivia Frances at Oasis Pointe, Las Vegas, Nevada. 2000.

    Olivia's First Christmas in Las Vegas, Nevada, 1995.

    Tags: familyphotographs | Edit Tags
    Wednesday December 20, 2006 - 04:47pm (PST) Edit | Delete | Permanent Link | 0 Comments
    Entry for December 20, 2006

    Olivia Frances Whelan.1997

    Olivia at Colors Park, Henderson, Nevada. 1998

    Mikey Golden Nugget. Las Vegas 2000

    Michael Paul Whelan. San Diego California 1995

    Easter Sunday 2001.

    Australian Swim School. 2001.Henderson, Nevada

    Olivia Frances Whelan 1995. Las Vegas

    Mikey and Olivia. Oasis Point 1999.

    Michael Patrick Whelan. Saint Viator Catholic Church. February, 2002.

    Oasis Pointe 1995, Olivia Frances and Da

    Michael Patrick Whelan Baptized at Saint Viator Catholic Church, February 2002.

    Easter Card From Grandma, Very Grateful to be sure.

    Olivia Frances, 1997. Las Vegas

    Michael Patrick at Australian Swim School

    Mikey Pat at Mandalay Bay

    Olivia Frances 1997. Las Vegas

    Olivia Frances, 1995.

    Mikey Pat and Olivia Frances Whelan 2002 Las Vegas

    Mikey on The beach, Encinitas, California 1998,

    Tags: | Edit Tags
    Wednesday December 20, 2006 - 04:23pm (PST) Edit | Delete | Permanent Link | 0 Comments
    Family Photographs

    Olivia Frances Whelan. I have the best daughter in the whole world. It's true!

    This photograph was made by persons now unknown to me. The subject is simple and yet when I look at this picture I feel I should know something that I cannot understand. This is my first girlfriend, and I wonder why we didn't marry and live happily ever after. Then I realize immediately, , no Michael and Olivia, It cannot be the way it is supposed to have been. It must be the way it is, and Thank God

    Michael Patrick and Olivia Frances Whelan. I am the most fortunate man alive, and I realize this every day. I can simply not imagine any other life than the one I have as a father to my children.

    Here is Olivia in the earliest days when we first arrived here in Las Vegas. She has always been a very happy little girl who enjoys school and is kind, courteous and polite.

    Olivia's Baby Jogger, an inaccurately named product, as the baby never does the jogging...

    Olivia at the "Colors Park" in Henderson , Nevada. 1997, shortly before the arrival of her brother, Mikey.

    My late Father, The Honorable Thomas J. Whelan of Jersey City, New Jersey. He is pictured here in November of 1995, at Caesar's Palace prior to attending the Riddick Bowe VS Evander Holyfield title bout. Holyfield lost in a tremendous upset. With him are his son, Michael and his granddaughter, Olivia Frances

    Mikey Pat at our home on Tropicana Avenue in Las Vegas, 1999. Happy picture of a happy, healthy boy.

    Mikey Pat and Olivia once again. This would be near our residence in 2000. East Tropicana in Las Vegas.

    This is one of my favorite pictures in the whole world, so please forgive me for putting it twice, but the editing seemed to give it something in a different way. Hope you like it! Michael

    Michael Patrick and Olivia Frances Whelan in Saint Viator Church, Las Vegas , Nevada. 2002. Michael's Kindergarten Graduation.


    Viewed 23 times

    My late father, The Honorable Thomas J. Whelan and his beloved granddaughter, Olivia Frances Whelan. This is in November of 1995, Olivia is just nine months old.

    2:59:26 PM
    Viewed 16 times

    Olivia Frances Whelan. Las Vegas. 1997

    This picture was made in Las Vegas @ 2001. Me.

    Olivia Frances Whelan. Baby.

    The wild west is still very real here in Nevada, as you can readily see from the "native dress" being worn by the children in this photograph. Mikey and Olivia are typical Nevada children, who have the true pioneer spirit.

    Olivia sleeping soundly as a toddler. She is still a very sound sleeper. Mikey, like his dad, sleeps with one eye open.

    The Kids Are Allright, The Happiest Moments In Life.

    This is my father and I the Christmas before he passed away, in 2002. WE were at the Four Seasons Hotel here in Las Vegas. I never believed this man would ever die. He seemed indestructable.

    This is a picture which shows that Olivia was not always happy to get her double down cool off dunk in the pool, during the summer of 1995, in beautiful Palm Desert, California

    Olivia Frances Whelan at Saint Viator School. Las Vegas.

    This is the Metro Pizza Store in Las Vegas. When you are here you must visit, on Tropicana Ave. Near the Airport. at Maryland Parkway. You will probably see us there. Baptism Celebration. 2001.

    Easter pictures from 2001, this year we missed some of the traditions because of extenuating circumstances, but these pictures tell the story of what we know is true.

    HAPPY EASTER 2001

    Mikey and Da. Las Vegas, 1997 Oasis Pointe

    Michael Patrick Whelan February 12, 1997

    Michael Patrick Whelan. I am the truly the luckiest man alive!

    Februray 12, 1997

    Michael, Olivia Frances, and Michael Patrick Whelan wish a Blessed and Happy Easter to One and All.

    Michael Patrick 2000. Las Vegas

    Michael Patrick and Olivia Frances, Oasis Pointe. Las Vegas. 2000 Spring

    My father, The Honorable Thomas J. Whelan, my sister Mary, and of course my lovely daughter Olivia Frances. Lake Wallkill, Sussex, New Jersey. A home to the Whelan family for over fifty years.

    Olivia Frances Whelan. 1

    Tags: familyphotographs | Edit Tags
    Wednesday December 20, 2006 - 04:14pm (PST) Edit | Delete | Permanent Link | 0 Comments
    Family Photographs
    Olivia Frances Whelan Christmas 1999.Tropicana Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada
    Olivia and Mikey Pat at our home on Tropicana Avenue, Las Vegas, Nevada. 2001
    Olivia was just getting started back on that day in February 4, 1995
    Holding Olivia in my arms for the first time moments after her birth. This photograph captures a moment that exists in a place of experience and memory completely more rewarding and fulfilling and full of joy and gratitude than I could have ever conceived before it happened. This day was really the start of my real life even as Olivia was beginning her own.
    Michael Patrick Whelan in 1997

    Olivia in her Peg Parego Stroller. 1995 Las Vegas

    Olivia at one day old, and my second day being her Dad, the most memorable days of my life. When Mikey and Olivia were born.

    Here we are on East Tropicana avenue, in Las Vegas Nevada.

    This is a home that was in our family over fifty years. It is a place called Lake Wallkill, in Sussex County, New Jersey. Olivia with her colusin, Tommy.

    Olivia has always loved to play with her dolls.

    Michael Patrick celebrates his fourth birthday at Tropicana Oasis Pointe, February 12, 2001.

    Olivia in Summer whites. Our first year here in Las Vegas. Olivia still not yet one year old. 1995

    This is Mikey on his second summer on the beach in Encinitas, California. Moonlight Beach to be precise.

    Michael Patrick Whelan . Christmas 2003. Las Vegas, Nevada.

    Tags: familyphotographs | Edit Tags
    Wednesday December 20, 2006 - 03:51pm (PST) Edit | Delete | Permanent Link | 0 Comments
    Family Photographs

    My mother would say about this photograph, "a face only a mother could love" Any way the sun and the elements will most assuredly take its toll, not to even mention the ravages of time

    Full Dress Mufti, 40 years prior to the photo above. Kindergarten Halloween.

    My Cavalry Days, hence the streets of Jersey City were safe for children to play because the Cavalry would always "save the day"

    Jersey City Mayor, Thomas J. Whelan, United States Ambassador to Ireland, Winston Guest, and Michael P. Whelan. Phoenix Park, Dublin 1967

    Irish Dancing and Irish Drinking were all a part of life when I was growing up. Especially, the drinking part. My father once marched in the St.Patrick's Day parade in Dublin and then flew to New York on the same day to march in that parade in the late afternoon. The time difference makes it possible

    Eamon DeVelera. Former President Of Ireland, and Michael P. Whelan. Phoenix Park, Dublin. Ireland. 1967

    Los Monteros, Marbella, Espania. 1978.

    Los Monteros Club, Marbella Spain 1978. This is a family from Lyon who had come to Marbella with a magnificent spirit and an incredible history. I shall never forget them.

    Michael Patrick and Pre School Friend, Alexandra

    Michael Patrick Graduates from Pre School 2002

    Olivia and Mikey at Mikey's Pre School Graduation Saint Viator School 2002.
    Olivia Frances and Michael Patrick, Christmas Holidays 2003
    Michael Patrick sleeping like a baby

    Toddlers of Mass Destruction as before the meaning or even existence of the word.

    Michael Patrick Whelan on Christmas Eve, 2003.
    Olivia participated in her school talent show this year even though she had been away from her Ballet and Tap lessons for almost the entire year before. In spite of missing that time she was phenomenal. You could hear nothing at the end of her performance except the sound of applause.

  • Family Photographs

    Olivia and I in Palm Desert, 1995

    Christmas, 2001. Oasis Pointe, Las Vegas

    Jodi Prosch, Las Vegas, Nevada. 2001